William Lee (Signature)

William Lee (Signature)


Lee And Shepard.

By George L. Austin, M.D.

For a quarter of a century the firm-name
of Lee and Shepard has been
familiar to the public. During this
interval of time it has been printed
upon millions of volumes, which have
gone forth on their two-fold mission
of instruction and entertainment.
Few publishing houses in America have
achieved a more honorable record, or
have more indelibly left their impress of
good intentions and of deeds nobly
done upon the minds of increasing
generations. It is of the individual
members of this firm, both of whom
have grown gray in the business, that I
purpose to speak in this article. First
of the senior partner of the house.

Born at the “North End,” in Boston,
on the seventeenth of April, 1826; early
put to school, and taken out of it at the
age of eleven, at which time he was left
fatherless, the eldest of six children;
with a good mother to whisper words
of encouragement in his ear, when
everything in the world and the future
before him looked dark,—such was the
start of William Lee in life. Thousands
before him, and since, have had the
same infelicitous experience; but how
few have had the courage to overcome
the obstacles which he succeeded in
overcoming? While other young men of
his age, many of them his playmates,
were planning to fit themselves, by a
long course of study, for the duties of
life, he was at once confronted with the
duties and burdens of life, without such
advantages as an education affords, and
he met them with a manliness and a
self-reliance which now seem truly marvelous.
I have often heard him tell of
these early days; but I will pass by the
recollections for fear that the recital of
them might discourage many who read
these lines.

After leaving school young William
was offered a situation in the bookstore
of Samuel G. Drake, then located at
No. 56 Cornhill. Mr. Drake was himself
a famous “book-worm,” was familiar
with the authorities and the history
of Boston, and, in after life, achieved a
reputation as an author. He was what
one would term now an “old-fashioned
bookseller,” but what he did not know
of the book trade in his day was not
worth knowing. William Lee entered
his employ for two purposes—to learn

the trade and, in a very small way, to
help support the family which was, in a
large sense, dependent upon him. During
the three years of his apprenticeship
he showed himself an apt scholar, a
patient worker, and gifted with indomitable
will and ambition.

The next two years were passed in the
country. On returning to Boston he
again entered a book store, and, when
eighteen years of age, he became a clerk
in the then prosperous publishing house
of Phillips and Sampson, located on Winter
street. His connection with this
house afforded him increased advantages;
he was no longer an apprentice filling
a menial position, but was conscious of
occupying a responsible station in the
business, where his integrity and intelligence
were appreciated at their real
value. He enjoyed the fullest confidence
of his employers, and was soon
looked upon by them as their “best”
clerk. Selling by auction, especially in the
evenings, was at that time a leading feature
of the trade, and William Lee soon
became an expert in that way, as well
as in the general character of salesman
to the country trade. There was scarcely
a detail in the book trade with which he
did not make himself personally familiar;
he sought to post himself upon the
character and contents of every book
that was kept in stock, in order that he
might be able to speak intelligently of
them to his customers. This habit of
general familiarization is one which,
in the lapse of subsequent years, has
proved of incalculable service to him;
it is one which cannot be too earnestly
commended to the attention of all
young men who are to-day “working”
up in the trade.

At the age of twenty-one William
Lee was allowed a share in the business,
and three years later he accepted an
equal partnership in the house. When
it is remembered that at this time the
house of Phillips and Sampson stood
foremost as publishers in New England,
the fact that, at the age of twenty-four,
William Lee became an equal partner in
this house is certainly striking. It bears
but one explanation: William Lee owed
his remarkable success to the talent
which was born and bred in him,
and to the consciousness of self-reliance,
with which his employers,
first and last, had inspired him.
There is nothing in this life which will
so readily develop the best qualities of
manhood as a sense of responsibility,
first to the individual himself and next
to those whom he serves. Take away
this sense of responsibility, every man
becomes a machine; everything that he
does is mechanical.

In the firm of Phillips, Sampson and
Company Mr. Lee continued as a partner
for seven years. To his energy and
industry the prosperity of the house
was henceforth largely indebted. For
twelve, and sometimes fifteen hours a
day, he remained faithfully at his round
of duties.

In 1857 Mr. Lee’s health gave way,
and his physician ordered him to relinquish
all cares of business. Acting in
accordance with this advice, he sold his
interest to his partners for sixty-five
thousand dollars, taking the notes of the
firm for that amount. After a few
months of travel in his own country, he
sailed for Europe in June, 1858, in company
with Willard Small, with the intention
of spending five years on the continent.
He proved to be a good traveler;
his keen observation encompassed
everything; his generous heart and the
geniality of his nature won to him
many friends. Ere many months had
elapsed he had traversed England,
France, Germany, Belgium, and Spain.

While he was in Paris, an incident

occured, the recollection of which has
served to enliven many a social occasion.
It was the exciting time succeeding
the attempted assassination of Napoleon
by Orsini. Mr. Lee always wore
a long, sandy beard, and in his travels
sported a soft, broad-brimmed hat. One
day, while walking about the streets, he
was arrested and taken to the Palais
de Justice. Explanations and expostulations
proved unavailing. The prisoner
was declared to be a “red Republican,”
and, in those days, that was
no joke. It was only after the production
of a passport and the interference
of the United States consul, that the
authorities were induced to release their
captive.

Mr. Lee was in Paris, and was on the
point of making a second journey into
Spain, when the United States mail
brought him a letter, conveying the tidings
of the death of both Mr. Phillips
and Mr. Sampson, and the failure of
the house.

The panic of 1857 had made sad
havoc with the book trade generally,
and those firms which weathered the
storm were sorely pressed. Phillips and
Sampson met with heavy losses, but
struggled on in the hope of recovering
lost ground. But, in 1859, the death
of the senior members of the firm
seemed to paralyze its prosperity, and
the worst quickly followed.

Mr. Lee had received no warning of
the impending calamity, and for the time
was much overcome by the announcement.
He foresaw what it implied, however,
and at once returned to Boston,
to find himself a heavy loser by the
financial disaster.

Still undaunted, he gathered up what
remained of his fortune and, in February,
1860, he became a member of the
firm of Crosby, Nichols and Company,
which had purchased many of the
stereotype plates belonging to the late
firm of Phillips, Sampson and Company,
and which now took the name of Crosby,
Nichols, Lee and Company. But the long
stagnation of trade, succeeded by losses
in the southern states, consequent upon
the political troubles of those days,
bore heavily upon the new firm; and,
in the spring of 1861, Mr. Lee left the
business and again trod the streets of
Boston without a dollar that he could
call his own! Thus, after twenty years
of business activity, his fortune was
gone, and nothing remained for him to
do except to begin life over again.

During the next few months Mr. Lee
surveyed the field about him, endeavoring
to discern what could be accomplished
with no other capital save brains.
A decision was soon reached, and it resulted
from one of those little incidents
of life, which, although rare indeed,
make life all the more worth living. I
hope I betray no breach of trust in recalling
it.

While walking down Washington
street one day Mr. Lee encountered his
friend of many years.

“What are you doing now, Charlie?”
he asked.

“Nothing; and I’m as poor as a
church mouse,” was the reply.

“But, look here, Charlie, keep up
your courage. I haven’t got much myself;
but I’ll go halves with you. Come
up to my room to-night, and we’ll talk
matters over.”

The friends parted, to meet again
within a few hours in the glow of the
gas-light. Affairs were candidly and
earnestly discussed, plans were laid, and
then and there began the firm, whose
reputation has extended wherever the
English language is spoken,—the house
of LEE AND SHEPARD.

It was February 1, 1862. The times
were not propitious for a beginning at

any trade, but the partners were veterans
in experience, and no sooner had they
shaped their plans than the public in
many ways evinced its confidence in
their undertaking. Better than a large
capital was the encouragement they received
from all with whom they had
formerly had dealings; and they began
under the most pleasing auspices.

The firm first occupied a very old,
two-storied wooden building, known as
“the old dye-house” on Washington
Street, opposite the Old South
“Church.”1

Of course the store soon began to show
its incapacity for the growing business,
just as the “old corner” had done in the
case of Ticknor and Fields, and as almost
every ancient book-shop has done
in the last quarter of a century. The
proprietors of the establishment were not
only their own employers, but their own
employees as well. They attended to
their own book-keeping, did their own
selling and buying, tied up their bundles
and packed all the cases. Early and
late they shouldered their task, and
started ahead. After three years thus
spent the firm moved into the new store
at 149 Washington Street, which still remains,
and which the firm continued to
occupy until 1873.

At this point it is convenient to go back
a number of years and recount the principal
events in the life of the junior
partner of the house: Charles A.B.
Shepard.

If the boy could have had his own
way, when he started in life, the chances
are that to-day he would be an American
admiral. As it happened, his early
passion and proclivities were not fostered;
he became a bookseller whom all
the world now knows as “Charley
Shepard.”

He was born in Salem, Massachusetts,
October 18th, 1829, and received his
education at the public school. He
was one of the brightest scholars in his
class, learned easily, was fond of books,
never wearied of study, and never forgot
what he acquired. At the start he
was blest with a most marvelous and retentive
memory, and a keen sense of
the practical side of life. “It was thus,”
as one of his friends has remarked,
“that his school days were profitable to
him to a degree not common, and it
was thus that his rapidly-growing literary
attainments became the astonishment
of strangers and the never failing delight
and surprise of his friends.”

Mr. Shepard’s father was a sea-faring
man, who, however, took good care
to check every inclination towards that
sort of life that existed in the mind of
his son, at a very tender age. At his
business start, therefore, the boy was
forced into a channel that was not of
his own choosing. At the age of fifteen,
after having previously tried his
skill as a boy of all work in the grocery
business, he entered the store of John
P. Jewett, a bookseller at Salem. He
remained with Mr. Jewett eleven years,
during which time he forgot all about
the details of the West India trade and
instead acquired a perfect knowledge of
those of the making and selling of
books. When, in 1846, Mr. Jewett removed
to Boston and opened a store on
Cornhill, Mr. Shepard accompanied
him, and by his untiring energy, his
close application to business and his intelligent
way of conducting the affairs
of the house in general, very largely
contributed to the success which, in
those days, was accounted so remarkable.
He was even then looked upon
as the “hardest worker” in the trade.
He was the first to enter the store in the
morning, and the last to leave at night.

To many, it seemed as if his hours were
only hours of toil; and yet, few young
men of his age took life so easily as did
he, or got more enjoyment out of it.
It was during Mr. Shepard’s connection
with the house of John P. Jewett that
“Uncle Tom’s Cabin” first saw the
light. The story of its publication has
so often been told that it need not be
repeated here. Mr. Shepard recalls all
the incidents associated with it as vividly
to-day as though they were but
events of yesterday, and he is now the
only living man that can tell them.
As everybody knows, the book bounded
into success, due as much to the shrewd
advertising of the publisher as to the
merits of the work itself. It redounds
to the credit of Mr. Jewett that he
never hesitated to acknowledge that
whatever success he had as a Boston
publisher was largely due to his sprightly
clerk, who labored literally night and
day, to master every detail of the
business.

Charles A.B. Shepard (Signature)

Charles A.B. Shepard (Signature)

In 1855 Mr. Shepard conceived the
idea of starting in business for himself,
and formed a co-partnership which was
known to the trade as Shepard, Clark
and Brown. It flourished until the
panic of 1857 swept over the country.
Reverses came, and the house was
forced to give up.

In 1862, as I have said, the firm of
Lee and Shepard was started in business,
with no other capital save that of
brain and muscle. The two partners
had long and favorably known one
another. While strangely dissimilar in
tastes, they yet exhibited many points
in common. At the start, both were
financially poor men; they possessed no
funds, but, by virtue of their well known
integrity and ability to succeed, could
readily command the little which they
required to begin life anew. Mr. Shepard,
as well as Mr. Lee, had made himself
indispensable to every firm with
which he had been connected. Each
had a wide circle of friends, and each
was trusted by his friends. Both men
had been generous in prosperity, and
their good deeds, though known only to
their intimate friends and the objects of
their benevolence, were not trumpeted
for worldly admiration. Both enjoyed
a wide acquaintanceship with authors, and
with books, with dealers, and with the
public, and both had strong likes and
dislikes, which made them as radical in
politics as they were in personal affairs.
In the firm, each has always had his
own duties to perform, on the wise plan
of a fitting division of labor. Yet
while each partner seems exclusively
to occupy his own field, independent
of and unrestricted by the
other, it rarely happens that there are
any cross-purposes between them. The
wheels of progress move on with unswerving
and unerring progress; the law
of compensation which is dominant in
the establishment is always working
aright.

Strangers who are for the first time
brought in contract with these men,
whether socially or on matters of business,
invariably detect the strong points
of conservatism which each exhibits.
Mr. Lee gives one the impression of
being a well-read man, as, in fact, he is.
The faculty which he possesses of curiously
gleaning the salient bits of knowledge
out of current thought and expression,
is something remarkable. The
by-paths of literature are peculiarly his
stamping-ground; and yet, upon almost
every subject of important character, he
will chat for hours intelligently and
interestingly.

Mr. Shepard shows many of the
same qualities. His brain is exceedingly
fertile of ideas, his memory perfectly
marvelous, his language pointed,

easy-flowing and abounding in wit and
humor. He exhibits singular quickness
at repartee; he is fond of a joke, and
will give and take with the keenest sense
of enjoyment. His familiarity with
standard literature serves him many a
good turn; he makes it a duty to read
thoroughly or to “dip into” every new
book that is talked about. He fortifies
himself, whether for daily life or for social
intercourse, with all the intellectual
weapons, so to speak, that can ever be
called into play. Still, he moves along
the pathway of life thoroughly without
affectation; a “liberal education” seems
to have been his by inheritance, and he
can make better use of it than most college
men with whom he is brought in
contact.

It is as impossible for Mr. Shepard
not to quote poetry as it is for him to
fly through the air and his facility in
so doing would alone make him a marked
man. His whole soul is full of poesy,
ever restless and exuberant. I am not
aware that he ever molded a rhyme, or
sung a measure of song in all his life.
And yet so tenacious is his memory, so
wonderful his talent in applying the
epigrammatic utterances of the leading
writers, both old and new, that a person,
on being made cognizant of the fact,
finds himself puzzled. Poetry enters
into even the driest details of Mr. Shepard’s
business life. The signature to a
check is often audibly accompanied by
some melodic couplet. Anywhere and
everywhere, and for everything that happens
or may happen, the poetic spice is
rarely wanting. Mr. Shepard does not
deliberately intend this to be so; the
gift rallies into utterance before he is
aware of it, and he can no more suppress
it than he can turn back the roaring
waters of Niagara.

Possessed of such qualities as these,
Mr. Shepard very easily finds friends
and is the centre of their attraction. Outspoken,
sometimes even to bluntness, a
bitter hater of duplicity and meanness,
a keen detector of counterfeit character,
on the one hand; on the other,
warm in his affections, generous to a fault,
faithful to those whom he admires,—such
is the man of whom I write. No
one is ever at a loss to discover whether
Mr. Shepard is his friend or his enemy.

Mr. Shepard has been intimately connected
with the politics of his time. He
began as a thorough, out-and-out abolitionist;
during the war he was a stanch
Republican, and a firm admirer of
Charles Sumner. When the great Senator
forsook his party, Mr. Shepard chose
the same course, and to-day finds him
enrolled upon the Democratic side, although,
for some years back, he has
taken no active interest in any political
movement of the day.

Such, in brief, is Charles A.B. Shepard,
a man better known, perhaps, than
any other among the book trade of this
country, everywhere popular, and nowhere
more truly so than among those
who are brought daily in contact with
him and who know him best.

The firm of Lee and Shepard removed
from 149 Washington street, in
1873, to a new building, which, replacing
the one which had been destroyed
in the great Boston fire, now stands on
the south-east corner of Franklin and
Hawley street. In these commodious
and sumptuously-fitted quarters the firm
tarried until their removal, in January
of the present year, to their new quarters
at No. 10 Milk street, adjoining
the “old South.” Here they have evidently
settled down to stay, perhaps for
the remaining years of their joint business
life.

When they started in the “old dye-house”
it was simply as booksellers.
They owned no stereotyped plates, and

for some weeks had no thought of entering
into any business relations with
authors. One day Mr. Shepard chanced
to make a social call upon Mr. Samuel
C. Perkins, formerly associated with
Phillips, Sampson and Company, who,
after their failure, had become possessed
of some stereotype plates. During the
conversation Mr. Perkins recalled the
fact, and asked Mr. Shepard to take
them off his hands. The wherewithall
to purchase was wanting; but Mr. Shepard,
conscious of what he was doing,
decided to buy them, giving the firm’s
notes in payment. These plates included
those of Oliver Optic’s “Boat Club Series,”
in six volumes, and those of the
“Riverdale Stories” in twelve volumes.
Mr. Lee approved the transaction, and
the firm at once brought out a new
edition of both series. They met with
a quick sale; indeed, so wonderful was
their success that the author, who was
then a Boston school teacher, was summoned
and commissioned to prepare a
series of books for girls. From that
time down to the present day, the pen
of “Oliver Optic” has been busily employed
in behalf of the American youth.
He has produced, besides the series already
named, the “Army and Navy
stories,” in six volumes; the “Great
Western series,” in six volumes; the
“Lake Shore series,” in six volumes; the
“Onward and Upward series,” in six volumes;
the “Starry Flag series,” in six
volumes; the “Woodville Stories,” and
the “Yacht Club series,” each in six
volumes; and two series of six volumes
each, entitled “Young America abroad.”
Hundreds of thousands of copies have
been sold of these books, and the demand
for them to-day is almost as large
as it was ten or fifteen years ago. It is
no exaggeration to say that there is
scarcely a young man or woman now
living who has not read and profitted
by one or more of Oliver Optic’s
stories.

Among the other successful writers
whom Lee and Shepard brought into
notice was Miss Rebecca S. Clark,
known the world over by her pseudonym
of “Sophie May.” Her first book was
“Little Prudy,” which achieved a reputation
not surpassed by that of Miss Alcott’s
“Little Women.” This first volume
was rapidly succeeded by others by the
same author, which in turn won favor,
and are now grouped in the catalogue
in series, namely: “Little Prudy Series,”
“Little Prudy’s Flyaway Series,” “Dotty
Dimple Series,” and “Flaxie Frizzle
Stories,” each comprising six volumes.
All of these books grew into the people’s
hearts, and ere long the newspapers noticed
them, the magazines devoted large
space to reviewing them, and the stately
and sober-minded “North American Review,”
in a characteristic article, from
Colonel Higginson’s pen was led to
say of their merits:

“Genius comes in with ‘Little Prudy.’
Compared with her, all other book-children
are cold creations of literature
only; she alone is the real thing, all the
quaintness of childhood, its originality,
its tenderness and its teasing, its infinite
unconscious drollery, the serious earnestness
of its fun, the fun of its seriousness,
the natural religion of its plays
and the delicious oddity of its prayers—all
these waited for dear Little Prudy to
embody them.”

Such a verdict, from so exalted authority,
has had its effect. The demand for
Sophie May’s books has been almost unprecedented.
Inspired by her success
in this line the author has also written
several volumes for older readers, and
they, too, have proved successful.

Another author, who has held a prominent
place in the firm’s catalogue, is Mr.
George M. Baker. Although he has done

much for the entertainment of the
young people in the line of story-telling,
his greatest success has been found in
his series of amateur dramatic books,
which have long ago become standard.
I would not undertake to mention how
many “plays” he has written; but to
simply read the “mail orders” for such
literature or watch customers as they
come and go from “headquarters,”
would incline everybody to believe that
he had produced about all that are ever
needed.

Lee and Shepard’s catalogue embraces
the names of a great many authors,
to even enumerate which would
require much space in this magazine.
Among the more prominent I will call
to mind the Rev. Asa Bullard, Professor
James De Mille, Miss Amanda M.
Douglass, who has written some of the
best stories in American literature for
older readers; the Rev. Elijah Kellogg,
the author of many bright and wholesome
stories for youth; Mr. J.T. Trowbridge,
who is known everywhere; the
“Rev. Petroleum V. Nasby,” whom
President Lincoln termed the third

power in crushing the rebellion; Charles
Sumner, the edition of whose works, published
by this house, was thought worthy
of award at the Philadelphia exhibition;
Francis H. Underwood, who first
suggested the “Atlantic Monthly” magazine,
and is one of the most genial and
scholarly of American writers; Colonel
T.W. Higginson, who has produced a
number of pleasant books, and is the
author of the most popular school History
of the United States ever written;
B.P. Shillaber (Mrs. Partington), and a
host of other names, which the lack of
space forbids me to mention.

In the making of books Lee and
Shepard have shown an originality,
which has always been noticeable. In
more ways than one, they have been
pioneers, and have set examples, which
other firms have closely imitated and
followed. It was this house which first
conceived the idea of publishing serially
favorite songs and poems in elegantly
illustrated form,—an idea which was
at once taken up by nearly every other
publishing house in the country. These
were issued in cloth binding, and, two
years ago, in the now famous “Golden
Floral” style. In their new dress these
books have proved to be the most popular
of their kind ever sold on this
continent.

The house has also produced other
illustrated books, of artistic excellence.
Among these Miss Jerome’s “One Year’s
Sketch Book” has been declared to be
without a rival, in its own field, while
Miss Miner’s “Orchids” must needs be
seen to be appreciated.

But I have reached the limits placed
upon this article. I have omitted to
speak of many things of which I should
like to say something. But the warp
and woof of the story are here given,
and the reader will easily discover
therefrom that no secrets underly the
firm of Lee and Shepard save,—industry
at home, and integrity in all their
dealings with the public.


Rodney Wallace (Signature)

Rodney Wallace (Signature)


Hon. Rodney Wallace

By Rev. S. Leroy Blake, D.D.

[Pastor of the Calvinistic Congregational Church, Fitchburg.]

This is not a biography, it is a sketch;
possibly I might say it is an outline.
At any rate the life of our subject can
not be written till other chapters are
added, and the end comes. May it be
long delayed.

The intense culmination of forces in
the busy period of a man’s life renders
it fruitful in material for a sketch. What
a successful man, of marked force of
character, has done, may be an incentive
and an encouragement to others.
Perhaps this was Longfellow’s chief
thought when he penned the “Psalm of
Life:”

Lives of great men all remind us

We can make our lives sublime.

The lives of great men, and conspicuously
that of the subject of this sketch,
prove that, in this country, a boy need
not be born with a silver spoon in
his mouth, nor with a brilliant speech
on his lips, to reach eminent success,
and be held in high honor; but that
the noblest results of a life of industry
and frugality, and the highest honors
any worthy ambition can crave, are
within reach of the boy who has energy,
courage, integrity of purpose, and purity
of character. By their native energy
some of the most conspicuous men of
our time have made their way against
obstacles which would have been too
much for less sturdy wills. Whatever
deficiencies there may have been in their
early training were largely atoned for
by native energy and force of character.
Because this is all true of the subject of
this paper, we tell the story in the hope
that some other struggling boy may take
courage from his example.

His Start In Life

Rodney Wallace was born in New
Ipswich, New Hampshire, December
21, 1823, and is therefore in the full
vigor of manhood. We may infer that
his boyhood was not blessed with the
advantages which usually crown the
early life of so many lads, and strew
their path with roses, from the fact
that at the age of twelve he left home to
work on a farm for wages, with agreement
for limited opportunities for
schooling. He is a son of David and
Roxanna Wallace.

It seems likely that the family is of
Scotch origin. David Wallace seemed
to think so, since he dropped the spelling
Wallis, and adopted the form in
which the name is now written. In
1639, Robert Wallis was living in Ipswich,
Massachusetts. Benoni Wallis, of
this family, removed to Lunenburg and
there married Rebecca Morse, of Lynn,
July 2, 1755. She died in Lunenburg
August 25, 1790, and he died March
15, 1792. David, son of Benoni and Rebecca
Wallis, was born October 16,
1760. He married Susannah Lowe,
and lived in Ashburnham where he died
January 14, 1842. David, son of David
and Susannah Wallis, was born at Ashburnham
July 14, 1797. He married
July 8, 1821, Roxanna Gower of New Ipswich,
where he lived till he removed to
Rindge, New Hampshire, in 1846. He

died at Rindge, May 29, 1857; and his
wife died at Fitchburg, February 27,
1876. He was the first of his family in
this country to adopt the spelling
Wallace, instead of Wallis. He had
eight children, of whom the subject of
this sketch was the second.

As we have said, at the age of twelve,
when most lads are comfortably cared
for at home, young Wallace started out
in life for himself. He let himself to a
farmer for forty dollars for the first year,
with the privilege of attending school
eight weeks in the winter. It turns out
that the first forty dollars he earned were
the beginning of a large fortune, without
a dishonest dollar in it, and that the eight
weeks of schooling of that winter on the
farm, was the beginning of a knowledge,
gleaned here and there as opportunity
offered, which fits him for prominent
positions of trust and responsibility.

At an early age, sixteen I think, he
was charged with the responsibility of
driving freight teams from Rindge to
Boston, returning with loads of merchandise.
In the discharge of this
trust he displayed the energy, tact, and
trustworthiness which were prophecies
of the man. He was taking his first
lessons in the school of business, and
proved himself an apt scholar.

Dr. Stephen Jewett was a somewhat
notable physician of Rindge. His fame
in the cure of chronic and acute diseases
was wide spread. He was frequently
called upon to make professional visits
in Boston and other New England cities
and towns. His medicines attained a
wide celebrity. Their manufacture and
sale became a large and lucrative business,
and was carried on after the death
of Dr. Jewett, by his son, Stephen Jewett,
Jr. The energy which young Wallace
had already shown induced Mr.
Jewett to put the whole business of selling
these medicines into his hands.
He entered into this employment in
1843, at the age of twenty, and continued
in it till he came to Fitchburg in
1853. In selling these medicines he
travelled over five of the New England
States. He said to the writer that this
was a good school in geography for him,
for he became acquainted with the topography
of these states, and the location
of all their important places.

Such were the beginnings of a business
career of great prosperity. It was
in these ways that he got his start in life,
and in these lesser employments he
proved himself worthy of and equal to
the greater tasks yet before him. Here
he showed the same judgment and far-sighted
wisdom, which have marked his
career in the larger, more conspicuous
circles of the business world, and won
him a name which is everywhere repeated
with respect, and a reputation
for integrity and honest dealing which
any man might covet.

His Business Life

In 1853 Mr. Wallace came to Fitchburg
and entered upon that period which,
for convenience, I have named his
business life. He formed a co-partnership
with Stephen Shepley, known as
Shepley and Wallace. They were wholesale
dealers in books, stationery, paper-stock,
and cotton-waste. This firm
continued under the name of Shepley
and Wallace, and R. Wallace and Co.
till July 1, 1865. On this day the firm
dissolved, and the business was divided.
Mr. Wallace took the department of
paper-stock and cotton-waste, which he
still carries on. To what proportions it
has grown, under his management, may
be judged from the fact that the business
done amounts at least to $200,000
a year.

December 31, 1864, Stephen Shepley,
Benjamin Snow, and Rodney Wallace
bought the Lyon Paper Mill and the

Kimball Scythe Shops at West Fitchburg,
and began the manufacture of paper
under the name of the Fitchburg Paper
Company, Stephen E. Denton was taken
into the firm as a partner soon after.
He had charge of the business at the
mill. In July, 1865, Rodney Wallace and
Benjamin Snow bought the interest of
Stephen Shepley; and the Fitchburg
Paper Company was then Wallace, Snow,
and Denton. Mr. Denton died in
June,1868. January 7, 1869, Mr. Wallace
bought the interest of Benjamin Snow.
January 23 of the same year he bought
the interest of Mr. Denton’s estate of
his widow, who was at that time residing
in New York. From that date till the
present the Fitchburg Paper Company
is Rodney Wallace. He retains the old
firm name.

Since becoming sole owner, he has
added largely to the original property.
A neat village of dwellings has grown
up around his mills, which deserves a
name of its own. Wallaceville would
be an appropriate name. He has put in
a substantial stone dam at great expense.
In 1878 he erected a new brick
mill, with all the modern improvements,
doubling the capacity of the establishment.
It is now capable of producing
from 15,000 to 18,000 pounds of
paper every twenty-four hours. Just
across the Nashua River is the Fitchburg
Railroad. He has a freight station
of his own, where he receives all
his freight and ships all his paper.

Mr. Wallace has conducted his business
with rare sagacity, with unblemished
integrity, and with an eye to the welfare
of his employees, as well as to his
own personal interests. If it were not
like praising a man to his face, since he
still lives, many instances might be cited
to prove that it has not been his policy
to get the most out of his employees
for the least possible return. But it is
enough to say that he has no difficulty
in keeping men in his employ. Somehow
he has hit upon a plan by which he has
kept the irrepressible conflict between
capital and labor at a distance.

Aside from his own business, which
makes large drafts upon his time,
strength, and thought, he has been
closely identified with numerous other
corporate and monetary interests. He
has thus had a large share in contributing
to the growth and prosperity of the
enterprising city in which he lives. Its
business interests, to a large degree,
have enjoyed his wisdom, and profited
by his sagacity. Since 1864 he has
been President and Director of the
Fitchburg Gas Company; a Director of
Putnam Machine Company since the
same year; a Director of the Fitchburg
National Bank since 1866; a partner in
the Fitchburg Woolen Mills since 1877;
a Trustee of Smith College since 1878.
He is a Director of the Fitchburg Mutual
Fire Insurance Company; a Trustee of
the Fitchburg Savings Bank; a Director
of the Fitchburg Railroad; a partner of
the Parkhill Manufacturing Company.
Besides these, he has had the settlement
of large and important estates, demanding
time, good judgment, and unbending
integrity. We would especially note
the large estate of the late Ephraim
Murdock, Jr., of Winchendon, and that
of the late Hon. Wm. H. Vose of Fitchburg.
These facts speak for themselves,
and show the esteem in which Mr. Wallace
is held by his fellow citizens, as a
wise counsellor, and as a man of integrity
and uprightness of character, as
well as of rare good judgment in all
matters pertaining to the transaction of
business. Another says, “In whatever
enterprise Mr. Wallace has been engaged,
he has not only been fortunate
in its pecuniary interests, but also in the
speedy command of the confidence and

respect of his associates. True moral
principles have been united with unquestioned
probity, business tact, and
liberal, intelligent management.” He
has won a large fortune, without parting
with his honesty in earning a single
dollar. As his property has increased,
his generous spirit has seen larger opportunities
and at once embraced them.
He has not been among those who
withhold more than is meet and tend to
poverty. Property in such hands is not
a grinding monopoly, but a wide blessing.
Such men can afford to be wealthy.
They represent the true socialistic spirit,
which is, that private capital should be
held as a public good.

Largely through the influence of Mr.
Wallace various improvements have
been made in Fitchburg, which contribute
to its attractiveness. The business
of the city is in no small degree indebted
to him for facilities with which
communication can be had with the
world outside. Prominent mention
may be made of the beautiful Union
Railway station at Fitchburg in securing
whose erection, and in planning which,
Mr. Wallace was largely instrumental.

Mr. Wallace In Politics

Mr. Wallace has had no ambitious
longings for political life. And yet his
fellow citizens would not be likely to let
such a man remain wholly out of public
life. So it is true to say that whatever
office Mr. Wallace has held, has sought
him. He was selectman of the town
during the years 1864, 1865, and 1867.
In 1873 he was representative to the
Genral Court, to which office he was
elected in the fall of 1872 by nearly
every ballot cast. He was re-nominated
the next year without dissent or opposition,
but declined a re-election on account
of ill health. While a member of
the Legislature he was on the Committee
on Manufactures, a position which his
ability and experience fitted him to fill.

The most conspicuous political office
he has held is that of Councillor. While
holding that position he represented
one of the largest and most important
districts of the State. In it are included
the thriving city of Worcester and
the sister city of Fitchburg, which,
with their varied industries, needed
a man of large and ripe judgment
to represent them. He served three
terms, during the years 1880, 1881,
and 1882, or throughout the entire administration
of Governor Long. His
election was so entirely unanimous that
for the last two years he had no competitor
in the field, Democrats as well
as Republicans supporting him. While
on the Council he was a member of the
following important committees: on
Pardons, on Harbors and Public Lands,
on Military Affairs, and on Warrants.

At the close of Governor Long’s administration
he refused to allow furthur
use of his name for the office he had so
ably filled for three years. He celebrated
his retirement from this position as
a servant of the public by a brilliant reception
tendered to Governor Long in
the City Hall, Fitchburg, December 7,
1882. He thus gave his fellow citizens
and constituents an opportunity to look
Massachusett’s popular Governor in
the face and take him by the hand.

The following account of the reception,
appeared in the Fitchburg Sentinel
of Friday, December 8, which I
quote:

“The reception tendered to Governor
Long in City Hall, Thursday evening, by
Councillor Rodney Wallace and wife,
was the most enjoyable and brilliant
entertainment ever given in this city,
and will be long remembered with
pleasure by all who participated. The
reception was given by Mr. and Mrs.
Wallace as a compliment to Governor
Long, with whom Mr. Wallace has been

associated as Councilor for three years,
and to give their friends here an opportunity
to spend an evening socially with
His Excellency. Some 450 cards of invitation
were sent out, including about
700 persons, and nearly 600 were
present on Thursday evening. The
storm and blizzard-like weather that
reached this city early in the afternoon
prevented the attendance of some of
Mr. Wallace’s business associates from
abroad. The intention was to give all
a pleasant, social evening, and the result
was a full realization of the pleasure
anticipated for some days.

* * * * *

Guests were received at the west entrance
over which a canopy was erected.
The steps, hall-ways and stairs were all
carpeted. The Common Council room
was used as a dressing room for the
ladies, the Aldermen’s room for the
gentlemen, and the Mayor’s office was
reserved for Governor Long and Councilor
Wallace. On entering the hall
the guests were presented to Councilor
Wallace, Mrs. Wallace and Governor
Long, who stood in the centre on the
east side—Messrs. Herbert I. Wallace,
George R. Wallace, Charles E. Ware, Jr.,
Harris C. Hartwell, James Phillips, Jr.,
B.D. Dwinnell, Dr. E.P. Miller and
M.L. Gate officiating as ushers. After
the greetings the time was spent socially,
listening to the excellent music furnished
by Russell’s Orchestra, fourteen pieces
stationed on the stage, and many
enjoyed dancing from 10.30 till about
1 o’clock.

* * * * *

Among the distinguished guests were
the following from out of town: Councilor
Joseph Davis and wife of Lynn,
Councilor Matthew W. Cushing of
Middleboro, Councilor Nathaniel Wales
of Stoughton, Councilor Rufus D.
Woods of Enfield, Congressman-elect
William Whiting of Holyoke, Councilor-elect
Eben A. Hall of the Greenfield
Gazette and Courier, Secretary of
State Henry B. Peirce of Abington,
Rev. E.A. Horton of Boston (formerly
of Leominster), Mr. and Mrs. Oscar
Edwards and Prof. Henry M. Tyler and
wife (formerly of this city) of Northampton,
Dr. F.A. Harris, wife and
Miss Gage, Mrs. Glover (Governor
Long’s mother-in-law), William B.
Wood and wife, Superintendent John
Adams (of the Fitchburg Railroad) and
wife, Mr. and Mrs. Charles H. Shepley,
all of Boston; N.D. White and Mr.
and Mrs. Joseph M. White of Winchendon,
John S. Baldwin of the Worcester
Spy, J.B. Hall of the Worcester
Gazette, Mr. and Mrs. Charles H. Merriam
and daughter of Leominster.

An attempt to describe the hall as it
appeared on this occasion cannot be
otherwise than unsatisfactory. To appreciate
the brilliant scene one must
see not only the gay decorations and
the beautiful flowers and plants, but also
the happy people and the elegant and
tasty dresses of the ladies, in the full
light of the extra burners placed in the
centre of the hall for this reception.

* * * * *

The entire floor was carpeted, and
the hall was divided into two sections—reception
room and dining room—by
pink and white bunting. The walls of
the entire hall were decorated with draperies,
cottons, pink and white buntings,
etc., and festooned with two thousand
yards of laurel and hanging baskets of
flowers, while a splendid collection of
pot plants, orange and lemon trees,
and growing grapes, from Mr. Wallace’s
private conservatory added much to the
grand effect of the designs.

The most elaborate work was in the
front of the stage, at the right of the
stage and on the right and left centres
of the hall. Above all, over the stage
was a gilt carved eagle surmounting the
State coat of arms. On either side
flags were festooned and ornamented
with sprays of holly. In the rear of the
platform were palm trees, while in front
dracinas, and laurel, with a beautiful
orange tree in each corner, each bearing
nearly twenty oranges. On the right
wall of the hall, the draperies were surmounted
by four medallions representing
the elements—Air, Earth, Fire, and
Water. In the right centre was the
large painting representing Crete, above
which was the motto “Amicus inter

Amicos.” In the foreground was a
pedestal surmounted by a bust of Ariadne,
flanked on each side by growing
grapes, with two Roman altars burning
incense through the entire evening.

On the left centre wall was a large
painting representing Antium, the home
of Nero and Temple of Fortuna, with
the Appollo Belvidere on a pedestal in
the foreground, flanked with two standing
vases with burning incense. Above
the painting was the motto “Gaudeamus
Igitur,” resting on a gilt lyre and
torch. Medallions representing Spring,
Summer, Autumn, and Winter surmounted
the draperies on this side of
the hall.

One of the most admired features of
the decorations was the design on the
floor at the right of the stage. A pedestal,
some ten feet high, was surmounted
by a beautiful specimen of the
American eagle. On either side of the
eagle was a perfect flag made of natural
flowers—violets, carnations and tube
roses—with a shield of similar flowers
in the centre. The entire pedestal was
banked by pots of growing plants—including
palms, dracinas, ponisettas in
full bloom, etc.

The dining room was also handsomely
decorated with flags, draperies and flowers,
while the table itself was elegantly
laid with exquisitely decorated china
and silver, and ornamented by beautiful
bouquets, candelabra, and epergnes.
Supper was served through the entire
evening, guests entering at the right
from the reception apartment and passing
through to the west side of the hall.”

The completeness of all these arrangements
were largely due to the taste
and energy of his son, Mr. Herbert I.
Wallace, who had the whole matter in
charge.

In 1884 Mr. Wallace was chosen delegate
from this district to the Republican
Convention held at Chicago in June,
which resulted in the nomination of
James G. Blaine and John A. Logan.
Like most of the delegates from
Massachusetts, Mr. Wallace was in
favor of Senator Edmunds of Vermont.
But when he saw that Mr.
Blaine’s nomination was inevitable,
he joined in making it unanimous.
He did not go with those who bolted
the nomination, because it was not
his first choice, but he supported it
with his purse, his voice, and his vote, as
appears from the following synopsis of
a brief address which he made at a ratification
meeting, held in the City Hall,
Fitchburg, July 11, 1884, which I clip
from the Fitchburg Sentinel of the next
day:

“Ex-Mayor Merriam, Chairman of
the committee, called the meeting to
order, and said the audience had assembled
to hear the report of the two
delegates to the Republican national
convention. The Chairman then introduced
Rodney Wallace, who was most
heartily applauded as he arose to speak.

Mr. Wallace, who was one of the
delegates from this district to the Republican
convention, said his first choice
for President was the able statesman
from Vermont, Senator Edmunds, and
his second choice was President Arthur,
who has given us such an excellent administration.
The Massachusetts delegation,
almost without exception,
worked hard to secure the nomination
for Mr. Edmunds, but it was impossible
for that convention to nominate anybody
but James G. Blaine. Nobody
can describe the enthusiasm through
the entire convention for Blaine. The
California delegation bore a banner inscribed
“From Maine to California,
through Iowa, all for Blaine,” and, in
my opinion now, Mr. Elaine is the
strongest man in the Republican party.
When the motion was made to make
the nomination unanimous, not a voice
was raised against it. I believe he will
be elected in November and will give
us a strong and safe administration.”

The writer does not know whether
Mr. Wallace considers his political life
ended. He certainly has no longing,

desires, and ambitions in the direction
of public office. It is equally certain
that any office which he will consent to
hold, and which the people who know
him can give, he can have without
opposition.

Mr. Wallace As A Citizen

I come now to a part of my story
which it is exceedingly pleasant to relate
and of which I am able to speak, to no
little extent, from personal knowledge.
It is, after all, what one is as a man
among men, which speaks most for his
honor, or his dishonor. What greater
significance generous deeds have, when
you know that behind them is no calculating,
grasping spirit, which is figuring
out how much it can get in return, but
a noble, generous, self-forgetful manhood.
We have a conviction that the
conflict between labor and capital,
which just now has reached a threatening
pitch of violence, might have been
avoided if employers had not in so
many cases endeavored to reduce men
to mere money-making machines. As
a rule strikes do not occur where
laboring men are treated with the
consideration due them as free citizens.
The freedom of Fitchburg from
strikes is due to the intelligence of
the workmen, and the fairness of
the employers. Another says, “nothing
does more to destroy the spirit of
socialism and communism and to disipate
envy than to see wealthy men devoting
a part of their wealth to public
uses.”

This introduces us to the most conspicuous
act by which the subject of
our sketch has proved his public spirit
and generosity of purpose as a citizen.
I refer to his gift to the city of Fitchburg
of a beautiful public library, which,
by vote of the city government, is to be
called by his name. This act of beneficence
reaches farther than appears to a
casual observer. It secures to the city,
for all coming time, a “Peoples’ College,”
where the child of the poorest,
as well as of the richest, the toiler as
well as the man of leisure, may get a
very important education. This building
is to be devoted to art as well as to
literature, and we look to see it exert a
refining and cultivating, as well as an
educating influence over the rising generations
of our city. Its very presence,
in a most conspicuous position, in the
very heart of the city, will be educational.
It will prove itself a most valuable
adjunct to the excellent course
of instruction given in our public
schools.

For some years it had been in Mr.
Wallace’s mind to do something of this
sort. In 1881 he purchased what was
known as the Ruggles property, opposite
Monument Park. In the spring of
1884, when he left for his annual tour
in the South, he placed in the hands of
Judge Ware, Chairman of the Trustees
of the Public Library, a genuine surprise
to his fellow citizens. I clip from
the Fitchburg Sentinel of March 26,
1884, the following account of the
matter:

“Both branches of the City Council
met on Tuesday evening and transacted
the following business:

The principal business was

IN JOINT CONVENTION.

Major Davis presided and announced
that Judge T.K. Ware, Chairman of
the Trustees of the Public Library, had
a communication to present to the City
Council.

Judge Ware said that he appeared
before the Council at the request of Honorable
Rodney Wallace, who, previous
to his departure for the South, left
with him the following communication
which gave him pleasure and gratification
to be able to present to the City
Council:

To His Honor, the Mayor and the City
Council of the City of Fitchburg
;

GENTLEMEN:—The subscriber has
felt for a long time that a building with
proper appurtenances for our Public
Library here in Fitchburg was much
needed, and makes the following proposition,
viz:

I propose to convey by proper deed
to the city of Fitchburg my lot of land
situated at the corner of Main street
and Newton place, and to expend, with
the advice and approval of the Trustees
of the Public Library, within the next
two years, a sum not less than forty
thousand dollars ($40,000) in erecting
a building on said lot; said building to
be under the care and management of
the Board of Trustees of the Public
Library for the time being, and to be
used for a Free Public Library, Reading
Rooms and Art Gallery, and for no
other purpose.

And it is understood that the city
government, accepting these donations
for the above purposes, shall assume
and bear the current expenses of said
building, grounds and appurtenances,
after the Library building shall have
been completed and furnished.

If the above proposition is accepted
I shall proceed to carry out the same as
soon as it can conveniently be done.

RODNEY WALLACE.

FITCHBURG, March 17, 1884.

Mayor Davis said this act on the part
of our esteemed fellow citizen calls
forth the profound gratitude of all the
inhabitants of our city. I cannot allow
this opportunity to pass without expressing
my thanks, as a citizen, for the
munificent gift. May his life be long
and his prosperity increasing.

The following order, introduced by
Mayor Davis, was then unanimously
adopted:

Ordered, That the City of Fitchburg
accept the donation of Honorable Rodney
Wallace to it of the lot of land on
the corner of Main street and Newton
place, and the Library building to be
erected by him thereon, upon the conditions
and in accordance with the terms
and provisions contained in his written
communication and proposal to the
Mayor and City Council; and places on
record its profound appreciation of the
public spirit and munificence of the
donor, and its recognition of the incalculable
benefits which will result to his
fellow citizens and their descendants
and successors for all time from this
noble gift.

Alderman Joel said the surprise was
so great and so agreeable that words
were not at his command to express the
thanks he, in common with all other
members, felt for the munificent gift
presented by Mr. Wallace. He moved
that a committee be appointed to prepare
and forward a vote of thanks to
Honorable Rodney Wallace for his gift.
The motion was unanimously adopted,
and Mayor Davis appointed Alderman
Joel, Councilmen Flaherty and Parkhill
as the committee.”

From the Sentinel of April 10, 1884,
I clip the following:

“The following resolutions have been
presented to Honorable Rodney Wallace
by the special committee appointed
at the joint convention of the
two branches of the City Council,
March 25:

To HONORABLE RODNEY WALLACE:
FITCHBURG, Mass.

Whereas, the Mayor and City Council
of the city of Fitchburg have received
and accepted a proposition tendered
by Honorable Rodney Wallace
of this city, by the terms of which a lot
of land situated at the corner of Main
street and Newton place is donated to
the city of Fitchburg, and a sum not
less than forty thousand dollars is to be
expended by him, with the advice and
approval of the Trustees of the Public
Library, within the next two years in
erecting a building on said lot, said
building to be used for a Free Public
Library, Reading Rooms, and an Art
Gallery; therefore,

Resolved, That this body desires to
voice and place on record the universal
appreciation on the part of our citizens
of the generosity and public spirit of
the honored donor, of the timeliness of
the gift, and not less, of the wisdom
and foresight manifested in the particular

mode by which the city is made the
recipient of the munificent present.

Resolved, That we recognize the fact
that a gift of this nature will result in
incalculable benefits to the community
so fortunate as to receive it, enlarging
and intensifying, as it does, all the privileges
of acquiring information and
securing culture which a public library
affords; providing in a most accessible
and useful form the means by which
our young people and those whose
daily toil leaves them little leisure for
study, may draw to themselves the results
of all past experience; and rendering
both attractive and easy to all
classes of our people opportunities of
turning their thoughts from the sterner
features of their daily occupations to
the amenities of life as presented by
specimens of artistic and literary merit.

Resolved, That while sharing in the
delight of our citizens in view of the
valuable gift thus unexpectedly placed
at their service, we congratulate them
even more upon the presence among
them of men whom Providence has
blessed in three-fold measure—with
hearts abounding in philanthropic instincts,
with material resources ample for
the gratification of such impulses, and
with that rarer gift than either, the
judgment requisite to secure for their
donations the widest and most permanent
range of influence.

Resolved, That we cannot resist the inclination
to felicitate our honored benefactor
upon the deep and abiding joy
which must be the most adequate reward
for this expression of his good
will toward our city—the joy arising
from the knowledge that every home
within our corporate limits will enter
into the enjoyment of his gift and that
not a few of our youth will be allured
from scenes of degrading and immoral
pleasure by the presence in a most convenient
location of a beautiful edifice
within which are at their disposal
the graces of art and the riches of
literature.

Resolved, That the distinguished giver
by this gift, the most valuable ever received
by this community at one time
from a single citizen, has “erected a
monument more enduring than bronze
and loftier than the regal structure of
the pyramids” in the establishment of
a lasting sense of gratitude within
the hearts of his appreciative fellow
citizens.

ALONZO DAVIS,

JOEL JOEL,

BERNARD H. FLAHERTY,

JOHN PARKHILL,

(Committee)

FITCHBURG, April 1, 1884.”

Although $40,000 is the lowest limit
named, it should be said that the cost
of the noble pile will far exceed that
sum. It was a generous and princely
act for which he will be held in lasting
and greatful memory. He will leave
behind him a monument which will forever
identify his name with the intellectual
and moral culture of all classes of
the citizens of Fitchburg.

On the seventh of April, the Trustees
of the Public Library took appropriate
action on the gift of Mr. Wallace. The
following account appeared in the Sentinel

of April 8:

“At a meeting of the Trustees of the
Public Library, Monday evening, the
board adopted the following resolution,
offered by Henry A. Willis, and on motion
of Rev. P.J. Garrigan it was voted
to enter the same on their records, request
the daily papers of the city to
publish the same, and that Rev. P.J.
Garrigan, Henry A. Willis and L.H.
Bradford be appointed a committee to
present the action of the board to Mr.
Wallace:

Resolved, That we have heard with
great satisfaction of the proposed gift
by Honorable Rodney Wallace of land
and a building for the use of the Public
Library, thus providing for a want long
felt by the Trustees, viz: facilities for
making the Library fully available to the
people of the city, which it never could
be in its present confined quarters;
that we will fully co-operate with the
generous donor in any manner desired

by him in carrying out the details of his
proposed undertaking; and that we desire
here to place upon our records our
keen appreciation of the generous spirit
which has moved him to tender this
munificent gift.”

The new library building fronts on
Main street, and looks out upon Monument
Park and the beautiful Court
House of North Worcester County.
It is of Greek classic style, and is built
of Trenton pressed brick. It has sandstone
trimmings. It has a frontage of
seventy-four feet on Main street, and is
sixty-five feet deep. The basement is
ten feet in height. It is two stories
above the basement. The library floor
is sixteen feet high. The second story,
which contains the picture gallery, is ten
feet high on the outside, and thirty-two
in the centre. The extreme height is
therefore fifty-eight feet. The front of
the building is especially imposing. It
has a projection in the centre, twenty-five
feet wide and six feet deep, which
extends the whole height of the structure
and terminates in a gable, which is
surrounded by a decorated pediment.
The main entrance is approached by
massive steps of granite, twelve feet
wide, flanked by heavy buttresses. At
the top of the steps is the entrance
porch, eleven feet wide, six feet deep,
and arched overhead. Polished granite
columns with carved capitals on either
side support the archway above. In
the belt of sandstone above this arch is
cut the legend “Library and Art Building.”
Above this belt is a row of windows
separated by columns of brick.
Above these is a sandstone belt in which
is cut the name of the donor, by vote
of the City Government. The title of
the structure is therefore “Wallace Library
and Art Building.” Above is a
row of circular windows separated by
sandstone columns with carved capitals.
The hip roof of the building is crowned
by a monitor top, which admits light
into the art room below. Over the entrance
is to be the city seal, in antique
and Venetian glass. The whole structure
is amply lighted by a large number
of windows.

The basement provides for a store-room,
a work-room, and reading-room,
which opens off Newton lane. The
public will have full access to this room.
It will specially accommodate the workingmen.
The late Honorable Wm. H.
Vose left $1,000, the income of which is
to be used in supplying suitable papers
for this room. There are also in the basement
a coal room, and the boiler which
heats the whole building. On entering
the building one stands in a large hall,
on the right of which is a reading-room
for magazines, and on the left is a
large reference room, and a winding
stairway by which the second story is
reached. Across the whole rear of the
building is the library room, which is
high enough to admit of galleries.
Ample provisions are thus made for all
the possible future needs of the city.
In the second story is the art gallery.
Around it are five other rooms, which
can be devoted to any of the uses such
an institution may require. When completed
the inside will be finished in
hard woods, and according to modern
ideas of taste and elegance. The art
gallery will be a model of its kind.

With a collection of books and of works
of art to match the thought of the donor
expressed in the building the library
will be a lasting blessing to our city. A
gift so timely, and so well adapted to the
needs of a city like Fitchburg, with its
population of young people, could
not fail to commend itself, and win
the gratitude of every right-minded citizen.
Therefore, any one who will stand
in front of this building for an hour, and

listen to the remarks made by those who
look up to it as they pass, will readily
learn how deep a hold on the esteem of
all classes of the citizens of Fitchburg
this generous act has given Mr. Wallace.

Lest my estimate of Mr. Wallace
may seem extravagant to those who do
not know him, I add the following from
the pen of Professor H.M. Tyler of
Smith College, Northampton, formerly
Mr. Wallace’s pastor. He writes:—

“It gives me great pleasure to send
a few lines in answer to your note,
though it would be easy for a critic to
say that I have long since passed the
point where I could give a cold-blooded
opinion of Mr. Wallace. I can write
only from the stand-point of warm
friendship and cannot be cold in my
respect and admiration for my friend.
Mr. Wallace is pre-eminently a business
man; to this the chief energy of his
life has been directed. It seems an
impertinence for me to pass judgment
upon his career, but I have loved to
study him in his business habits. By
his affability, correctness, and fairness in
all his work he has succeeded marvellously
in attaching every one to himself.
All instinctively gravitate toward him,
and never wish to break off their association
with him. I never knew a man
so master of his own ways and yet so
universally popular. People love to be
influenced or even controlled by him.
His office would be the centre of any
community in which he should be
placed. All men love to fasten to him
their faith. He has everywhere learned
to gather friends by showing himself
friendly. His interest in the people of
his own community has been shown
not merely by his public benefactions.
Every one in want of help has
turned to him, and all have had a
patient hearing and generous response.

He has been associated with people
of every position and among all has
been a favorite companion. Everyone
has felt at home with him. It is rarely
true that a man has gained success with
so thorough a desire that his friends
should enjoy what he has gathered with
him. He is thus remarkable for his
prosperity, for the use which he is making
of his prosperity, for his delight in
giving pleasure to others, and for the
disposition and temper which finds its
enjoyment in such rational and kindly
ways.

It is not that one never disagrees with
Mr. Wallace. He would scorn the flattery
which yields convictions to attempt
to please. Even when we differ he is
none the less congenial. If I have
ever had the feeling that in any respect
I should like to make him over it has
generally yielded to the conviction that
on the whole I could not hope to do
better than has been done. Among all
the men with whom I have come in
contact in places of business responsibility
and honor I do not know another
to whom I give more unqualified respect
and esteem than I do to Mr.
Wallace. Cordially,

HENRY M. TYLER.”

Mr. Wallace, as has appeared, was
for three years associated with Governor
Long in the Government of Massachusetts.
In response to a note from me
Mr. Long writes as follows:

“I am glad to know that you are writing
a sketch of Mr. Wallace for publication.
If a good subject will make a
good sketch your work will be a success.
He is one of the men, however, who
write their own lives, not in the pages of
any autobiography, but in their conduct
and character. I have served with him
in public life, and sat with him as one
of my Councilors in the Executive
Chamber, and have found him always a
fund of practical good sense, of excellent
judgment, trained by great experience
in affairs, and of thorough integrity.
He is a representative Massachusetts
man, the builder of his own fortune,
equal to the enterprise of acquiring
wealth and position, and magnanimous
in their use and enjoyment. But
I like best to recall, as I am sure do all
who know him, his generous friendship,
his great public spirit, and his good

heart, of which I have witnessed many
proofs. I trust that it may be many
years before his life is taken in any
other way than in such an appreciative
and kindly sketch as you will
write of him.

Very truly yours,

JOHN D. LONG.”

WASHINGTON, D.C., February 7, 1885.

December 1, 1853, Mr. Wallace married
Sophia Ingalls, daughter of Thomas
Ingalls of Rindge, New Hampshire.
She died June 20, 1871, leaving two
sons, Herbert I. Wallace and George
R. Wallace. Herbert is a graduate
of Harvard in the class of 1877.
George studied at the Institute of
Technology in Boston. They are
associated with their father in the
management of his business. December
28, 1876 Mr. Wallace married Mrs.
Sophia F. Bailey of Woodstock, Vermont.
Mr. Bailey was a member of Congress
from the district in which Fitchburg
is included. Mrs. Wallace is one
of the well-known Billings family of
Woodstock. Mr. Wallace lives in a
beautiful house on Prospect street, which
is surrounded with beautiful lawns and
green-houses which, gratify his taste.
From his front door he can overlook the
city and its varied industries in whose
development he has borne so conspicuous
a part.

We are near the end of a story which
it has been a pleasure to tell. Vastly
more could be told. A volume of incidents
could be written. There are
precious secrets of every generous and
noble man’s life which no pen may profane
by giving them publicity. These
are the choice treasures reserved only
for those who know him best, and live
nearest his heart. But the writer desires,
as Mr. Wallace’s pastor, to add
the testimony of observation and personal
knowledge to the rare purity and
uprightness of character, to the generosity
of spirit, to the thoughtful kindness,
and to the deep and reverent regard
for spiritual things, of his distinguished
parishioner. As an example of
untiring energy, of probity of character,
of cleanness of soul, of uprightness of
life, of sincerity of purpose, of firmness
of moral principle, he may safely be
held up as a model for young men.


Fitchburg.

By Mrs. Caroline A. Mason.2

Nested among her hills she lies,—

The city of our love!

Within her, pleasant homes arise;

And healthful airs and happy skies

Float peacefully above.

A sturdy few, ‘mid hopes and fears,

Her fair foundations set:

And looking backward now, through years

Of steady gain, how small appears

Her old estate!—and yet,

She dons no autocratic airs,

In scorn of humbler days,

But shapes her fortunes and affairs,

To match the civic wreath she wears

And justify her bays.

Honor and Truth her old renown:

Conservative of both,

The virtues of the little town

She holds in legacy, to crown

The city’s larger growth.

Nor ease nor sloth her strength despoil:

Her peaceful farmers till,

With patient thrift, th’ outlying soil,

Her trained mechanics deftly toil,

Her merchants ply their skill;

Her ponderous engineries supply

A thousand waiting needs;

Her wheels revolve, her shuttles fly,—

And ever where the prize hangs high,

Her foot, unfaltering, leads.

Her sympathies are large and sweet:

And when, at Freedom’s call,

The war flags waved, the war drums beat,

She sprang, responsive, to her feet,

And freely offered all!

Alert in War, she emulates

The Arts of Peace, as well:

Religion, Order, guard her gates;

Wealth, Culture, Thrift, like happy Fates,

Her destinies foretell.

So, through the round of years, she keeps

Advancing on her Past:

Her old-time vigor never sleeps,—

And even as she sows she reaps.

God bless her to the last!


Major General Lew Wallace At Shiloh

General U.S. Grant’S Vindication Of General Wallace.—The Wallace And
Grant Letters And Documents With Introductory Note

By General Henry B. Carrington.

[Author of “Battles of the American Revolution.”]

It seems common to all great wars
that the true version of leading actions
is rarely assured by the immediate reports
of commanders. Many causes secure
to such reports substantial accuracy,
but the development of details seldom
fails to show that justice to subordinates
cannot be done by the simple statement
of general plans and general results.
There are historians who still
claim that Arnold had no part in the
battle of Freeman’s Farm, September
19, 1777; and many other battles of
the Revolutionary war lacked clear definition
until nearly a century had passed
and the records were supplemented by
careful examination of the battle-fields
and a more thorough scrutiny of British,
French, and Hessian archives,
thereby to correct topographical data
and harmonize conflicting statements.

The case of General Fitz John Porter
forcibly illustrates the difficulty of
changing public opinion, once formed,
even when supplemental data enforce
military recognition of their value. The
Battle of Franklin, which secured to
General Thomas the opportunity to fortify
Nashville and ultimately defeat
Hood, and the battles of Stone River,
Gettysburg, Chicamauga and Monocacy,
are among the actions of the late
war in which differences of statement
as to positions and movements have
greatly qualified first estimates of the
relations which various officers sustained
to those actions.

The battle of Shiloh, or Pittsburg
Landing, has been the latest under scrutiny.
It is not the purpose to consider
whether the action of the day was influenced
by the arrival of Buel’s army,
or by the non-arrival of General Lew
Wallace’s division; nor whether General
Wallace did, or did not, march by scientific
methods, when he moved for the
nearest firing. Among voluminous papers
touching the civil war are the copies
of original papers received from General
Wallace himself, and of present interest.
These papers received notice
from the Western press at one time,
but seem to demand a more formal
record, as essential factors in the better
understanding of the Battle of Shiloh.

The following outline is suggested by
these documents:

1st. That the Federal line of battle,
early in the morning, stretched out from
Pittsburg Landing nearly to the Purdy
Road, with General Sherman’s division
on the right, within about a mile of that
road.

2nd. That General Wallace’s division
was at Crump’s Landing, not more
than five miles from Pittsburg Landing;
it being then uncertain which of the
two would be the objective of attack.

3d. That General Grant visited General
Wallace at Crump’s Landing and
ordered him to hold his command subject
to orders, and then steamed onward
to Pittsburg Landing.

4th. That before 6 o’clock, A.M., the

sound of firing had led General Wallace
to put his command under arms; and
he was prepared to move wherever active
work should demand, even before
he was ordered to be thus ready.

5th. That he concentrated his brigades,
then in three camps, into one
mass, at the forks of the Purdy Road
and the road to Pittsburg Landing, so
that he might take either road, as orders
should decide.

6th. That he understood the original
line of battle and the disposition of its
divisions, and knew that General Sherman
held the right.

7th. That the order received by him,
before 12 o’clock, M., from Captain
Baxter, staff officer of General Grant,
was in writing; and while pronounced
verbally, at first, the form it assumed,
when reduced to writing and subsequently
delivered to General Wallace,
was a direct order to “unite with the
right,” and that involved the march on
the Purdy Road.

If the verbal order of General Grant
to Captain Baxter, to hasten General
Wallace’s Division to Pittsburg Landing,
was reduced to writing by that officer,
after he noticed the early success of
the Union Line, he would have shaped
the approach of the fresh division to
the best possible advantage, to join the
army, not the precise Landing, if the
army was not there; since General
Grant, still being on crutches from a
sprained ankle when his horse fell under
and upon him, on the fourth, was compelled
to depend largely upon staff-officers
for judicious action, in exigencies
which fell under their eyes, and
where his riding was greatly limited.
There is full harmony of events, by
giving full credit to all the data which
seem, at first, to work conflict.

8th. That the Staff Officer who delivered
the order assured General Wallace
and his staff that the Federal line was
successful and driving the enemy at
every point.

9th. That a movement at that time,
toward Pittsburg Landing, would have
taken General Wallaces’ Division out of
possible contact with the enemy, instead
of supporting, and perfecting victory.

10th. That when the Division of General
Wallace moved, as it did, within
ten minutes after receipt of the orders,
“impatiently waited for,” it could
see the distant smoke and hear the roar
of battle, and moved directly toward
the point of danger by the shortest
route, with the greatest celerity and in
harmony with the order received.

11th. That the defeat of the main
army, the enforced retirement of Sherman’s
Division, and, in fact, the withdrawal
of the entire original line, were
new conditions, to be considered, when
other Staff Officers notified General
Wallace of the same; and then, the addition
of his division to the rallying
army, at Pittsburg Landing, seemed to
be an important element to the very
safety of that army, except as it could
lean upon the divisions of Buel, already
within supporting distance.

12th. That the original advance of
General Wallace’s Division on the Purdy
Road, while thoroughly suited to the
original conditions as they existed when
the order was delivered to him, was, of
necessity, useless and dangerous, when
he found himself alone and unsupported,
and that the enemy had already swept
over the position which he expected to
occupy.

13th. That there was no alternative,
then, but to pass around the left of the
enemy, and rejoin the army, at such expense
of time or labor as the new conditions
imposed; and that this was
done, at great pains and with great
celerity, without straggling or loss.

14th. That the prominent idea of
withdrawing General Wallace’s Division
from Crump’s Landing, to support the
main army in its advance, is to be kept
in mind;—whereby, confusion ceases as
to the hour of the day when the order
to report at Pittsburg Landing was delivered
or became operative;—thereby,
also, reconciling memories with the incidents
of the day, with no discredit to
any.

15th. That every theory of supporting
an advanced line, from reserves
sent forward from the base, must so
bend to facts, that it may be the best
thing possible, to strengthen the right
of a successful line, even to overlapping
and turning the enemy; and that such
a movement has the emphatic endorsement
of standard critics, and marked
experience; while a formal movement
to the rear, in order to move to the
front and the right, as if on parade,
would, under conditions such as presented
to General Wallace, have
been, simply, to wear out his men in
marching, with small chance for taking
any part in the assumed pursuit of a
defeated enemy.

16th. That it is an unsound way of
dealing with the facts of history, to
gauge the responsibilities of officers
and men, of small experience, by the
rules which apply to the same officers
and men after their experience has
matured; and that, when the battle of
Shiloh took place, and citizen regiments
took part, with very slight knowledge of
arms, it was equally true, that the officers
themselves, both regular and volunteer,
were proportionately unfamiliar
with battle action on a large
scale, and that, as a matter of fact,
the Generals and Colonels, for the most
part, had never seen a batallion drill, unless
at West Point, much less drilled
more than a company; and their conduct
and opinions, in 1861-2, are not
to be measured by the ripened experience
of the years succeeding and succeeding
years of reflection.

And finally, that the orders, movements,
and results of the sixth day of
April, 1862, must be judged by their
relations to the passing hours and issues
of that day, as practical men
would act under changing conditions,
and not by any formal order, which,
however appropriate at one time, would,
at any other time, defeat the work in
hand. The Rules of Evidence, recognized
by Civil and Military Courts
alike, are but expressions of sound
judgment of past experience; and
Military Science, so called, has no other
basis than that which belongs to the
wise use of means to ends in all applied
science and in all human endeavor.
Whenever, therefore, the conduct of a
battle is consistent with the conditions,
as at the time understood, it is not exactly
just to measure it by the terms of
any instructions inconsistent with those
conditions;—so that while an order to
march to Pittsburg Landing became
necessary upon the retirement of the
original line, it ought not to be technically
applied back to a time when that
line was supposed to be sweeping on to
victory and only sought fresh strength
to mature that victory.

That a general action was precipitated
by the Confederate forces under General
Albert Sidney Johnson and was in
the nature of a successful surprise of
the Union Army, is the fact which harmonizes
the reports of officers of both
armies with the incidents of the day,
and fairly distributes responsibility, without
reflecting the narrow escape of the
Union Army from destruction upon any
single officer or command; especially,
where all did so well, and so much is to
be credited to the fall of General Johnson

and the interruption of his deliberate
plan, first to surprise, and then sweep
on to victory, at whatever cost.

The Documents are as follows:

1st. Letter of Major General Lew
Wallace to General U.S. Grant, February
26, 1869.

2nd. Letter of Lieutenant Colonel
Ross, A.D.C. to General Wallace, January
25, 1868.

3rd. Letter of General J.A. Strickland
to General Wallace, January 24,
1868.

4th. Letter of General G.F. McGinnis
to General Wallace, February 20,
1868.

5th. Letter of General Fred. Knefler
to General Wallace, February 19, 1868.

6th. Letter of Captain Ad Ware, A.D.C.,
to General Wallace (without date).

7th. Letter of General John M.
Thayer to General Wallace, March 4,
1868.

8th. Letter of General U.S. Grant to
General Wallace, March 10, 1868, commenting
upon the letters cited and suggesting
their publication, in justice to
General Wallace.

The map of the Compte de Paris has been utilized. 1, 2 and 3 give location of Wallace's Brigades in line, perpendicular to the river, with right at Adamsville (3), 2. Concentration of Division. 4. Crossing at Snake creek to take the right of General Sherman. 4-5. Countermarch to lower crossing after retirement of the right. 6. Lower crossing which had for several days previously been under water. Wallace's division, on the 7th, held the right of Sherman, as indicated for the 6th, when he moved to take part in the general action.

The map of the Compte de Paris has been utilized.
1, 2 and 3 give location of Wallace’s Brigades in line, perpendicular
to the river, with right at Adamsville (3), 2. Concentration of
Division. 4. Crossing at Snake creek to
take the right of General Sherman. 4-5. Countermarch to lower
crossing after retirement of the right. 6. Lower
crossing which had for several days previously been under water.
Wallace’s division, on the 7th, held the right of
Sherman, as indicated for the 6th, when he moved to take part in the
general action.

General Wallace to General Grant:

WASHINGTON CITY, Feb. 29, 1868.

GENERAL:

About a year after the battle of Pittsburg
Landing, it came to my knowledge,
that I was suffering, in your opinion, from
erroneous information upon the subject
of my conduct and movements as commander
of the Third Division of your
army during the first day of the battle
named. To place myself right in your
estimation and in that of the army generally,
I asked a Court of Inquiry, by
letter to the Secretary of War (Mr.
Stanton) July 17, 1863. After several
months, during which the application
received no attention from the Secretary,
I withdrew it, by advice of friends,
General Sherman amongst others. The
course I then resolved upon, that counselled
by General Sherman, was to carry
my explanation directly to you; and
such continued my intention until the
battle of Monocacy, after which your
treatment of me became so uniformly

kind and considerate that I was led to
believe the disagreement, connected with
Pittsburg Landing, forgotten; a result,
to which I tacitly assented, notwithstanding
the record of that battle as
you had made it, in the form of an endorsement
on my official report, was
grievously against me.

A recent circumstance, however, has
made it essential to my good name,
which I cannot bring myself to believe
you wish to see destroyed, to go back
to my former purpose; in pursuance of
which, the object of this letter is simply
to introduce certain statements of
gentlemen lately in the army, your
friends as much as mine, in hopes that
the explanations to be found therein
will be sufficent to authorize you to give
me a note of acquittal from blame, plainly
enough, to allay the suspicions and
charges to which I have been so painfully
subjected. The statements are in the
form of extracts pertinent to the subject
from letters now in my possession,
from General Fred Knefler, General
George McGinnis, Colonel James R.
Ross, General Daniel MacCaulay, Captain
Ad Ware, General John A. Strickland,
General John M. Thayer, now
United States Senator from Nebraska—all,
of my command, on the day in question,
present with me, well known to
you, and of unimpeachable honor. I
could have obtained many others, of
like import, but selected these because
their authors had peculiar opportunities
for information upon points considered
of chief importance. It is possible that
my explanations of the matter would be
sufficient for the purpose in view. However
that may be, it is my judgment
now, that the charges against me have
gone so far, and been put in such grave
form, that public opinion may require
an exoneration, though it come from
your hand, to be based upon the testimony
of others.

Permit me to say, further, that as to
the order you started to me by Captain
Baxter, I do not understand there is
any question of veracity between us.
You tell me, that from the battle-field
you dispatched a verbal order by the
officer named, to be delivered to me, at
Crump’s Landing, directing me to march
my division to Pittsburg Landing by the
road, parallel with the river; and, supposing,
as you did, that the order would
reach me by 11 o’clock, A.M., you
reasonably concluded my command
would be on the field by 1 o’clock, P.M.

Now in all candor, if you have been,
as I am informed, of opinion that I received
that order as it was given, and
at the time stated (11 o’clock, A.M.),
and that for any reason, such as personal
feeling against you, or that I lost
my way, or took the wrong road, or
lingered on the march, making but five
miles in seven hours, it must be admitted
that you were justifiable in any,
even the most extreme judgment against
me; and I must confess that your moderation
was greater than mine would
likely have been, had our positions been
reversed. I do not flinch from that conclusion,
at all; but what I do say in my
defence is that the opinion and the
conclusion, which is its corollary, are
both wrong, because the order admitted
to have been dispatched was not delivered
to me, in form or substance, as
dispatched. On the contrary, the order
I received from your messenger was in
writing, unsigned, and contained substantially
the following instructions:

“You will leave a force at Crump’s
Landing, sufficient to guard the public
property there; then march the rest
of your division, and effect a junction
with the right of the army
; after which
you will form your line of battle at
right angles with the river, and act as
circumstances dictate.”

This order was read by Colonel Ross,
under circumstances well calculated to
impress it upon his memory. It was
also given to Colonel Knefler, then my
Adjutant General, and by him read and
unfortunately lost. Finally, its purport,
as stated by me above, is vouched
for by Captain Ware as the aide de
camp. To refuse credit to my version
of its contents will be very hard, indeed,
corroborated as it is by so many
gentlemen of unquestionable veracity,
and such excellent opportunity for information
on the point.

I think myself warranted now in asserting

upon the credit of the three
officers just named, as well as my own,
that by the terms of the order, as it
was delivered to me, the object of my
march was not Pittsburg Landing, as
you intended, but the right of the
army, resting, when the battle opened
in the morning, at a point quite three
miles out from the landing, on the road
to Purdy.

As a general principle it must be admitted
that when you entrusted the
order to a proper messenger for delivery
to me, your responsibility ceased;
but, I turn and ask you, appealing to
your experience and justice, how am
I held responsible for the execution of
an order if it never reached me; or,
if it reached me, conveying an idea
radically different from that originally
given? Of necessity, I was accountable
for the execution of the order, only
as it was received, and if it was not received
in a form to convey your true
design, but was promptly executed,
neither of us are responsible for the result.
It was not your mistake, nor was
it mine.

Having established the purport, at
least, of the order as it came to my
hand, the next inquiry is: “Did I
proceed to execute it, and how?”

On these heads all the letters on file
are applicable. They show, as I think,
that I took measures anticipatory to the
order you gave me, personally, in your
passage up the river to the battle-field,
viz: to hold myself in readiness to
march in any direction; that my brigades
were ordered to concentrate at
the place most proper and convenient
for a prompt execution of the orders,
whatever they might be, because it was
at the junction of two roads, one leading
to Pittsburg Landing, the other to
the right of the army. To one of these
points, it may be added, I was sure of
being ultimately sent, if the exigencies
of the battle required the presence of
my command. They show, that after
you parted from me, going up the river,
I took measures to forward your messenger
to me instantly upon his arrival
(see Colonel Ross’ letters), then rode
to the place of concentration, and
waited impatiently and anxiously the
expected instructions; that they came
to hand about 12 o’clock (my own remembrance
is 11:30 A.M.), and that
the officer who brought them, also
brought the news that you were driving
the enemy all along the line. (See letters
of General Knefler and Colonel
Ross.) Up to that time, therefore, I
was certainly blameless.

But let me ask you to stop here, and
consider the effect on my mind and
subsequent movements, of the information,
thus reliably obtained, that the
battle was won. What inducement
could I have had to march away from
or linger on the road to a victory?
Upon the hypothesis that the good news
was true, how could I have imagined,
(had there been so much as a doubt as
to the intent of the order received,) a
necessity for my command at Pittsburg
Landing?

But, proceeding. The letters further
establish, that, immediately upon receiving
the order, I put my column en
route
, to execute it.

Now comes the questions. Did I
take the right road to effect the junction
with the right of the army, or one
leading to Purdy, away from the battle?
Pertinent to these inquiries, General
Knefler says, that the road chosen for
the movement had been patrolled and
picketted by my cavalry. By their report,
if by nothing else, I must have
been posted as to its terminus. In corroboration
of this assertion please
notice that General Macaulay, General
Strickland, General Thayer and General
Knefler, all allude to the fact that the
head of the column was approaching,
not going away from the firing, when the
countermarch took place. Consider,
further, that the most imperative necessities
of my situation, isolated as I had
been from the main army, were, to know
all the communications with that army,
and to keep them clear, and in
order for rapid movement. Not
only did I know the road, but every
step my division took from the initial
point of the march up to the moment of
the change of direction, was, as is well
known to every soldier in the column, a

step nearer to the firing and therefore a
step nearer to the battle
. While on this
inquiry, let me add that the report of
my being set right after marching upon
the wrong road has in it this much
truth, and no more. When about a
mile from the position which had been
occupied by the right of the army
(General Sherman’s division), Captain
Rowley overtook me and told me that
you had sent him to hurry me up, and
that our lines had been carried by the
enemy and the army driven back almost
to the river, a very different story from
the one brought me by Captain Baxter.
Captain Rowley set me right as to the
conditions of the battle, not as to the
road I was following. Colonel McPherson
and Major Rawlins, the other members
of your staff, mentioned as having
been sent to me, met me after the countermarch,
when my command was on
the river road moving to Pittsburg
Landing.

Concerning the countermarch, I
would remark that the condition of the
battle, as reported by Captain Rowley,
made it prudent, if not necessary. My
column was only five thousand men, of
all arms. Reflecting upon it now, I am
still of the opinion that it did better
service the next day in your new line of
battle, than it could have done, operating
alone and unsupported in the rear
of the whole rebel army, where I was
certainly taking it, when “set right”
by the captain.

Instead of making the change of direction,
when it was resolved on, by a
countermarch, the result proved that it
should have been effected by a general
right about. The former manoeuvre was
chosen, however, because I was confident
of finding a cross road to the river
road long before the head of the column
doubled upon its foot. [See Colonel
Ross’ statement of the effort made to
accomplish that idea.]

One of the results I confidently anticipated
from a reading of the letter submitted,
is, that you will be satisfied of
the wrong done me (unintentional, I
believe), by Colonel Badeau, when, in
his book, he describes me as consuming
seven hours in marching five miles
in the direction of the battle. The
march actually performed in that time
was not less than fifteen miles, over an
execrable dirt road.

Your opinion, as advanced in your
letter to the War Office, July, 13, 1863,
that General Morgan L. Smith, had he
been put in command, could have had
the division in the battle by 1 o’clock
P.M., is in direct terms, based upon
the condition that General Smith received
your orders as you supposed
them communicated to me. But, suppose
he had not received the order as originally
given; suppose, on the contrary,
the order actually received by him had
the effect to send him in another direction
from Pittsburg Landing; and suppose
that, on approaching his objective,
he had found himself in the rear of
the whole rebel army, and in his judgment
compelled, by that circumstance,
together with the bad fortune of our
own army, to a further movement of
quite ten miles—all of which were
terrible realities in my case—I am sure
you are too just a man to have held
him accountable for the hours, however
precious, thus necessarily lost.

With these remarks I place the letters
of the officers named in your hands.
They will satisfy you, I think, that the
exoneration I seek will be a simple act
of justice. The many misconceptions
which have been attached to my movements
on that bloody Sunday, have, it
must be confessed, made me extremely
sensitive upon the subject. You can
imagine, therefore, with what anxiety
your reply will be waited.

Very respectfully your friend,

LEW WALLACE.

To GENERAL U.S. GRANT, WASHINGTON CITY.

Colonel Ross to General Wallace:

CHICAGO, January, 25, 1868.

General: Having read the extract from “Badeau’s
Life of General Grant,” as published in
the Chicago Tribune, of the twenty-fifth of
December, 1867, wherein he refers particularly
to the battle of Shiloh, and seeing the gross injustice
done you, and the false light in which
you are placed before the country and the
world, I deem it my duty to make a brief statement

of what I know to be the facts in reference
to your failure to reach the field of battle
in time to take part in the action of Sunday,
April 6, 1862.

I will first state the position of your command
on that morning. The First Brigade,
Colonel M.L. Smith commanding, at Crump’s
Landing; Second Brigade, Colonel John M.
Thayer commanding, two and one-half miles
out on the Adamsville road; Third Brigade,
Colonel Charles R. Wood commanding, at
Adamsville, five miles out from the river. The
first intimation you or any of your staff had of
the battle was between five and six o’clock, A.M.,
when my attention was called by one of the men
on the boat on which were your headquarters,
to the heavy and continued firing in the direction
of the camp at Pittsburg Landing. You
were at once notified of this, and being satisfied
that there was a battle going on, directed me to
go at once and order this division to get ready
to move at a moment’s warning, and to instruct
Colonel Wood to move his baggage and camp
equipage to the river with the least possible delay,
and march his command to the camp of
the Second Brigade, midway between his (then)
camp and that of the First Brigade, at the river.

After executing your order, as above, I returned
to the Landing. Soon after, you, together
with your staff, went out to the camp of the
second Brigade, when the division had been
ordered to concentrate in order to be in position
to take either one of two roads, intersecting
the Adamsville road from Crump’s Landing
to Pittsburg Landing; one leading to Pittsburg
Landing, the other to the Purdy road from Pittsburg
Landing, intersecting it at a point not far
from the right of our army under General Sherman,
as it was encamped when the battle began.

Before starting for Colonel Thayer’s camp,
orders were given by you to Captain Lyman, A.Q.M.,
on your staff, for a horse to be saddled
and kept in readiness, in case a messenger
should come down the river with orders from
General Grant to you.

Now for the order. Badeau says that a staff
officer was dispatched to General Wallace with
verbal orders for him to march by the nearest
road parallel with the river. The order may
have been given verbally by General Grant to
his staff officer, but was not so delivered to you,
nor did it direct you to march by the nearest
road parallel with the river. At about 11
o’clock, A.M., while at the camp of Colonel
Thayer, I was directed by you to go to Colonel
M.L. Smith. I met Captain Baxter, A.Q.M.,
who stopped me and handed me a paper saying,
“I wish you would take this to General
Wallace.” I took the paper, read it and returned
it to him, saying, I could not do so, as
I was on my way under orders from General
Wallace. At the same time I turned in my saddle,
and pointed out a group of horsemen, telling
the Captain that you were among them. I
went to Colonel Smith, delivered my orders, and
returning, met the Captain again. I very distinctly
remember that this order directed you to
move forward and join General Sherman’s
right on the Purdy road
and form your line of
battle at right angles with the river; and then act
as circumstances would dictate. Now the shortest
possible route by which you could reach the point
designated in the order was the one taken, viz:
that one leading from Colonel Thayer’s camp (on
the Adamsville road from Crump’s Landing), to
the Purdy road (from Pittsburg Landing), a distance
of about five miles; whereas the distance
to the point to which you was to march as designated
in the order, via Pittsburg Landing,
would have been at least twelve miles. Perhaps
I should here state that this order was not
signed by any one, but coming as it did through
one of the Staff Officers of the Commanding
General, could not be questioned. I would also
state in this connection, that when I met Captain
Baxter first, I asked him how things were
going. He replied that Grant was driving the
enemy at all points. Had this been the case,
the order as delivered by Captain Baxter would
have been all right, as we could then have joined
General Sherman as directed therein. Within
ten minutes after the receipt of the order, the
troops were on the road.

When we were about one mile from where
we expected to join General Sherman, we were
overtaken by a messenger from General Grant,
Captain (since Colonel) Rowley, I believe, who
informed you that our troops had been defeated
all along the line, and driven back, till the right
was within half a mile of the river, and that
the road we were on, would, if followed up, lead
us into the rear of the enemy. This being the
case, it became necessary to find some other way
to form a junction with the army. In order to do
so, every mounted man attached to your Head-Quarters
was dispatched to find, if possible, some
way to get round the enemys’ left without going
back to the starting point, or to find some
resident to guide us by the nearest possible route.
Finally a man was found who was compelled to

act as guide. Nevertheless the march was
continued as rapidly as possible, until we joined
the right of the army, just after dark, in the position
in which it lay when the battle closed
for the day. Badeau also says: “General
Wallace was set right by Captain (afterwards
Colonel) Rowley, and Colonel (afterwards Major
General) McPherson, both at the time upon
General Grant’s staff; that they set him right at
1 o’clock, and it took him till seven to march
five miles.” It was near 1 o’clock when we were
overtaken by Rowley, but instead of having
but five miles to march, the distance could not
have been less than eleven or twelve miles. The
first seen of General McPherson was when we
were met by him and General Rawlins, just as
the head of the column had reached the river
road (from Crump’s Landing to Pittsburg Landing)
who had come out to urge you to greater
haste. We had to march over the worst road I
ever remember to have seen. In many places
it was almost impossible to get artillery
through. In my judgment the entire distance
marched by your command could not have been
less than sixteen or seventeen miles.

The above, General, are the facts relative to the
movements of your command on the day referred
to, which fell under my personal observation.
I am, General, very respectively,
your obedient servant,

JAMES R. ROSS,

Late Brev. Lieut. Col. Major. A.D.C.

To MAJOR GENERAL LEW WALLACE

CRAWFORDSVILLE, Indiana.

General Strickland to General Wallace:

HEADQUARTERS FIFTIETH REGIMENT, O.V.I. }

BIG RUN TRESTLE, Ky., June 24, 1863. }

CAPTAIN J.R. Ross, for MAJOR GENERAL LEW
WALLACE:

DEAR SIR: In answer to your question as to
my recollection of the circumstances and time
of the moving of Major General Lew Wallace’s
command to the battle of Shiloh on the sixth
of April, 1862, I will submit the following statement:

I was Acting Adjutant General for Colonel
John M. Thayer (now Brigadier General
Thayer), he (Colonel Thayer) being in command
of the Second Brigade, General Lew
Wallace’s Division. On the morning of the
sixth of April (Sunday), 1862, the Brigade commanded
by Colonel Thayer, stationed at
“Stony Lonesome,” was in readiness to march
at daylight, or before. We were waiting for
orders to move, when Major General Lew Wallace
and staff rode to the headquarters of the
brigade, I think between the hours of 8 and 9
o’clock; it may have been earlier. General
Wallace ordered everything in readiness to
move at a moment’s notice. I received the
orders directly from General Wallace. I assured
him that the brigade, upon previous
orders from himself and Colonel Thayer, was
ready to move, but went again, in person, by
order of Colonel Thayer, and notified Commanders
of Regiments, Batteries, etc., to be
ready at the call from Colonel Thayer’s headquarters,
to move. I heard General Wallace
addressing himself to Lieutenant Colonel McCord,
commanding the First Nebraska Regiment,
to say, that he had received no orders to
move and that he was waiting for orders frown
General Grant’s headquarters to move. I
heard General Wallace request one of his
staff to watch the road to Crump’s Landing for
a messenger with orders.

At half past 11 A.M. (it might have been fifteen
minutes to 12) a person rode up to General
Wallace with orders to move. I was
standing by General Wallace at the time. The
Brigade commanded by Colonel Thayer was
in motion in just ten minutes after the order
was received
. I am particular about this, because
Colonel Sanbourn, of the Twenty-first Indiana
Regiment, and other officers of the Brigade,
talked over the matter in the morning.
After the order was received we moved off
rapidly.

After we had marched some distance, and
were getting nearer to the sound of musketry
continually
, we were met, I think, by Major
Rawlins, Assistant Adjutant General of General
Grant, and our direction changed. From my
knowledge of the country, after the battle of
Monday, I am satisfied that, if we had not
changed our direction when we did, we would
have gone in behind the left of the rebel army.
After the direction of the column was changed,
I was ordered by Colonel Thayer to go to the
foot of the column, for what purpose I cannot
now recollect. I think it was at the instance
of General Wallace, to change direction on a
shorter route of Wood’s brigade, and when going
from the foot of the column to the head, to
report to my commanding officer, Colonel
Thayer. I remember noticing all three of the
Brigades in close column, marching rapidly
forward
. Just at dusk we arrived at the valley
of a small stream, where the mud was very deep.
We met an orderly, there, from the battle-field,

who said we could reach General Grant’s forces
by making great haste, as Berdan’s Sharp-shooters
were holding the road by which we were to
enter. The column was hurried forward as
fast as it was possible for it to move
. We
arrived a little after dark, on the right of General
Grant’s forces, but a few yards in front of the
enemy.

Not knowing for what particular purpose you
wish this communication, I have been precise
in details as to time, etc., as it will be remembered
by most of the officers of the Second
Brigade.

I am, sir, your obedient servant,

J.A. STRICKLAND,

Colonel Commanding Fiftieth Ohio Volunteer Infantry.

General McGinnis to General Wallace:

INDIANAPOLIS, Indiana, February 21, 1868.

GENERAL: In reply to your note of this date,
I would say, that being in command of the
Eleventh Indiana Infantry, I was attached to
the First Brigade, Third Division, Army of
the Tennessee, commanded by you, and encamped
at Crump’s Landing, on the morning
of the first day of the battle of Pittsburg
Landing.

At daylight of said day, our command was
aroused by heavy and continuous firing from
the direction of Pittsburg Landing, which led
us to believe that a general battle was being
fought. I do not think more than twenty minutes
had elapsed from the time that the battle
commenced until our whole brigade had received
orders to hold ourselves in readiness,
(with three days’ rations) to march to any point
required; and that point all understood from indications
would be Pittsburg Landing.

For the purpose of concentrating the division,
our Brigade marched to Winn’s Farm, two and
a half miles from Crump’s Landing, where the
Second Brigade of the Third Division was
then encamped. The road taken by our division,
after concentrating, intersected the Purdy
road (from Pittsburg Landing) at a point near
Snake Creek, and not far from the ground occupied
by General Sherman’s division on the
morning of the battle, being the right of the
army. This, in my opinion, was the shortest
and most direct route to the point at which the
right of the army was resting, when the battle
began
.

Orders were not received for the division to
march to the field of battle, until about12
o’clock, A.M. and no time was lost during
the march
, as we moved with the utmost
rapidity.

In the history of that battle, written by (Badeau)
who was not there and who could not
have had personal knowledge of the facts in relation
thereto, serious and gross injustice has
been done you.

Very respectfully,

G.F. McGinnis,

Late Brigadier General U.S.A.

[General Fred Knefler’s letter to General
Lew Wallace corroborating the statements made
by the other members of the staff will be found
on page 367—ED.]

Captain Ware to General Wallace:

GENERAL: I submit the following statement
in regard to the movement of your division, on
Sunday, April 6, 1862, as far as came under my
observation.

The first intimation I had that an engagement
was progressing was about 6 o’clock, A.M. I
heard firing in the direction of the camps at
Pittsburg Landing. Soon after I was ordered
by you to proceed to Adamsville, where the
Third Brigade, under Colonel Wood was encamped,
with orders to have his tents, and baggage
train sent immediately to the river, and
his command to march back to the Second
Brigade, which was then stationed two and a
half miles from Crump’s Landing. I also ordered
the First Brigade, under Colonel Morgan
L. Smith, to move out to the same point. The
Second Brigade, under Colonel John M. Thayer,
was also ordered to be ready to move at a moment’s
notice. I returned to your headquarters
and with you proceeded to the above-mentioned
point. At twenty minutes of 12 an
order was to you delivered, by Captain Baxter,
A.Q.M., directing “you to move your division
up and join General Shermans’ right,” on
the road leading from Pittsburg Landing to
Purdy, that being the extreme right of General
Grant’s position.

Two Regiments of Infantry and one piece of
artillery were left at the camp of the Second
Brigade, to protect the camp equipage and baggage.
I am, General, very respectfully,

Your obedient servant,

AD WARE, JR., A.D.C.

To MAJOR GENERAL LEW WALLACE.

General John M. Thayer to General
Wallace:

UNITED STATES SENATE CHAMBER,

WASHINGTON. March 4. 1868.

At the time of the battle of Pittsburg Landing

I was in command of the Second Brigade
of the division commanded by General Lew
Wallace, and, with the Brigade, was in camp
two and a half miles out from Crump’s Landing,
at a place called Stony Lonesome. At dawn
of the morning of April 6, 1862, I heard cannonading
in the direction of Pittsburg Landing.
At an early hour I received orders from General
Wallace, through a Staff Officer, to “hold
my command in readiness to march at a moment’s
notice.” General Wallace came to my
camp, soon afterwards, and informed me that
he was awaiting orders from General Grant to
move to the battle-field. I knew he was very
impatient to receive such orders. The Division
was kept in readiness to move without delay.
At about half past 11 o’clock an officer
rode up to General Wallace with the expected
order from General Grant, and, in a few minutes,
the command was on the march towards
the field of action. As we advanced the cannonading
became more distinct. As we were
moving on I recollect a Staff Officer passing up
the column seeking General Wallace. Very
soon we countermarched, with the view, as I
understood, of crossing to the river road leading
to Pittsburg Landing, and there reaching
the right of our army, which we reached about
dark. According to my recollection there was
no halting while on the march, except to close
up the column.

While waiting in my camp for the order of
General Grant to move to the scene of action
General Wallace manifested great anxiety to
move forward, and did move immediately on
receipt of the order. Very respectfully,

JOHN M. THAYER,

Late Brig. Gen’l and B’v’t Maj Gen’l of Vols.

General Grant to General Wallace:

HEADQUARTERS ARMY OF THE UNITED
STATES.

WASHINGTON, D.C., MARCH, 10, 1868.

MY DEAR GENERAL:

Enclosed herewith, I return your
letters from officers of the Army who
served with you at the battle of Shiloh,
Tennessee, giving their statement of
your action on that occasion. I can
only state that my orders to you were
given verbally to a Staff Officer to communicate,
and that they were substantially
as given by General Badeau in his
book. I always understood that the
Staff Officer referred to, Captain Baxter,
made a memorandum of the order he
received and left it with you. That
memorandum I never saw.

The statements which I now return
seem to exonerate you from this great
point of blame, your taking the wrong
road, or different road from the one
directed from Crump’s Landing to Pittsburg
Landing. All your subsequent
military career showed you active and
ready in the execution of every order
you received. Your promptness in
moving from Baltimore to Monocacy,
Maryland, in 1864, and meeting the
enemy in force far superior to your own,
when Washington was threatened, is a
case particularly in point, where you
could scarcely have hoped for a victory;
but you delayed the enemy, and enabled
me to get troops from City Point, Virginia,
in time to save the city. That act
I regarded as most praiseworthy. I
refer you to my report of 1865, touching
your course there.

In view of the assaults made upon
you now, I think it due to you, that you
should publish what your own Staff and
other subordinate officers have to say in
exoneration of your course.

Yours Truly,

U.S. GRANT, GENERAL.

To MAJOR GENERAL L. WALLACE,

CRAWFORDSVILLE, Indiana.


Fitchburg In 1885

By Atherton P. Mason, M.D.

In the January number of this magazine
appeared an excellent and comprehensive
historical sketch of Fitchburg.
It is proposed in this article to portray
as briefly as possible, and by the aid of
engravings, the present condition and
resources of our city.

Old Rollstone and its opposite neighbor,
Pearl Hill, have witnessed the
transformation of a rude, inhospitable
wilderness into a beautiful and busy
city. We of the present day, proud of
our heritage, are striving to improve it
by all means within our power.

Fitchburg owes her growth and prosperity
pre-eminently to those energetic
and plucky men who founded and fostered
the great industries which now
constitute her life and soul. Alvah
Crocker, Salmon W. Putnam, Eugene
T. Miles, and Walter Heywood, have left
behind them great and lasting proofs of
their toil and perseverance. Of Rodney
Wallace, who is now in the midst of a
useful and benevolent life among us,
another will speak more fully and fittingly
in other pages of this magazine;
nor would we neglect to give due credit to
the energetic men who are now either
carrying on business established by their
predecessors, or founding new industries
which enhance the resources and good
name of Fitchburg.

Union Passenger Depot

Union Passenger Depot

The little river (the north branch of
the Nashua) which runs through the
township, and which is formed by the
confluence of several large brooks in
the westerly part of the town, first invited
the manufacturer to locate on its
banks. Its water-power is still used,
but steam is now the chief motor that
propels the machinery, looms and spindles

that daily pour forth products
which go to the markets, not of this
country alone, but of the world.

Perhaps no place of its size can
boast of a greater diversity of industries
than Fitchburg. In such an article as
this attention must necessarily be confined
to the chief among them, and but
few words devoted to the description of
separate establishments.

Putnam Machine Company's Works.

Putnam Machine Company’s Works.

Machinery takes the first rank among
the manufactures of Fitchburg. The
pioneers in this business here were two
brothers, Salmon W. and John Putnam,
who, in 1838, established the firm of J.
& S.W. Putnam. In 1858 S.W. Putnam
organized the Putnam Machine
Company, which now has a wide and
enviable reputation. Mr. Putnam was
President and General Business Manager
of the company until his death in 1872.
Two of his surviving sons are now actively
engaged in carrying on the business,
Charles F. Putnam being President
and Manager, and Henry O. Putnam
Superintendent of the department
in which special machinists’ and railroad
tools are made. There are six
other departments devoted to special
kinds of manufacture which are superintended
by able men. Mr. Putnam’s
two other sons founded, in 1882, the
Putnam Tool Company, located on
Walnut street, of which Salmon W. Putnam
is President, and George E. Putnam
Treasurer, and is owned entirely
by the Putnams. This company
manufactures machinery, railroad and
machine tools. The present location
of the Putnam Machine Company,
corner of Main and Putnam streets,
comprising over twenty-six acres,
was purchased in 1866, and the
buildings were immediately erected
at a cost of over $200,000. The
works were built from plans designed
by the late President, and are arranged
with special reference to
the variety of machines manufactured,
consisting of railroad and machinists’

tools, steam-engines, water-wheels, and
shafting. They comprise machine shops,

foundries and forges, and rank with the
oldest and largest establishments of the
kind in the United States.

The Putnams are descendants of Gen.
Israel Putnam of Revolutionary fame.

Residence Of Mrs. Salmon W. Putnam, Walnut Street

Residence Of Mrs. Salmon W. Putnam, Walnut Street

The Fitchburg Machine Works occupy
a large and convenient brick
building on Main street, near its beginning,
and manufacture machinists’
tools principally. Opposite is
the handsome brick building occupied
by C.H. Brown and Company,
manufacturers of the “Brown” automatic
cut-off steam-engines, which have
gained a wide reputation. A little further
up on Main street is located the Simonds
Manufacturing Company. This
company was organized in 1868 with a
capital of $150,000 and manufactures
machine knives and the well-known
“Simonds” Circular Saw.

On Water street are three machine
shops to be noticed. The Union Machine
Company makes paper machinery.
The Rollstone Machine Company,
manufactures the “Rollstone” Lathe
and other wood-working machinery.
The Fitchburg Steam Engine Company,
whose business was established in
1871, manufactures steam-engines and
boilers, making a specialty of the
“Fitchburg” steam-engine, the great
merits of which are everywhere acknowledged.
The company, notwithstanding
its comparatively recent organization,
has a firm foothold in this
country, and abroad also.

D.M. Dillon manufactures boilers and
paper machinery. A.D. Waymouth and
Company, and C.W. Wilder manufacture
respectively the Waymouth wood-turning
lathe and Wilder’s patent lathe.

In 1866 Charles Burleigh of Fitchburg
invented the Burleigh rock drill,
and the next year the Burleigh Rock
Drill Company was organized with a
capital of $150,000, to make and sell
this machine and the Burleigh Patent
air-compressor. These drills have completely
revolutionized the business of
rock-tunneling. They were first used in
the Hoosac Tunnel and, proved highly
successful. Since then they have been
employed at Hell Gate, in the Sutro

Tunnel, and at various points in Europe.

Stiles Block, Main Street.

Stiles Block, Main Street.

The Rollstone Iron Foundry, the
Fitchburg Iron Foundry, and M.J.
Perault, manufacture castings of all
kinds. W.A. Hardy operates a brass
Foundry on Water street. There is no
space to indulge further in details regarding
machinery. In addition to the
above are numerous individuals and
firms here engaged in the manufacture
of mowing machines and agricultural
implements, boiler makers’ tools, electric
machinery and apparatus, files, grist
and flouring-mill machinery, hay, straw,
and machine, knives, wood-working machinery,
machinists’ tools, water motors,
watch tools, paper machinery and the
like.

The paper manufacturing interest in
Fitchburg is valuable and extensive.
The credit of successfully establishing
this industry here belongs to Alvah
Crocker, who, in 1826, built a paper
mill of his own. Paper had, however,
been made here to some extent previous
to that time. In 1850 the firm of
Crocker, Burbank and Company was
formed, of which Mr. Crocker was the
head until his death in 1874. The present
members of the firm are C.T.
Crocker, S.E. Crocker, G.F. Fay, G.
H. Crocker and Alvah Crocker. The
firm now operates five large paper mills
in West Fitchburg. A sixth, the Snow
Mill, was recently destroyed by fire.
About 32,000 pounds of news, book
and card paper are produced by these
mills every twenty-four hours.

In 1865 the Fitchburg Paper Company
was organized. Rodney Wallace,
having purchased the interests of the
other three original members of the
company, is now the sole proprietor.
He operates two large and well-equipped
mills in West Fitchburg, which produce
from 15,000 to 18,000 pounds of card
and hanging paper every twenty-four
hours.

Crocker Block.

Crocker Block.

In 1864 George W. Wheelwright and
Sons built a paper mill, and in 1880 the
G.W. Wheelwright Paper Company

was incorporated with a capital of
$100,000. The mill is located on Fourth
street and produces about 7,000 pounds
of news paper per twenty-four hours.

In 1884 a number of capitalists purchased
the building long known as
Richardson’s scythe shop, situated on
Scythe-shop road, South Fitchburg, and
converted it into a paper-mill. It is
now operated by the National Paper
Company and produces manilla and
hanging paper.

The chair business is represented in
Fitchburg by an establishment which is
one of the largest and best arranged in
the world. Walter Heywood really
founded this industry here in 1844,
though chairs were made in Fitchburg on
a small scale some years previously. The
Walter Heywood Chair Company was
organized in 1851 and incorporated in
1869 with a capital of $240,000. In
July, 1870, the company’s buildings on
Water street were completely destroyed
by fire, and a lot on River street, comprising
nine acres, was immediately purchased
for the erection of new works.
These buildings, each three hundred
feet long, fifty feet wide and two
stories high, besides store houses,
offices and sheds, were soon ready for
occupation. A private track connects
the works with the Fitchburg Railroad.
The Company has a very large trade,
both foreign and domestic, and employs
three hundred men. The chair
stock is prepared at the company’s
mills in Barton, Vermont.

Factory Of The Fitchburg Woolen Mill Company.

Factory Of The Fitchburg Woolen Mill Company.

The manufacture of cotton and
woolen goods is extensively carried on
in Fitchburg. The Fitchburg Cotton
Mill is a fine brick building at the upper
end of Main street; carpet warps,
batting and twine are here manufactured.
The Fitchburg Duck Mills in
South Fitchburg produce cotton duck.
The Parkhill Manufacturing Company
(John Parkhill, President, and Arthur
H. Lowe, Treasurer), occupies what
was formerly Davis’ chair shop, situated
on Circle street, and manufactures
gingham. The building has
been greatly enlarged and additional
buildings have been erected since the
company was organized a few years ago.
Excellent goods are manufactured and
find a ready market.

The factory of the Fitchburg Woolen
Mill Company, in Factory square, has
been long established and its products

are well known. The company was
organized in 1843, but the factory itself
has been in existence much longer,
being one of the oldest brick buildings
in town. It was originally used as a
cotton mill, but in 1822 it was made
into a woolen factory. Since that date
it has been enlarged several times.
William H. Vose, recently deceased,
was Treasurer and Manager of this mill
for about forty years. Only a few
months ago Mr. Vose wrote a concise
history of the factory since 1822, which
is interesting and valuable. James
Phillips, Jr., is a prominent woolen manufacturer
and operates the three following
concerns: a large woolen manufactory
in West Fitchburg, producing suitings,
etc.; the Star Worsted Company,
and the Fitchburg Worsted Company,
producing yarn and worsted. Mr. Phillips
has met with marked success, and
his goods take high rank in the best
markets. There is a woolen mill in
Rockville, a village in the westerly part
of Fitchburg, operated by James McTaggart,
Jr.

Residence Of Mrs. Wm.H. Vose, Prospect Street.

Residence Of Mrs. Wm.H. Vose, Prospect Street.

The firm of E.M. Dickinson &
Company is the only one in the city engaged
in the manufacture of shoes.
This firm occupies a handsome brick
factory, recently erected on Main street,
next to the Simonds Manufacturing
Company, and has a large trade both
in New England and the West. In connection
with E.M. Dickinson & Company,
and located in the same building,
is the Sole Leather Tip Company. The
Fitchburg Furniture Company has a
large manufactory on Newton Place.
A number of concerns carry on an extensive
lumber business and operate establishments
where doors, sashes, blinds,
and ornamental wood-work are made.
J. Gushing & Company and Washburn
& Woodward operate large grain
elevators and flour mills. The first
named firm occupies the “Stone Mill,”
one of the old land-marks of Fitchburg.
In addition to the above there are numerous

individuals and firms engaged
in the manufacture of confectionery,
crackers, tin-ware, toys, soap, wood
pulp, carriages, harnesses, marble and
granite monuments, bricks, beer, cigars
and matches. In fine there are over
one hundred concerns here engaged in
manufacturing on a large scale, and
considerably over one hundred establishments
where occupations akin to
manufacturing are carried on.

But Fitchburg is beautiful as well as
busy. Handsome churches, business
blocks, public buildings and private residences
greet the eyes of strangers in
our streets.

Residence Of Charles T. Crocker.

Residence Of Charles T. Crocker.

There are eleven churches in town.
The First Parish (Unitarian) Church is
the oldest. The present edifice is a
plain and substantial brick structure at
the head of the upper common, and
was built in 1837. In 1883 the interior
was entirely remodeled and stained
windows put in, thus making a handsome
auditorium. Rev. W.H. Pierson is
pastor of this society.

The First Methodist Church is on
Main street, opposite the lower end of
the upper common, and was built in
1840. Rev. W.J. Pomfret is pastor.

The First Universalist Church stands
on the corner of Main and Rollstone
streets, and was built in 1847. Rev. F.O.
Hall is pastor. This society proposes
to erect a new church, further down
town, before long.

On the opposite corner is the Calvinistic
Congregational Church, built in
1844. Rev. S.L. Blake, D.D., is pastor.
In connection with this Church is a
handsome and commodious chapel.

Further down Main street, opposite the
Post-office, is the First Baptist Church,
a large and imposing structure, built in
1854. Rev. I.R. Wheelock is pastor.

A little further down, and on the opposite
side of the street, is Christ Church
(Episcopal). This is built of granite
and has a very attractive appearance
both within and without. The society
has no settled rector at present.

Towards the lower end of Main street is

situated the Rollstone
Congregational
Church, a fine brick
and stone structure,
built in 1869. In
connection with it is
a handsome chapel,
the gift of the late
Deacon David Boutelle
and named after
the donor. The Second
Advent Chapel
is on the corner of
North and Cherry
streets; no pastor is
at present settled.

Mills Of The Fitchburg Paper Company.

Mills Of The Fitchburg Paper Company.

The Wallace Library And Art Building.

The Wallace Library And Art Building.

The St. Bernard’s
Church (Catholic) is
a costly and handsome
brick and stone
edifice on Water
street. Rev. P.J.
Garrigan is pastor, and Rev. D.F. Feehan
is assistant pastor. In 1878 a fine
Catholic Chapel (Church of the Sacred
Heart) was built in West Fitchburg,
and is now under the charge of Rev. J.T.
Donohoe. There is also a very
pretty Methodist Church in West Fitchburg,
of which Rev. W. Wignall is pastor.

Whitney's Opera House Block.

Whitney’s Opera House Block.

The Fitchburg Savings
Bank block,
on Main street, up
town, is the largest
and finest in the city.
It was erected in
1871, and is of brick
with a handsome and
costly front of fine,
white-grained granite.
The ground floor
is divided into four
stores, which are as
commodious and well-appointed
as any in
Worcester County.
On the second floor
are the banking-rooms
of the Fitchburg
National and
Fitchburg Savings
Banks, the office of
the Fitchburg Mutual Fire Insurance
Company, and several law offices. The
two stories above are mainly occupied
by the Free Masons, whose rooms are
among the finest in the State.

The Snow Mill, Recently Burned.

The “Snow Mill,” Recently Burned.

The Safety Fund National Bank has
rooms in Crocker Block, a handsome
brick and stone structure further down

on Main street. The Windsor Club
(social) has attractive rooms in this
block.

Residence Of Mrs. Eugene T. Miles, Blossom Street.

Residence Of Mrs. Eugene T. Miles, Blossom Street.

The Rollstone National Bank has
rooms in the Rollstone Bank block, a
large and fine brick and sandstone
structure, on the south side of Main
street, down town. The rooms of the
Worcester North Savings Institution are
also in this block, and the Odd Fellows
and E.V. Sumner Encampment, Post
19, Grand Army of the Republic, have
commodious apartments in the upper
portion. The Wachusett National Bank
has a brick banking house on the corner
of Main and Day streets.

E.M. Dickinson & Co.'s Shoe Manufactory

E.M. Dickinson & Co.’s Shoe Manufactory

Whitney’s Opera House block contains
the only theatre in town. The
stage is of good size and well-appointed
and the auditorium neat and
attractive. Good companies appear
here throughout the season, and are
well patronized by citizens of Fitchburg
and neighboring towns. Other blocks
worthy of mention are Belding &
Dickinson’s, Coggshall & Carpenter’s,
Hatch’s, Wixon’s (not yet completed),
and Stiles’—all on Main street, and
Union and Goodrich on Day
street.

There are eight hotels in the
city, the Fitchburg Hotel and the
American House being the two
largest.

The City Hall, on Main street,
nearly opposite the Savings Bank
block, is a large brick building.
The entire upper story is devoted
to a large hall, called the
City Hall. It is the largest in the
city. There are about a dozen

other halls of various sizes in
different parts of the city. On
the first floor of the City Hall are
the various city offices, rooms
of the Mayor, Aldermen and
Common Council. The entire
rear portion is occupied by the
Public Library, containing over
sixteen thousand volumes, which
will soon be removed to the new
and elegant “Wallace Library
and Art Building,” now in
process of completion. Mr.
Wallace’s generous gift to the
city is fully described in another
article.

The L.J. Brown Block, Main Street.

The L.J. Brown Block, Main Street.

Fitchburg Savings Bank Building.

Fitchburg Savings Bank Building.

The Post-Office occupies the
lower floor of a neat and substantial
brick edifice opposite the
Baptist Church. The letter-carrier
system was begun here November
1, 1884. In the upper portion of
this building are rooms occupied by
the Fitchburg Board of Trade and the
Park Club (social). Just below the
Post-Office is Monument Square, in the
centre of which is a handsome soldiers’
monument, designed by Martin

Milmore, and costing about $25,000.
It was dedicated June 26, 1874. Four
brass cannon, procured through Alvah
Crocker while a Member of Congress,
stand in the enclosure. In the rear of
the square is the Court House, a stone
building of noble proportions, built in
1871.

Fitchburg is located on the Hoosac
Tunnel route, and hence has extensive
railroad facilities. The Fitchburg Railroad
runs eleven passenger trains to
Boston every week, day and five to
Greenfield and North Adams. The
Northern Division of the Old Colony
Railroad terminates here and furnishes
four trains daily to Boston, and also to
the principal cities of southern Massachusetts.
The Fitchburg and Worcester
Division affords ample means of
communication with our sister city.
The Cheshire Railroad furnishes four
trains daily to points in New Hampshire
and Vermont. A route for the proposed
Fitchburg and Manchester Railroad was
surveyed last summer. The Union Passenger
Depot, used by all these roads in
common, is a commodious building and
an ornament to the city. Not far from
the depot is the “L.J. Brown” store, a
large and handsome building with a
brown stone front, which is certainly
worthy of mention, both as a sample of
the business blocks in town, and as a
memorial of the late L.J. Brown.

Fitchburg is well provided with
school houses. The High School on
High street is a large and convenient
building, and was erected in 1869. Mr.
R.G. Huling has been the Principal
since 1875. There are three large
Grammar school buildings in the city
proper, and one in West Fitchburg, besides
a dozen or more buildings occupied
by lower grades in various localities
in town.

The Stone Mill.

The “Stone Mill.”

There are two newspapers published
here. The Fitchburg Sentinel occupies
the entire upper portion of one of the
oldest brick buildings in town. The
structure has been raised and enlarged
since it was first built. The first number
of the Sentinel appeared December
30, 1838, and on May 6, 1873, the
Daily Sentinel began its existence.
Both are still published and enjoy a
large and increasing circulation. The
Fitchburg Tribune is issued weekly.

This paper has been established only a
few years, but under the present proprietor
is acquiring a goodly circulation.

Fitchburg Sentinel Office.

Fitchburg Sentinel Office.

Our city is fortunate in possessing an
abundant supply of excellent water derived
from Scott, Shattuck and Falulah
Brooks. Three reservoirs, Overlook,
Scott and Marshall, were constructed at
the time the water-works were first put
in operation, a dozen years ago. These
are located on the high land north-west
of the city. In 1883 a fourth reservoir
was constructed and named Falulah from
the brook by which it is supplied.
Overlook is the largest and most
elevated, being four hundred feet
above the railroad tracks. More than
eighteen miles of service pipe are
now in use, and there are over two
hundred fire hydrants at various
points. The city is equipped with
a fire alarm telegraph, having thirty-one
signal boxes, and maintains an
efficient and well managed Fire Department.
It is thus easy to understand
why Fitchburg seldom has a
fire that amounts to much.

The Wachusett Electric Light
Company began to light the principal
streets in the city proper in 1883,
and still continues to furnish agreeable
illumination.

The Fitchburg Gas Company, organized
in 1852, has works a little below
the Union Depot and is in prosperous
condition.

The Hanna Mill.

The “Hanna Mill.”

The Fitchburg Divison of the New
England Telephone and Telegraph
Company comprises this city, Leominster,
Lunenburg and Westminster. There
are nearly four hundred subscribers.

The Fitchburg Roller Skating Rink

is an institution very attractive to the
public and well patronized. There is
also a skating rink in West Fitchburg.

The Massachusetts Mutual Aid Society,
an organization for life insurance,
was incorporated in 1875, and its members
now number several thousands.

The Fitchburg Co-operative Savings
Fund and Loan Association was incorporated
in 1877. Monthly payments
are made by share holders and money
loaned on real-estate.

The Worcester North Agricultural
Society was incorporated in 1852, and
has extensive fair grounds and a trotting
park in the easterly part of the
township.

The city owns two cemeteries. Laurel
Hill Cemetery is large and has been in
use for at least seventy-five years. It
occupies a hill overhanging the river,
and is truly a city of the dead overlooking
the city of the living. Forest Hill
Cemetery is on the Mount Elam road,
two miles south of the city, and is of
more recent origin. St. Bernard’s
Cemetery, in the easterly part of the
town, is owned by the Roman Catholics.

Fitchburg hospitality is well known,
and Masonic or other organizations are
always sure of royal entertainment and
a grand good time when they visit
their Fitchburg brethren.

Art, literature and music have always
been cultivated here. Though there is
no organized art club in town, there
are not a few artists here of merit whose
skill with crayon and brush is fully
appreciated.

Laurel Hill. Residence Of Charles Mason, Rollstone Street.

Laurel Hill. Residence Of Charles Mason, Rollstone Street.

The Fitchburg Literary Club was
organized some fifteen years ago. Its
membership has been large and its
meetings interesting. Mr. R.G. Huling
is now the President of the club. Several
writers of prose and verse reside
in town.

In proof of musical talent we refer
with just pride to the Fitchburg Military

Band, G.A. Patz, Director. The band,
under the faithful and skillful management
of the late Warren S. Russell, attained
almost the highest rank among
the musical organizations of New England.
Mr. Russell was a most estimable
man, of rare musical ability, and his
death in March, 1884, was a sad blow
to the members of the band, and to
the citizens of Fitchburg as well. At
his funeral, March 18, 1884, the floral
tributes from many musical organizations
in New England, the presence of
Mr. D.W. Reeves, always a warm
friend of Mr. Russell, with the American
Band of Providence, Rhode Island,
whose members voluntarily tendered
their services for the occasion gratuitously;
the great concourse of citizens
and the general suspension of business
throughout the city, showed better than
any words the estimation in which he
was held. In April, 1884, Mr. Patz became
the leader of the band. That he
is eminently qualified for the position is
shown by the fact that the band still
maintains its high rank and bids fair to
surpass in the future the successes of
the past. In the upper common is a
very handsome band-stand, erected by
means of the generosity of certain citizens,
and down town in Railroad Park
is another, not quite as ornamental.
The band gives a concert at each place
nearly every week during warm weather,
and large audiences appreciate the
music. Nor are we lacking in vocal
talent. Several of our residents, some
of whom have perfected themselves
abroad, have acquired, or are acquiring,
reputation as singers.

Residence Of Henry A. Goodrich, Highland Avenue.

Residence Of Henry A. Goodrich, Highland Avenue.

There are many handsome residences

and fine estates in and around the city,
a few of which are represented in this
sketch. It is to be regretted that the
residence of Mr. George F. Fay, of
Crocker, Burbank & Co., cannot be
shown. It is in process of completion,
and when finished will be the finest in
the city.

Fitchburg is situated in a pleasant
valley, extending nearly east and west,
through the southern portion of which
runs the little river. Main street is just
north of this stream, and, in a measure,
parallel to it. This is the principal
business street in the city and from
either side of it branch off streets most
of which eventually climb up a hillside.
The city tends to increase along the
course of the valley mainly, though now
the surrounding slopes are fast becoming
covered with dwellings. The streets
(with the exception of Main) are unpaved,
but are carefully looked after by
the city and always kept in good condition.
Good sidewalks, plenty of shade
trees, and the general appearance of
thrift and neatness on the part of citizens,
make a stroll through the streets
of Fitchburg very agreeable. Such, at
least, is the opinion of the writer who, as
a native of the place, may be allowed to
express pardonable pride in the general
appearance of prosperity, neatness and
intelligence in the community.

The Lyon And Whitney Mill.

The “Lyon And Whitney” Mill.

This sketch would be incomplete
without some slight allusion to the surrounding
country. The most marked
topographical feature in this region is
Rollstone Hill, a rounded eminence,
composed entirely of granite. It is just
southwest of the city. Its top is bare
rock, but the sides are covered with a
thin layer of soil, which furnishes support
for quite a forest. Several quarries
are worked during warm weather,
and an immense amount of granite has
been taken out without any apparent
diminution in the size of the hill. It
may be of interest to state that the
Fitchburg Railroad depot, in Boston, is
built of granite taken from this hill; and
there are several other large stone
structures in the Hub built of the same
material. On the very summit of
Rollstone is perched “the Boulder,” a
round mass of rock, forty-five feet in
circumference, and weighing at least one
hundred tons. The rock of which it is

composed is totally unlike any rock
formation within a radius of thirty miles
or more, and it is probable that this
boulder was brought to its present position
by ice. The view from the top of
this hill is well worth the slight trouble
taken in ascending it. At the feet of
the observer lies the city, forming almost
a semi-circle. Wooded hills arise on all
sides. Wachusett, twelve miles distant,
rears its imposing pile in the
south, while Big Watatic overtops its
brethren in the northwest. Almost opposite
Rollstone is Pearl Hill, which is
also well worth a visit.

The Brick Mill.

The “Brick” Mill.

There are many pleasant drives
around Fitchburg, which are thoroughly
appreciated by the citizens. But we
must not dwell longer upon Fitchburg
or its environs. Let those who are
strangers to our city come and see for
themselves. They will be welcome.

The writer is aware that much has
been omitted in this sketch which ought
to have been spoken of; but in a magazine
article, intended simply to give a
general idea of the place, such must of
necessity be the case. Much space
might, for instance, be most justly devoted
to the business men and merchants
of Fitchburg, who, by hard
work and fair dealing, have acquired
honorable names in the community.
It would be quite possible to fill several
more pages with such matters, but it is
probable that the readers of the “BAY
STATE” will coincide with the opinion
that it is about time to stop.

Fitchburg seal

Fitchburg seal


The Past And Future Of Gold

By David M. Balfour.

Gold, from the earliest times to the
present day, has been regarded as one
of the most precious of metals. Next
to osmium, iodium, and platinum, it is
the heaviest of metals, being nineteen
times heavier than water. Next to iron
it is the most extensively diffused metal
upon our planet. It occurs in granite,
the oldest rock known to us, and in all
the rocks derived from it. It is, however,
much more common in alluvial grounds
than among primitive and pyrogenous
rocks. Nine-tenths of the gold which
has been produced has been obtained
from alluvial beds. Gold mines are
generally situated at the extreme limits
of civilization. Herodotus notes the
fact and he is confirmed by Humbolt.
It is first mentioned in Genesis ii: 11.
It was found in the country of Havilah,
where the rivers Euphrates and Tigris
unite and discharge their waters into
the Persian Gulf. Gold is never found
in mass, in veins, or lodes; it is interspersed,
in threads or flakes, throughout
quartz or other rocks. It is the
only metal of a yellow color; it is easily
chrystallizable, and always assumes one
or more of the symmetrical shapes,—such
as the cube or octahedron. It
affords a resplendent polish, and may
be exposed, for any length of time,
to the atmosphere without suffering
change, and is remarkable for its
beauty. Its malleability is such that a
cubic inch will cover a surface of eighteen
hundred square feet; and its ductility
is such that a cube of four inches
could be drawn into a wire which would
extend around the earth.

Gold in its relative value to silver
has varied greatly at different periods.

In the days of the patriarch Abraham, it
was one to eight; B.C. 1000, it was
one to twelve; B.C. 500, it was one to
thirteen; at the commencement of the
Christian era, it was one to nine; A.D.
500, it was one to eighteen; in 1100, it
was one to eight; in 1400, it was one to
eleven; in 1545, it was one to six; in
1551 it was one to two; in 1600, it was
one to ten; in 1627, it was one to thirteen;
in 1700, it was one to fifteen and
one-half; it held the latter ratio, with
but slight variation, until 1872, when it
began to rise, and in 1876 it rose to one
to twenty; it soon afterwards gradually
declined, and now stands one to nineteen
and one-half. The supply of silver
beyond a legitimate demand for financial
purposes, the decrease of the export of
silver to the East, and the demonetization
of silver by the principal countries of
Europe, have induced a tendency in the
ratio of the two metals to again advance.
Gold was extremely abundant in
ancient times. It was plenteously furnished
by the rivers of Asia. The sands
of Pactolus, the golden fleece conquered
by the Argonauts, the gold of
Ophir, the fable of King Midas, all
tend to show the eastern origin of gold.
It was abundant in Cabul and Little
Thibet. It abounded in the empire of
the Pharaohs, as is attested by the
traces of mining operations, now exhausted,
and by the multitude of objects
of gold contained in their tombs. Dennis
(“History of the Cities and Cemeteries
of Etruria,” vol. II, p. 50) states
that “gold ornaments, whose beauty
and richness are amazing, abound in
the tombs of the Etruscans, who were
undoubtedly one of the most remarkable

nations of antiquity, and the great
civilizers of Italy. In a single tomb in
Cerveti, fragments of breastplates, earrings,
and brooches, sufficient to fill
more than one basket, were found
crushed beneath a mass of fallen masonry.
A gold chain, with a number of
pendant scaraboei, was found in a tomb
in Vulci, transcending anything before
seen by him. Bieda, Chiusi, Canosa,
Casuccini, Perugia, and Veii belong in
the same category.” Schlieman (“Ilios”
p. 253, et. seq.) states that they had
an abundance of gold, bordering, as they
did, on Phrygia, and nearly touching the
valley of the Pactolus, so famous for its
auriferous sands. It was very pure and
therefore easily worked. In a tomb a
single vase was found containing eighty-seven
hundred small objects of gold.
Ornaments of gold are very abundant
in the tombs of Mycenae. In remote
antiquity the bulk of gold was brought
by the Phenicians from Arabia, which
had twenty-two gold mines. It was the
ancient El Dorado, and proverbial for
its wealth of gold in all antiquity, down
to the Middle Ages. “Arabia sends us
gold,” said Thomas A. Becket. Sacred
ornaments of gold abound in churches,
temples, pagodas, and tombs, throughout
the Eastern hemisphere. The
Homeric poems call Mycenae a city
rich in gold. Gold abounded in the
Levant, and it was obtained in considerable
quantity in the island of Siphnos,
and also from Pangaeus. It was found
in abundance in Turdeltania in Spain;
it was brought down by the rivers Tagus
and Duoro; and it was plenty in Dacia,
Transylvania, and the Asturias. Caligula
caused his guests to be helped with gold
(which they carried away), instead of
bread and meat. The dresses of Nero
were stiff with embroidery and gold;
he fished with hooks of gold, and his
attendants wore necklaces, and bracelets
of gold. The Egyptians obtained
large quantities of gold from the upper
Nile, and from Ethiopia. Among them
it was estimated by weight, usually in
the form of bulls or oxen. In the centre
of the continent, upon which so
much light has been recently thrown by
Livingston, Stanley, and others, rocks are
to be met with quartz veins containing
gold, and thus auriferous alluvium has
been formed. Western Africa was the
first field which supplied gold to mediaeval
Europe. Its whole seaboard from
Morocco to the equator produces more
or less gold. This small section of the
continent poured a flood of gold into
Europe, and until the mineral discoveries
of California and Australia, it continued
to be the principal supply to the
civilized world. In eastern Akim gold
is said to be as plentiful as potatoes in
Ireland. The Fanti gold mines are far
more valuable than Ashanti, and the
Wassaw and the Nquampossoo have
gold nuggets in profusion. The King
of Gyaman became immensely rich by
the product of his gold mines; his bed
had steps of gold. The French claim
that they imported gold from Elmina in
1382. The Portuguese discovered gold
in 1442, upon the borders of Rio de
Ouro. Mungo Park, in 1797, drew attention
to the existence of gold in the
provinces of Shronda, Kinkodi, Dindiko,
Bambuk, and Barabarra. Caille,
in 1827, reported an abundance of gold
in the valley of the Niger. The gold
mines of Boure were first visited by
Winwood Reade in 1872. The inhabitants
of Western Africa have worked
their gold fields for centuries to very
little purpose. Their want of pumps,
of quartz-crushing machinery, and of
scientific appliances, has limited their
labors to scratching the top soil and
nibbling at the reef-walls. A large proportion
of the country is virtually virgin

ground; and a rich harvest has been left
for Occidental science, energy, and
enterprise. It is fast becoming evident
that Africa will one day equal half a
dozen Californias. The annual product
of gold in Africa has declined from $17,000,000
in 1471 to $3,000,000 in 1816.
Since the latter date it has gradually
declined to $2,000,000. The gold
product since 1471 has amounted to
$3,500,000,000.

Gold, after the discovery of America,
was produced in large quantities, principally
in the Antilles, and chiefly in
Hispaniola, and the western coast of
the Gulf of Mexico. America is pre-eminently
the land of metals. Gold is
found in greater or less abundance
throughout its Pacific coast from Alaska
to Patagonia. The New World furnishes
nearly two-thirds of the precious
metals annually produced. The export
of gold from the United States since
1848 has amounted to $1,548,564,852.
The gold mines of Peru were revealed
to Europe by Pizarro in 1513. The
gold mines of South America extend
throughout its entire territory. Its richest
mines are about Huylas and Turma,
Most of the rivers of the Andes bring
down auriferous sands. Before the arrival
of the Spaniards the Indians had
gathered from the river sands large
quantities of gold in Peru, Chili, and
along the whole western coast of South
America. Brazil has yielded, from 1513
to the present time, $876,000,000 of
gold. The annual product of gold, in
South America, at the present time is
$8,000,000. The total product, from
1513 to the present time, has amounted
to $2,176,000,000. The gold mines of
North America extend from Costa Rica
to Alaska, between the parallels 8° and
71° of North latitude, and the parallels
of 82° and 168° of West longitude,
comprised between the Caribbean sea
and the Arctic ocean, and the Rocky
mountains and the Pacific ocean. The
Mexican gold mines were discovered by
Cortez in 1526. Their annual product
has decreased from $3,000,000 in former
times to $1,000,000 at the present time.
Their total product to the present time
has amounted to $652,000,000. Gold
was discovered in California by William
Marshall, on the ninth day of February,
1848, at Suter’s mill on the American
fork of the Sacramento river, and the
mines extend from 34° to 40° of North
latitude. Their annual product has decreased
from $81,000,000 in 1853 to
$14,000,000 at the present time. The
annual product of the gold mines of
Colorado, Dakota, Nevada, Montana,
Idaho, Arizona, Oregon, and other parts
of the United States, at the present time,
is estimated to be $16,000,000. Their
total product has amounted to $200,000,000.
The annual product of the
gold mines of British Columbia is estimated
to be $2,000,000. Their total
product has amounted to $52,000,000.
In estimating the gold product of California
Messrs. Hussey, Bond and Hale,
of San Francisco, (Hunt’s Mer. Mag.,
vol. XXVII, p. 43) state,—”that there
should be added to the amount exhibited
upon steamers’ manifests fifteen to
sixty per cent, for the amount carried
in the valises and pockets of returning
passengers, overland to Mexico, exported
to Chili, and retained in California
for purposes of currency.” Fenton
(Tasmania, p. 430) states,—”that the
product of gold, $850,000, in Tasmania,
in 1883, does not include the value of
gold which left the colony by private
hands, when it is considered that the
alluvial auriferous deposits are worked
by men who are constantly on the move
and who sometimes take with them, to
the other colonies, the product of their
washings, without leaving behind them

any record of the weight or value of the
gold thus removed.” This rule should
be applied to Australia, Russia, New
Zealand, and all countries which are
producers of the precious metals. The
annual product of the gold mines of
North America is $32,000,000. Their
total product from 1513 to the present
time is estimated to be $2,764,000,000,
of which $2,164,000,000 have been obtained
since 1848. The annual product
of gold in America is $40,000,000,—more
than one-third of the entire annual
product of the world. The total
gold product of America, since the hills
of Hispaniola were revealed to the eyes
of Columbus, has amounted to $4,940,000,000—one-third
of the product of
the world since the earliest times.

Gold was discovered in Russia in
1743, near Nertschinsk, alluvial deposits
having been observed in that year in
the Ural mountains. The mines extend
over that parallelogram of the earth’s
surface, comprised between the parallels
of 50° and 60° of north latitude,
between the Volga and Amoor rivers.
They were not generally explored until
1810. In 1816 their product was but
$80,000; at the close of 1823 there
was a large development. In 1830 the
annual product was $4,000,000. About
that time the deposits of Siberia were
discovered, and at the close of 1840
they yielded a greater production than
those of the Ural. In 1843 the total
annual product of both regions was
$18,000,000. In 1853 it attained to
$36,000,000, but since that date it has
gradually declined to $22,000,000. The
total product of the Russian goldmines
has amounted to $805,000,000.
The annual product of gold in Europe
is $24,000,000. The total product of
gold in Europe, from the earliest times
to the present day, has amounted to $4,145,000,000.

Gold was discovered in Australia by
Edward Hammand Hargreaves, on the
twelfth day of February, 1851, in the
Bathurst and Wellington districts, and
the mines extend from 18° to 38° of
South latitude. Their annual product
has decreased from $75,000,000 in 1853
to $26,000,000 at the present time.
Their total product has amounted to
$1,453,000,000. The finest gold was
obtained at Ballarat, and the largest
nugget was dug up at Donolly, and
weighed 2,448 ounces, valued at $46,000.
The New Zealand gold mines
were discovered by Messrs. Hartly and
Reilly, on the twentieth of August,
1861, in the Otago district, on the
Molineux river, on the 45° of South
latitude. Their annual product has decreased
from $10,000,000 in 1863 to
$4,000,000 at the present time. Their
total product has amounted to $176,000,000.
The annual product of gold
in Asia (including Australia, New Zealand
and Oceanica) is $32.000,000.
The total product of gold in Asia, from
the earliest times to the present day,
has amounted $2,065,000,000.

Gold was considered bullion in Palestine
for a long time after silver was
current as money. The first mention
of gold as money, in the Bible, is in
David’s reign (B.C. 1056) when that
king purchased the threshing-floor of
Oman for six hundred shekels of gold
by weight ($4,500.) The Lydians were
the first people who coined money. The
word “money” is derived from the temple
of Jupiter Moneta, where the Roman
mint was established. Croesus (B.C.
560) coined the golden stater, which
contained one hundred and thirty-three
grains of pure metal. Darius, son of
Hystaspes, (B.C. 538) coined the daric,
which contained one hundred and
twenty-one grains of pure metal; it was
preferred for its fineness, for several

ages, throughout the East. It is supposed
to be mentioned in the Old Testament
under the name of dram. Very
few specimens have come down to us.
Their scarcity may be accounted for by
the fact that they were melted down under
the type of Alexander. Next were
some coins of the tyrants of Sicily; of
Gelo (B.C. 491), of Helo (B.C. 478),
and of Dionysius (B.C. 404). Specimens
of the former two are still preserved
in modern cabinets. Gold coin
was by no means plenty in Greece, until
Philip of Macedon put the mines of
Thrace into full operation, about B.C.
300. There are only about a dozen
Greek coins in existence, three of which
are in the British Museum; and of the
latter, two are staters, of the weight of
one hundred and twenty-nine grains
each. About B.C. 207, a gold coin
was struck off at Rome called “aureus,”
four specimens of which are in the institution
before alluded to. Its weight
was one hundred and twenty-four grains.

Gold coins were issued in France by
Clovis, A.D. 489. About the same
time, they were issued in Spain by Amalric,
the Gothic king; in both countries
they were called “trientes.” The “mouton,”
worth about nine dollars, was issued
in 1156. Gold coins were first issued
in England in 1257, in the shape of a
penny,” of the value of twenty pence;
only two specimens have come down to
us. “Florins” were next issued in 1334,
of the value of six shillings. The “noble
followed next of the value of six
shillings and eight pence; being stamped
with a rose, it was called the “rose noble.”
Angels” appeared in 1465, of
the same value as the latter. The
royal” followed next in 1466, of the
value of ten shillings. Then come for
the first time the “sovereign,” in 1489,
of the value of twenty shillings. The
crown” followed in 1527, of the
value of ten shillings. “Units” and
lions,” were issued in 1603; the
laurel” 1633, and “exurgats,” in
1642; all of the value of twenty shillings.
The “guinea,” of the value of twenty-one
shillings, was issued in 1663, of
Guinea gold. In 1773 all gold coins,
except the guinea, were called in and
forbidden to be circulated. The present
sovereign was issued in 1817. The
United States “half eagle” was issued
in 1793.

Gold, to the amount of $2,171,000,000,
was obtained from the surface and mines
of the earth from the earliest times to
the commencement of the Christian era;
from the date of the latter event, to the
discovery of America, $3,842,374,000
was obtained; from the date of the
latter event to the close of 1847 an addition
of $3,056,000,000 was obtained;
the triple discovery of the California
mines in 1848, the Australian in 1851,
and the New Zealand in 1861, has added,
to the close of 1884, $5,558,626,000;
making a grand total of $14,628,000,000,
of which $5,818,626,000 has been obtained
since 1843. The average loss
by abrasion of coin is estimated by Professor
Bowen at one-twentieth of one
per cent. per annum, and the loss by
consumption in the arts, and by fire and
shipwreck, at $4,000,000 per annum.
A cubic inch of gold is worth, at 3£ 17s.
10 1-2d., or $18.96 per ounce., $193;
a cubic foot, $333,504; and a cubic
yard, $9,004,608.

Gold to the amount of $1,081,000,000,
is estimated to have been in existence
at the commencement of the
Christian era. At the period of the
discovery of America it had diminished
to $135,000,000; after that event, it gradually
increased, and in 1600 it attained
to $154,000,000, in 1700 it reached
$398,000,000, in 1800 it amounted to
$1,156,000,000, in 1853 it attained to

$3,332,000,000, and at the present time
the amount of gold in existence is estimated
to be $8,166,000,000; which, if
melted into one mass, could be contained
in the basement of Bunker Hill
Monument, which is a cube of thirty
feet. Of the amount of gold in existence
$6,000,000,000 is estimated to
be in coin and bullion, $1,000,000,000
in watches, and the remainder in plate,
jewelry, and ornaments. Of the amount
of gold in existence $2,374,000,000 is
estimated to have been obtained from
North America, $1,739,000,000 from
South America; $1,858,000,000 from
Asia (including Australia, New Zealand,
and Oceanica), $945,000,000 from
Europe, and $1,250,000,000 from Africa.
The amount of the precious metals
now in existence is estimated to be
$13,670,000,000.

Gold, as compared with former
periods, in regard to its annual product,
has attained, within the last forty-two
years, to enormous proportions. At the
date of the discovery of America it was
but $100,000; after the occurrence of
that event it gradually increased, and in
1800 it was $17,000,000, and in 1853 it
reached its acme, when it was $236,000,000;
it soon afterwards gradually decreased,
and now it is but $98,000,000.

Gold has changed places with silver
as regards coinage. Since 1726 the
gold coinage of the French mint has
amounted to 11,400,000,000 francs, of
which 8,200,000,000 francs have been
issued since 1850. Since 1603 the gold
coinage of the British mint has amounted
to £409,000,000, of which £253,000,000
have been issued since 1850.
Since 1792 the gold coinage of the
United States mint has amounted to
$1,357,000,000, of which $1,257,000,000
have been issued since 1850. Since
1664 the gold coinage of the Russian
mint has amounted to 900,000,000 roubles,
of which 630,000,000 have been
issued since 1850. The twenty-five-franc
piece of France contains 112
grains of pure metal; the sovereign of
England, 113 grains; the new doubloon
of Spain, and the half-eagle of the
United States, 116 grains each; and the
gold lion of the Netherlands, and double-ounce
of Sicily, 117 grains each. It
was proposed, a few years since, to
adopt a uniform system of coinage
throughout the world, so that the coins
of one nation may circulate in any
other without the expense of re-coinage,
“a consummation devoutly to be wished.”
The gold coinage of the principal countries
of the world has increased from
$77,000,000 in 1848 to $300,000,000 in
1854; in 1876 it declined to $250,000,000,
since which it has continued to
decrease, and is now but $90,000,000.
The gold coinage of the United States
mint, since 1849, has amounted to $1,281,420,038.
In proportion as the
wealth of a country increases it requires
a currency of higher value. Gold, owing
to its greater supply, and more convenient
portability, is steadily gaining in
the channels of commercial exchange
upon silver.

Gold, in view of the large amount
which has been thrown into the monetary
circulation of the world since 1843,
and the little influence it has exercised
upon the money market and prices generally,
has falsified the predictions of
financial writers, a generation ago, upon
both sides of the Atlantic. The following
statement will exhibit the wholesale
cash prices in the New York market, on
the first day of January, in the respective
years, of six of the principal articals
of commerce:

1860.1872.1885.
Beef, per barrel$10.75$10.00$11.75
Pork, ” “16.2514.0012.25
Flour, ” ”5.254.12 2.55
Rice, ” 100 lbs.3.878.445.62
Corn, ” bushel.93.81.48
Cotton, ” pound.11 3-4.21 1-4.11 1-4

War is the great enhancer of prices.
During the Civil War in the United
States (1861-1865), the prices of
the above articles were more than
doubled.

Gold, in the midst of its sudden plethora,
was a perplexing problem to the
financial prophets of a third of a century
ago. M. Michel Chevalier (Revue des
Deux Mondes, November, 1857) predicted,—”that
a decline would occur
in the price of gold, equal to one-half
of its former value; that a period of
peril was impending, full of inquietude,
instability and damage to a great variety
of interests; that the value of gold
would be diminished, and that consequently
wages and prices would be
doubled; that the duties on imports,
and the interest on the debts of the
principal nations of the world, must
necessarilly follow the same course; that
it would inevitably involve a re-coinage
of all the existing gold coins of the
world, from time to time, in order to
conform to the price of the metal; that
the value of the twenty-franc piece
would be reduced to 19 1-2, 19, 18
francs, as the depreciation descended;
and he, therefore, recommended a cessation
of the gold coinage until the lowest
point of depreciation is reached;
that the new gold fields were likely to
prove as productive as at first for several
generations; in no direction could new
outlets be seen sufficiently large to absorb
the extra production in such a manner
as to prevent a fall in its value. It
might fall until nineteen francs would
correspond only to the amount of well
being which could then be obtained for
five francs.” Poor man! He lived to
see the utter failure of all his predictions;
to behold France become the
largest coiner of gold in the world; an
exporter of the precious metals to the
amount of $43,000,000 annually during
a decade; the rise of the standard of
gold from 15 1-2 to 18, as compared
with silver, and involving a decline from
62 3-4d. to 52d. per ounce; great fear
of a gold famine come upon the Directors
of the Bank of France, and also of
the Bank of England; the annual product
of gold to attain its acme, four
years before his predictions; its gradual
decline, until it had descended to one-half;
a new gold-field opened in New
Zealand; and silver demonetized by his
own country, Germany, and the other
principal countries of Europe. M.
Emile de Lavelaye (Ninteenth Century
Review, September, 1881), states, “that
the present annual supply of gold is no
more than sufficient to meet the requirements
of the expanding commerce of
the world. The scarcity of gold has induced
so great a fall in prices that they
are now lower than in 1850. It is estimated
that North America has contributed
£14,000,000 of the stock of gold
in the world.” We have already shown
that the annual product of gold has increased,
at one period, thirteen fold, and
is now, notwithstanding its rapid decrease,
five fold greater than at the commencement
of the present century;
that prices have not been in the least
degree affected by the increased supply
of gold; and that North America has
contributed $2,374,000,000 of the stock
of gold in the world.

Gold has faithfully performed for the
last forty-two years, and, in view of its
abundance and prospective increase,
will continue to support its role of
a fixed standard of value, and a firm
basis for the bank-note circulation of the
principal countries of the civilized
world, which is evidently growing gradually
metallic, as a comparative statement
of the amount of bank-note circulation
issued, and the amount of
specie held by the Bank of England,

the joint stock banks, and the private
banks of Great Britain the Bank of
France, the State banks, and the National
banks of the United States, at different
periods, will exhibit:

1840.
GREAT BRITAIN.FRANCE.UNITED STATES.
Circulation£34,976,524220,005,695 francs.$87,872,171
Specie8,751,342225,406,807 “35,207,690
1850.
Circulation£34,948,765481,552,000 francs.$118,984,112
Specie19,843,026458,820,000 ”45,379,345
1862.
Circulation£39,574,862725,417,563 francs.$126,599,167
Specie22,917,846324,915,234 “102,507,559
1885.
Circulation£37,215,9682,912,386,475 francs.$112,027,858
Specie28,146,8932,065,937,158 “139,747,080

Gold has robbed silver of the prestige
claimed for it two centuries ago by
Locke,—”that it is the instrument and
measure of commerce in all the civilized
and trading parts of the world, and its
normal currency.” Gold has maintained
its present price for one hundred
and sixty years, while silver has declined
twenty-two per cent. within thirteen.
When, owing to scarcity, gold advances
in price, then we may fear, that, what
the late Mr. Bagehot use to call the
apprehension point,” is close at our
heels. The amount of gold in existence
has increased from $1,975,000,000
in 1843 to $8,166,000,000 at the
present time; while silver, owing to the
great attrition of coin (estimated by
Bowen at one per cent. per annum), has
increased from $5,040,000,000 to but $5,504,000,000,
during the same period.
Of the two hundred and twelve millions
of dollars of the precious metals annually
produced, ninety-eight millions are
furnished by gold.


My Mountain Home

By William C. Sturoc.

Down in the valleys, where the grasses grow,

And waves the gold-rod and the meadow queen;

Where peaceful streamlets, with a languid flow,

Are calmly shimmering in the noonday sheen—

There may be peace, and plenty too, I ween;

But on the mountain’s elephantine height,

Where thunder-drums are beat on bassy key,

And lightning-flashes glisten through the night;

And forests groan with storm-chang’d melody,

There let my home, ‘mid lofty nature be—

That, near the stars, and near the sun and moon,

My eyes may gaze upon the book of space,

And learn the lyrics that are sung in tune

As rolling orbs their constant journeys trace.


General Knefler to General Wallace:

INDIANAPOLIS, February 19, 1868.

GENERAL. Upon reading the “Life of
Grant,” by Colonel Badeau, I was much surprised
to see his version of your conduct on
the first day of the battle of Shiloh. As I was
present with your command on that day, as
Assistant Adjutant General of Division, I desire
to make the following statement of facts, as I
can remember them at this time:

The position of your division, on the morning
of the sixth of April, 1862, was as follows:
Headquarters of the division and camp of the
First Brigade at Crump’s Landing; Second Brigade,
two and a half miles from Crump’s Landing,
on the Purdy road, at a place, if I remember
right, called Stony Lonesome; Third Brigade,
two and a half miles from the camp of the
Second Brigade, at Adamsville, on the Purdy
road, and five miles from Headquarters of division
at Crump’s Landing.

When the cannonading was first heard on
Sunday morning ‘you issued orders’ at once, for
the concentration of the division at camp of
the Second Brigade, at Stony Lonesome. The
baggage, camp and garrison equipage was ordered
to Crump’s Landing, and detachments
were made for its protection. “These orders
were given before you heard from Headquarters
.”

About 9 o’clock General Grant passed up
on the Tigris and in passing the boat upon
which were your Headquarters, had a conversation
with you. I did not hear what was said,
but you immediately mounted, and accompanied
by your staff rode rapidly to the camp of the
Second Brigade. It was, perhaps, two hours before
any order arrived. I know you were anxiously
looking for orders, and finally despatched
one of your aids to ride to the landing to ascertain
if any one had arrived with orders, and
conduct him to you. Shortly after that,—it
must have been 12 o’clock, M., Captain Baxter,
A.Q.M., arrived with orders, and brought the
very cheering intelligence that our army was
successful. I cannot tell at this time what the
particular language was. The order was placed
in my hands as Assistant Adjutant General, but
where it is now, or what became of it, I am
unable to say; very likely, having been written
on a scrap of paper, it was lost after coming
into my hands; a matter which I much regret,
as I feel confident that its production now
would conclusively demonstrate that you obeyed
the command contained in it. I remember,
however, distinctly, that it was a written order
to march and form a junction with the right of
the army, which was understood to be the right
of the army as it rested on the morning when
the battle began. Suffice it to say, that the
division marched at once, and took the road
which had been previously ascertained as leading
to the right of the army, in the position it
occupied on the morning of the sixth, and previous
to that time. The road was then patrolled
and picketted by cavalry detachments
of your command. By your permission, I was
marching with the advance guard, comprised of
several companies of the Twenty-fourth Indiana
Volunteers, Lieutenant Colonel Berber, commanding.
We marched very rapidly, and to
judge from the sound of the battle, we were
approaching it fast. The advanced guard had
reached the crossing of Snake Creek, near a
mill, or some large building, where a bridge
had been constructed, and from that point we
could see the smoke overhanging the battle-field
and distinctly hear the musketry, when
an order was received, to retrace our steps,
and work our way to the head of the column.
We marched back at once, almost to our starting
place, where we found the column was
marching through the woods where there was no
road (not even a trail appeared) to save time
and distance. The troops were marching
very fast, and I did not come up with you for
perhaps two hours after the advance guard received
orders to countermarch.

When the column was put in motion on the
river road, which must have been after 4 o’clock,
we were met by some staff officers of General
Grant, Major Rawlins and Colonel McPherson,
and another officer whom I did not know. They
had some conversation with you, and then, for
the first time I learned that our troops had been
repulsed, and that we were then marching to
join the right of the army, in its new position,
at Pittsburg Landing. After some hard marching
over execrable roads we reached our position
about dusk.

The road the division first marched on led
directly to the right of the army in its position
as stated above, and we would have joined it,
had it not been repulsed, before 3 o’clock P.M.

Having conversed with many of the division
who were present on that day, it is the general
impression that we marched between fifteen
and eighteen miles. Now, considering that we
had troops not inured to hard marching, some
of them on their first march, the condition of
the roads, almost impassible, and part of that
distance through woods, without any road, at
all, it certainly ought not to be intimated that
you did not do your whole duty in endeavoring
to reach the field.

I am General, very respectfully, Your obedient
servant,

FRED KNEFLER.

Late Colonel Seventy-ninth Regiment Indiana
Volunteers.


Reuben Tracy’s Vacation Trips

By Elizabeth Porter Gould.

II.

“O mamma, did’nt we have a good
time at the Isles of Shoals last summer?”
said Reuben Tracy to his mother
one evening last July as they sat together
on their piazza. “Did’nt the
boys stare though when I told them all
about it in our geography class. Ned
Bolton said that I knew more about it
than the geography did; and afterwards
he asked me if I had ever seen a
mountain. How I wish I could see one
and climb to the very top of it. Oh
my, would’nt I look!”

And the boy’s eyes looked as though
they would look to the satisfaction of
the most devoted teacher.

“Well,” my boy, replied Mrs. Tracy
as she drew him nearer to her in loving
admiration of such enthusiasm, “only
yesterday I received a letter from your
uncle in Northampton urging me to
take you and come to make him a visit,
and I thought then what a good opportunity
it would be for you to see your
first mountain. Now do you know
what one I mean?”

“Oh yes,” answered Reuben; “but
you mean two, do’nt you? Mount Tom
and Mount Holyoke. I learned that in
my geography. I can see it now in my
book where it says that Mount Tom is
twelve hundred feet high, and Mount
Holyoke one thousand feet high.” But
Bob Phelps said that there were lots of
Rattlesnakes on Mount Tom, so I
should not dare to go there—but
then—”

“Visitors don’t go on Mount Tom
proper, as there is no accomodation for
them,” interrupted Mrs. Tracy, “but on
Mount Holyoke there is the Prospect
House, which your uncle said last summer
was a very well-kept house. Why,
it is thirty-five years ago that I was on
top of that mountain, when, as a young
girl, just a little older than you, I went
with my father and mother. A Mr.
French had just taken the house. I
wonder if he is there now. He seemed
determined then to do what he could
for the place. I can hear him now telling
my father that a spot which had
been such a favorite one for over two
hundred years must have some superior
claim upon the people of his day. I
really would love to go there again. It
is one of those places which once seen
is never forgotten, and then I could’nt
choose a better spot for your introduction
to a lovely mountain view. But, my
child, it is getting late and time for you
to go to bed. Run along and I will write
to your uncle to-night and accept his
cordial invitation.”

“And tell him” added Reuben, “that
I wish every boy in this world had such
a boss mother as I have. Ned Bolton
says so, too;” with which unique expression
of love and gratitude he kissed his
mother “Good night” and went off to
bed to dream of, well, what do you
think? Of rattle-snakes, of mountains,
or even of geography? Oh, no! only
nothing, for he was a healthy boy who
said he couldn’t spare the time to dream.

After he had gone Mrs. Tracy sat
alone for a while, thinking over this early
visit of hers, with all the precious memories
which it suggested of her own
father and mother, now dead and gone.
Then she thought over the past year’s
intimate life which she had enjoyed
with her boy, and became more and

more thankful that she had been enabled
thus to get up out of her selfish
grief of the summer before—when
death took her other children from
her—and empty her own life into
the larger channel of life around her.
She was pleased to think of the good
fruits that had arisen from her plans for
her boy’s vacation trips, not only upon
him but upon other mothers who had
been led to follow her example. She
thought of the Christmas week she had
spent with him in Boston, where they
had enjoyed so many interesting historical
sights. And in the few weeks of
the vacation which was now passing, it
pleased her to recall the delightful days
which they had spent at Concord and at
Plymouth. And now, in this evening reverie,
she smiled as she thought of her
boy’s telling his geography class all
about the Isles of Shoals. How she
would loved to have heard him—her
fair-haired, blue-eyed boy, talking with
all the intensity of his nature of what he
had seen. Ah! life had left much to
her yet; and she determined anew that
Reuben should never want for any of
her sympathetic help, either in his sports
or in his growing student life. With
this renewed determination she went
into the house to write her letter to her
brother at Northampton.

She was just finishing it when her
husband came in from his weekly meeting
with the city fathers. She told him
all her plan, which he heartily endorsed,
and practically helped by taking out his
purse and giving her a generous sum of
money for the trip, saying, “I wish, my
dear, that I could go too, but I cannot
leave my business this season of the
year. But I am only too glad that I
can make money enough for you and
Reuben to go. I know of no better
way to invest it for the future of our boy,
God bless him!

“Ah!” replied Mrs. Tracy, her face
all aglow with the joy of having her own
thought so fully met, “would that more
fathers thought so! but while some
think only of a bank account, and the
great majority think nothing of any
account at all, only the few know the
need of a child’s mind digesting
money, so to speak, as it goes along.”

In a few days the arrangements were
completed and Mrs. Tracy and her son
left their home in Salem for Northampton.
Reuben quietly enjoyed the scenery
all the way from Boston to Springfield.
In the forty minutes’ ride from
Springfield to Northampton Mrs. Tracy
had a delightful opportunity, which she
well used, to show her boy the winding
course of a river,—the beautiful Connecticut—as
they followed it first on
one side and then on the other. When
Reuben spied the house on Mount
Holyoke he realized then that he saw
his first mountain. On making inquiries
about the mountain with a house
on it, on the other side of the river, the
conductor told him that that was Mount
Nonotuck, a peak of the Mount Tom
range, which was nine hundred and fifty
feet high. He also told him that Nonotuck
was the old Indian name for
Northampton, which was just then coming
in sight.

On arriving at the station uncle Edward
met them with his carriage to convey
them to his home on Round Hill.
On their way there they passed the fine
building of Smith College, which particularly
pleased Mrs. Tracy and caused
her to say, partly to herself, “Happy,
happy girls to have such privileges of
college life.” “What,” said Reuben,
“girls go to college like boys? how
funny!” When, after a moment or two of
seeming abstraction, he said: “That is
what papa meant the other day when he
said that girls were as good as boys and

could learn just as well as they could,
is’nt it?” But before Mrs. Tracy
could answer him they had arrived at
their destination.

The next day they took a drive
around the town, or rather the city,
since a short time before it had become
such. Its wealth of trees was a source
of joy to them.

When they were crossing Mill River,
on the old covered bridge on South
street, uncle Edward stopped and told
them that this was the only bridge on
the river which was saved from the awful
catastrophe of the bursting of the
reservoir at Williamsburg, ten miles from
there. When they drove off the bridge
he told Reuben to notice the river as it
flowed so peacefully along, in apparent
forgetfulness of its dreadful havoc of
ten years ago when about one hundred
and fifty lives were lost, and factories,
houses, and churches were swept along,
as so many leaves, by the rushing torrent.
He told, among other facts, how
a cousin of his was seated at the breakfast-table
with his whole family—a wife,
two sons, and a daughter—when they
were swept up by the waters, house and
all, and all drowned. And while he was
telling these incidents, which were so
much to him, he made them more
effective by driving up some little distance
through the district which had
been devastated. Thus Reuben learned
of a peculiar tragedy, in a manner which
no reading in itself could so well have
taught him.

They spent a day or two more in
looking around the different public
institutions, the Clarke Institute for the
Deaf, on Round Hill, giving them the
most interest. But in spite of these
attractions, Mrs. Tracy’s keen mother-eye
noticed that Reuben was getting a
little impatient to climb a mountain,
that mountain “with the tunnel” as he
expressed it. So she decided to go
there the first pleasant day; and as it
was now the time of full moon she proposed
to remain upon the mountain all
night, much to Reuben’s delight.

The next day proved to be pleasant,
so they in company with Uncle Edward
and his wife started for Mount
Holyoke, a distance of three miles. A
short drive brought them to the Hokanum
ferry where they were to cross
the Connecticut. As they drove upon
what seemed to Reuben a wharf, he,
accustomed only to the Boston ferry-boats,
remarked that the boat was not
in yet. And it was not until a moment
later when he found himself moving
away from the land that he discovered
that he was on the boat itself!
The way in which they were being borne
across the river by man’s use of the
pulley and wire was a great novelty to
the boy and could only suggest to his
mother the most primitive days.

It took them five minutes to cross—about
eighty-five rods—after which a
short drive through a pretty country
took them to the foot of the mountain.
Then following a good carriage-road
they were soon at the half-way house
where Reuben at last found the “tunnel”
which had given him so much wonder.

After examining the stationary engine
at the foot of the inclined plane, in this
wooden enclosure which Reuben had
called the tunnel, they seated themselves
in the car and in two and a quarter minutes
were landed at the top, 600 feet
higher.

Mrs. Tracy on going up felt a little
fear which was overcome when her
brother informed her that Mr. French
was always at the top with his watchful
eye.

“Yes, that is so,” said a voice as they
stepped out of the car, and Mrs. Tracy
was introduced to the same Mr. French

who was so much in earnest years ago
when she visited the place to make it a
success.

They talked over the intervening years,
Mr. French telling her of his improvements,
how the first railroad was built in
1854, and the present track was laid in
1867, and how more than half a million
people had been up over it.

He showed her a picture of the first
house built there in 1821, then of the
one rebuilt in 1851, which was gradually
enlarged, until it became the present
size in 1861, ten years later.

She was particularly interested to hear
him tell of the famous people who had
visited the place, so much so, that he
brought out for inspection some of the
autograph books which filled a long
shelf. He said that there were names
recorded as far back as 1824. As they
looked them over they saw at the date
of August 12, 1847, in bold handwriting,
“Charles Summer,” with the testimony
that the view from Mount Holyoke
was “surpassingly lovely.”

At the sight of the clearly written
name “Jenny Lind, Sweden,” at the
date of July 7, 1851, Reuben exclaimed—”Oh,
she was that big
singer; mamma showed me the house on
Round Hill where she lived and was
married.”

That he should remember this fact
pleased Mrs. Tracy while his boyish enthusiasm
led Mr. French to tell a pleasant
little reminiscence of her visit there
which was heartily enjoyed by them all.
And that others may have the pleasure
of hearing it from him on his own
premises I will not repeat it here.

After a little further talk on the history
of the place, in which Reuben
learned that it was named Holyoke in
1654 in honor of Captain Elizur Holyoke,
they began to enjoy the lovely
pictures all around them.

It was fortunate for them that a heavy
wind of the night before had taken
away the clouds which had for a time
hidden the mountains farthest off.
Hence they were now able to see distinctly
the Green Mountains in Vermont,
Wachusett and Greylock in
Massachusetts, and Monadnock in New
Hampshire.

As they spoke of the many little villages
which gave the human interest to
the scene, Mr. French said that they
could see from there thirty-two
towns in Massachusetts and eight in
Connecticut.

He adjusted the telescope so that
they could easily tell the time on the
clock at Smith College. He adjusted it
again and they saw the Amherst College
buildings. Another adjustment revealed
Mount Holyoke Seminary at
South Hadley; and in this way they saw
the Armory at Springfield, the Insane
asylum at Northampton, and other well-known
buildings.

A sight of the unique Front street in
Old Hadley with its four rows of fine
old shade trees led Uncle Edward to
promise his guests a drive through it
before they should return to Salem.

The fine combination of meadow,
river, hills and towns, as pictured
through a colored reflecting glass, was a
delight indeed.

In one of the views, Reuben spied
an island striped with cultivated fields
which Mr. French said was called Ox
Bow; he pointed out another called
Shepard’s island, which, with Ox Bow,
added much to the scenery.

The winding river suggested to Mrs.
Tracy how much nature loved a curve.
While Uncle Edward, who had visited
the chief mountains in this land and in
Europe, said that he always came back
to this mountain view as the loveliest
and the most restful of them all, although

it was not the grandest or the
most awe inspiring.

So the day passed on Mount Holyoke,
giving them at every moment living pictures
which no painter could equal.
When the sun went down the moon
came up to give her light, and nature reveled
in her beauty.

The only painful shadow for Mrs.
Tracy was when she felt sad that more
of earth’s troubled ones did not or could
not come to drink in such peace and
rest.

But such days must come to an end.
And what can follow more delightful
than a refreshing sleep on such a height.
This they all had and were ready the
next morning to return to Northampton.

As Reuben was anxious to count the
steps which, on ascending the day before,
he had noticed on the side of the
inclined plane; he went down that way,
while the rest of the party availed themselves
of the car. He, boy-like, did
not mind the extra labor and longer time
which that choice involved, so long as
he found out that there were five hundred
and twenty-two steps.

As they descended the mountain from
the half-way house Reuben gathered
for a souvenir some of the beautiful
laurel which, in full-bloom, was then
adorning its sides.

A few days later after the promised
ride to Old Hadley, three miles distant,
which was extended four miles
to Amherst to give Reuben a sight of
the college where his papa graduated,
Mrs. Tracy and her son returned to
Salem. Mr. Tracy was highly entertained
with Reuben’s account of what
he had seen, and felt more than ever
that his money had been well invested.
The rest of the vacation soon passed, the
boy’s active mind being profitably engaged
in the interim of active, healthful
sports.

And it is highly probable that by this
time the geography class, with Ned Bolton
as spokesman, has discovered that
“Reuben Tracy knows more about a
mountain than the geography itself!”


Gems From The Easy Chair

Christmas. There is nothing in the
deepest and best sense human which in
the truest and highest sense is not also
Christian. The characteristic feeling
about Christmas, as it is revealed in literature
and tradition and association, is
the striking and beautiful tribute to the
practicability of Christianity.

Sermons. It is doubtless very unjust
to the clergy to suppose that they turn
the barrel of sermons to save themselves
the trouble of writing new ones. Nothing
but the levity of the pews could be guilty
of such a suspicion. The preacher
knows that one squeezing does not take
all the juice out of an orange; and how
much jucier a fruit is a good sermon!
Moreover, the pews are so pachydermatous,
so rhinoceros-skinned, that nothing
but an incessant pelting upon the same
spot makes an impression.

America. Whoever has seen a self-possessed
and sagacious orator handling a
tumultuous meeting as Phoebus-Appollo
handles his madly plunging steeds, has
seen the symbol of popular government,
and understands why the sole fact
of numerical force and brute power
does not explain it. He who watches
the ocean rising into every bay and
creek in obedience to celestial attraction,
sees in outward nature the law that
governs the associated life of men, and
which gives the American people faith
in their own government, whether they
can give a reason, for their faith or not.


National Bank Failures

By George H. Wood.

Occasionally the attention of the
daily press of the country is called to the
provisions of the National Banking Law
by the announcement of the failure of
some national banking association, and
immediately it teems with comments,
and recommendations as to amendments
which should be made to render the law
effective. These recommendations and
comments usually show the most lamentable
ignorance, both as to the actual
existing provisions of the law and its
practical working, and as regards banking
matters generally. In the case of
the failure of the Middletown National
Bank of New York, the advice which
has been given in the columns of the
press seems of itself to be sufficient, if
it had been given sooner, to have prevented
the disaster. The Directors have
been blamed, very justly too, for they
looked on while their President run them
into all its difficulties, and as usual the
Bank Examiners have been held responsible
for the disaster. Some have even
gone so far as to suggest that a provision
be added to the National Banking Laws
punishing Examiners who do not detect
irregularities in the banks which they
examine.

The provisions of the National Bank
Act as they now stand are as perfect,
theoretically, as they can be drawn, to
protect both the depositors and the
stockholders. The law provides for the
publication of sworn reports, from time
to time, of the condition of each national
bank. These reports must be sworn to
by the President, or Cashier, and their
correctness must be attested by the
signatures of at least three Directors.
These reports are required five times
a year and it is impossible to see
how, if the Directors do their duty fully
and honestly, any delinquency on the
part of the officers of the bank can fail
to be detected by them. Under the
law, the stockholders elect the Directors,
at least five in number. The officers of
the bank are elected or appointed by
the directors and are subject to them.
Thus far the protection the Act provides
is based upon what, so far as financial
matters are concerned, is one of
the great controlling influences of human
nature, viz: self-interest. The
stockholders, in order to protect themselves,
are expected to elect Directors
who will look out for the interests of all.

The sworn reports made to the Comptroller
of the Currency are published in
the newspapers where the banks are
located, and a copy sent to that officer
that he may know that the law in this
respect has been complied with. The
stockholders can inspect them at any
time as they appear, and can note any
changes which occur in them from time
to time. The stockholders are also at
perfect liberty to make any inquiries
that they may deem fit, in any direction
which their intelligence may suggest to
them.

In addition to the protection which
the law gives to the stockholders, and
also to the depositors, by requiring the
publication of reports of the condition
of the national banks, Bank Examiners
are provided in the law; these Bank Examiners
are appointed by the Comptroller
of the Currency, and make their examinations
at any time that he may
deem fit.

A Bank Examiner to afford perfect

security for the real merit of his examination,
has a disagreeable duty to perform.
He enters a bank, which by all
the world is supposed to be well conducted
and solvent, and to be managed
by honorable men, respected and looked
up to by the whole community. His
position, however, is that of a Censor,
and it does not permit him to assume
what the world supposes. On the contrary,
to make a good examination, he
must take nothing for granted, and
quietly act on the ground that something
is wrong. “Suspicions are the sinews
of the mind” in this case, and an examiner
without them cannot expect to
detect mismanagement or defalcation.
The position requires tact as well as
technical skill—tact not to offend unnecessarily
or disturb friendly relations,
and skill to bring to light all that should
be discovered—and undoubtedly requires
a high class of mind in the one
that fills it well. Bank examinations are
not the only security provided in the
law, and it is ridiculous to assert that
the Directors, stockholders and depositors
should throw aside or neglect to use
all the other means which the law provides
to enable them to protect themselves,
and rely entirely upon the
Government examinations, which in
the nature of things must depend
for success on the sagacity of one
individual.

The framers of the National Bank
Act, while they did all that they could
to protect the depositors and stockholders
of national banks, as has been
seen, were still not perfectly sure but that
failures might sometimes occur. This
feeling doubtless arose from a knowledge
on their part of the weakness of
human nature, and of the imperfections
of systems of Government. That they
felt in this way, is indicated by the fact
that they have provided, also, a method
of protecting, as far as possible, the depositors
of national banks that do fail.
They have provided for the appointment
of receivers and for a distribution,
under Government control, of such
assets as can be collected from the
wrecks of the failed banks. The stockholders
of such banks are subject to
the penalty of being compelled to contribute,
if the deficiency in the assets
requires it, an amount not exceeding the
par value of the shares of stock held by
them in addition to the amount already
invested in such shares, to the fund
necessary to pay depositors. This of
itself would seem sufficient to be careful
and place a live Board of Directors
in charge of a large fund, considering
the manner the stockholders of the
Pacific National Bank of Boston kicked
and squirmed when this provision of the
law was applied.

The experience of the past has been
that bank officers have concealed all
their operations from the proprietors,
and when failures have occurred everybody
has been astonished. As an additional
safeguard to meet this secrecy
an organization has just been perfected
in New York which is a step farther in
commercial agencies than has ever been
attempted. From one of their printed
circulars it is ascertained that they propose
to keep in pay a corps of detectives
and other agencies, “as a check
upon defalcations and embezzlements
by bank Presidents, and Cashiers and
other officials.” But it is not exactly
clear who will watch the detectives.


Elizabeth

A Romance Of Colonial Days

By Frances C. Sparhawk, Author of “A Lazy Man’s Work.”

Chapter XI—Unwelcome News

June was doing its best to make the
world content. Little clouds floated
through the blue sky, like the light sighs
of a mood that must find some expression,
and the air for all its softness was
invigorating, it was so full of life and
purity. This day, like many another,
needed only to bring as fair hopes to the
lives of those who looked into it as it
did to the nature it overbrooded to
make the faces its light breezes fanned
as bright as the skies were, with only
shadows of expression to give the
brightness new beauty. But no such
light was on Elizabeth Royal’s face
as she sat at the open window of her
room with a piece of delicate embroidery
in her hands. Her future had not
opened out into life; the winter had
killed its buds of promise.

After all, Stephen Archdale had not
gone to England. His father and Governor
Wentworth had insisted that it
was much wiser to send an older and a
better business man. “Do you want to
make the best of your case?” the Colonel
had asked incisively when Stephen
hesitated. And the young man had
yielded, though reluctantly. It would
have been so much easier for him to be
away and to be doing something. But
at present he must think only of doing
the wisest thing.

Elizabeth had not seen him; he had
written to her father once, and had
promised to write again as soon as he
had the slightest news. He had tried
his best to be cheerful, and had sent her
a message that endeavored to be hopeful;
but she saw that courtesy struggled
with despair. She knew that they need
never meet; but if this thing were true—she
could not believe it—but if it were
true, then happiness was over. Life in
a June day has such possibilities of
happiness; and that morning her eyes
grew so misty that she took a few wrong
stitches in her work, and as footsteps
drew near the room, perceived this and
began to pick them out with nervous
haste. She had not finished, however,
when Mrs. Eveleigh came in. As Elizabeth
had expected, her first remark was
a comment.

“What! another mistake, my dear?
You know you made one only yesterday,
and you can work so beautifully when
you give your mind to it. It is a bad
plan to have such a dreamy way with
one. For my part, I should think you
would have had enough of doing things
in dreams and never knowing what they
will end in. You would better wake up
for the rest of your life.”

As Elizabeth had heard the same remark
numberless times before, its effect
was not startling. In silence she went
on picking out her stitches.

“Why not say you think so, too? It
would be more dutiful in you,” continued
Mrs. Eveleigh.

“You take care that I am waked up,”
returned Elizabeth. “You don’t leave
one many illusions.”

“I hope not. What is the use of
illusions?”

“Yes, what?”

“Well, Elizabeth, it is not I that have

disturbed them this time; you must
thank him for that.”

“Him?”

“Yes, he has come. I have just been
leaning over the banisters, and saw him
come in.” Elizabeth did not look
dreamy now. “He did not come forward
at all in the modest, charming way
of the other one, which you know irresistably
wins hearts,” went on Mrs. Eveleigh;
“he marched along straight into
the parlor and asked to see you, just as
if he owned the house and all that was
in it. So he does own somebody in it,
I am afraid, poor child.”

The girl’s face was white, her violet
eyes looked black and shadowed by
heavy lines.

“Is it—?” she began.

“Oh, yes, my dear, it is your husband.
He has come to claim you, no doubt.
If he cannot get the wife he wants, he
will have somebody at the head of his
table. And, then, my dear, you know
you are an heiress, not a person of no
account.”

“Nonsense,” returned the other;
“the marriage is not proven. He may
have come with news.”

At this moment a servant brought up
Archdale’s card. On it he had written
a line begging to see her. Elizabeth
showed it to her companion.

“See,” she said, “you are mistaken.
Probably we are free, and he wants to
tell me of it first,—first of anyone here,
I mean. That is not arbitrary, nor as
you said, at all.”

“Very well, dear; only, don’t crow
till you are out of the woods. Would
you like to have me receive him with
you?”

Elizabeth hesitated.

“No. I thank you,” she said. “You
are very kind, but perhaps it would be
better to go by myself.”

“As you like.” And Mrs. Eveleigh’s
pride laid a strong hand upon her swelling
curiosity, so that with an indifference
well acted she sat down to her work.
But as she lost the sound of Elizabeth’s
step on the stairs she rose again and
looked breathlessly over the banisters,
trying to catch the greeting that went
on in the room below. But either
through accident, or because the girl
knew the character of her companion,
the door closed behind Elizabeth, and
Mrs. Eveleigh heard nothing. If she
had done so, the greeting was so simple
that she would have gained from it no
clue of what was to follow. Archdale
came forward, bowed low, and held out
his hand to her as simply as Katie’s
husband might have greeted Katie’s
friend, and possibly have brought her
some message. Elizabeth felt this as she
laid her hand in his for a moment, a
smile of relief and anticipation came
over her face; and in reply to his question
she answered: “Yes, we are all
well, thank you.” It was after the first
moment that the embarrassment began,
when at her look of hope and questioning
his eyes fell a moment, and when
raised again gave no answer to it. Both
realized then how hard fate had been to
them. But even yet Elizabeth would
not quite give up the cause. She steadied
herself a little by her hand on the
back of the chair before she sat down
in it, asking with the smile still on her
lips, but not spontaneous as before.

“You have brought good news?”

“No,” he said. “I am afraid you will
not call it good news.” He looked
away as he spoke, but after a moment
turned toward her, and their eyes met.
Each read the meaning in the other’s
face too plainly to make reserve as to
the real state of things possible. “The
cause of all this cruel delay is explained
at last,” he went on. “The Sea-Gull on
her way back to England was wrecked.

All Bolston’s papers are lost. He had
a fever brought on by cold and exposure,
and after he had lain for weeks in
an Irish inn, he waked into life with
scarcely his sense of identity come back
to him. He writes that he has begun
to recover himself, however, and that by
the time we send the papers again, new
copies, he shall be able to attend to the
business as well as ever. For our work,
he might as well be at the bottom of
the sea.”

Elizabeth turned pale.

“When did you learn this?” she
asked.

“A fortnight ago. I ought to have
told you of it before, but I hated to pain
you.”

She looked at him firmly. Then
smiled a little through her paleness.

“Yes, it does pain me,” she said.
“But I don’t despair. We are not
married, you and I, Mr. Archdale, and
I wish Katie would throw aside her
nonsensical scruples. What matter
whether Mr. Harwin was a minister?
Why will she not let it go that it was all
fun, and marry you? I think she
ought.”

“I think so, too,” he said. He did
not add his suspicions that Katie was
acting upon the covert suggestions of
his father which had so disturbed her
conscience that she declared she must
be satisfied that the whole thing was a
falsehood of Harwin’s.

“I wish we could find him,” said
Elizabeth.

“So do I”, answered Archdale under
his breath. She looked at him quickly
and away again, feeling that her last
wish had not been a wise one. “Yet”
pursued Archdale, “you see that if
Harwin’s story is false, the whole matter
drops there, and that would make it
simpler, to say the least of it. Katie
does not like the idea of having the
court obliged to decide about it. She
says it seems like a divorce.”

Elizabeth flushed.

“Do I like it?” she said. “But
anything is better than this.”

“Yes,” he answered, then seemed as
if he would like to take back his frank
confession. She smiled at him.

“Don’t try to soften it, Mr. Archdale.
We both mean that. You speak
honestly because you are honest and
understand what I want, too; because
you are wise enough to believe in the
absurdity of this whole affair.”

“You did not think it absurd at first,”
he answered.

“I was overwhelmed. I had no
time to consider.”

“No,” he said, “only time to feel.”

“Don’t speak of that day,” and she
shuddered. “If I were to live a thousand
years, there never could be another
so horrible.”

He had risen to go. He stood a
moment silent. Then:

“You are so reassuring,” he said.
“Yet, how can either of us be assured?
Perhaps you are my wife.”

“Never,” she said, and looked at him
with a sudden coldness in her face.

“If a minister has married us,” he
answered, “nobody has yet unmarried
us.”

The gravity of her expression impressed
him.

“God has not married us,” she said.
“I shall never admit that.” There was
a moment’s silence. “Poor Katie!” she
added.

“Yes, poor Katie,—and Mistress
Royal.”

Elizabeth smiled sadly.

“You remember that?” she asked.
“It would not be strange if you forgot
everybody but Katie, and yourself.”

“It would be strange if I forgot you,
since you are,—what you are.”

“I foresee,” she answered, “that we
shall be good friends. By and by,
when you and Katie are well established
in your beautiful new house I
shall visit you there; Katie invited me
long ago, and you and I are going to
be good friends.”

Chapter XII—Perplexities

Although Elizabeth had been so brave
before Archdale, yet as soon as he had
gone she sank into her chair and covered
her face with her hands, as if by this
she could shut out the visions of him
from her mind. She lived in the land
of the Puritans, and Indiana had not
been discovered. She knew that those
words which ought to have been so
sacred but which she had spoken so
lightly were no longer light to her, but
that in the depths of her heart they
weighed like lead and gave her a sense
of guilt that she could not throw off.
Even if they proved nothing in law,
they had already brought a terrible punishment,
and if,—if—. With a low
cry she started up. Life had grown
black again. But she was not accustomed
to give way to emotions, still less
to forebodings. In a few moments she
went back to her embroidery, and to
Mrs. Eveleigh.

Archdale left Mr. Royal’s house with
a new comprehension of the woman he
had married in jest. Somehow, he had
always considered that Katie and he
were really the only sufferers. Young,
petted, rich, and handsome, it had not
come forcibly home to him before, however
much his courtesy might have assumed
it, that this young woman whom,
though he thought she did well enough,
he had no high opinion of, could actually
suffer in the idea of being his wife.
But he saw it now through all her brave
bearing, and his vanity received its death-wound
that morning.

Three days afterwards he was at
Katie’s home; he tried to feel that he
had the old right to visit her. “Your
friend is so brave,” he said, “she puts
courage into me. Katie, why don’t
you feel so, too?”

“Ah!” said the girl looking at him
tearfully, “how can you ask that? It is
she who has the right to you, and I
have not.”

“She wants it as little as mortal can,”
he answered. “I think except as your
betrothed she does not even like me
very well, although she was so kind when
I came away.” And he repeated Elizabeth’s
parting prophesy.

“She and I are the two extremes,” returned
the girl. “If Mr. Harwin is a
minister, it will seem to me, as I told
you, just as if you and Elizabeth had
been divorced.”

“Nonsense, love, you cannot separate
what has never been joined together.”
He kissed away the tears that brimmed
over from Katie’s eyes. Yet as he did
so, he was not sure that he had the
right to do it, for the shadow of another
woman seemed to come between them.
He had confessed his dread to Elizabeth,
but to this girl it was impossible;
to her he must be all confidence. How
different were these two women toward
whom he stood in such peculiar relations,
betrothed to one, possibly married
to the other. If this last were true
which of them would suffer the more?
A week ago his imagination would not
have seized upon Elizabeth’s feelings at
all; now he was convinced that it would
be no less hard for her than for Katie;
hard through her friendship and her
pride. But this one’s tender little heart
would break. After all, it was only of
her that he could think. The waiting
was growing unendurable. Yet he felt

that his father was right when he said
that the easiest way, the shortest in the
end, was to prove if possible that Harwin’s
story of his vocation was fabricated.
Indeed, there was no case for
appeal to the Court unless that were established.
Let that fall through, and
the lovers were free to marry.

“Have you heard” he asked after a
time, “that Sir Temple and Lady Dacre
have written that they are coming to
visit us,—us, Katie? You remember
they had an invitation to our wedding,—they
shall have another, dearest,—and
could not come then, but they propose
paying us a visit in our own home at
Seascape where they suppose we are
living now, you and I. I told you
about my staying with them in
England and asking them to visit me
when I was married. I was thinking
then of my chances of being engaged
to you, Katie.”

“Yes, you told me of them,” she
said, and after a pause added, “You
will have to write them the truth.”

“It is too late for that to do any
good. They follow close on the heels
of the letter; that is, by the next ship.”

“Then I suppose Aunt Faith will take
them, either at your father’s, or at Seascape.
Which will it be, Stephen?”

“That house! It can never be
opened until you do it, Katie; you know
that well enough.”

The girl sighed. Yet with all the
sadness of her lot it was delightful to
be loved and mourned over in this way;
mourned over, and yet perhaps not lost.

“I don’t know about that being the
best way,” she returned slowly. “You
know Stephen, Uncle Walter is peculiar,
and you could not entertain your guests
yourself; you would not have freedom.
Really, it would not be quite as nice
for you.”

“Always thinking of me,” he cried.
“It seems now that the only freedom I
care about is the freedom to make you
my wife, Katie.”

“Yes,” she sighed again and was silent
a moment. Then she said, “But
Stephen, if Aunt Faith is there, you
know it won’t be like anybody else, and
you can show them the house I am going
to have. Do you believe that?”
she broke out suddenly. “Do you really
believe that? This uncertainty is killing
me—don’t imagine that I could
not wait for years, I am not dying for
you, Stephen; I should not do such a
thing, of course. But not to know!
I must know soon; life is unendurable
under such a strain.”

“Poor little girl, she was not made,
surely, to bear suffering,” thought Archdale.
And he went away assured that
she was most of all to be pitied, that
she was least protected from the North
wind which was blowing against them
all three. As to the house, she should
certainly have her way about it. He saw
that she was sacrificing her own feelings
for him. She did not understand
that it was making matters a great deal
harder, she thought that she was making
it pleasanter for him. Well, she
should have the satisfaction of believing
she had done so. It did not occur
to him that the girl had taken the
most effectual way of awaking a sentimental
interest in the persons who were
imagining that they were to be her
guests. Katie was one of those people
who illustrate the use of the velvet
glove, for in spite of her sprightliness,
she was considered the gentlest little
creature in the Colonies.

Chapter XIII—Over the Threshold

Florence, Lady Dacre, with her hand
on Archdale’s arm walked across the

plank from ship to shore, her husband
on the other side of her and
her maid following with Sir Temple’s
valet, who was devotedly carrying all the
bundles, and interspersing his useful
attentions with auguries as to the “hignorance
of the Hamerican Colonies.”
Lady Dacre walked on with a light step,
and eyes that took note of every thing.

“So, this is Boston?” she said. “I
have always wanted to see it. You
will think me in fun, but really, do you
know, it has an odd sort of aggressive
look to me! We imagine a certain
humility in Colonies, but your people
are more English than Englishmen.
That is your carriage, there on the pier?
How kind in you to come for us. And
that is your coachman? Now, even he
has a look that, on the whole, he is as
good as you.”

“He does not feel so,” returned
Archdale, smiling.

“Oh, no, I suppose not; it must be
the exhilirating air that gives people that
appearance. Such a sky as there is to-day!
Do you have beautiful weather
like this all the time?”

“No, sometimes we have a thunder
shower.”

Sir Temple laughed.

“Good enough for you, Florence,”
he cried. “What are you so absurd
for?”

“For fun. I suppose you know Governor
Shirley?” she added after an
instant.

“Slightly. But he is an intimate
friend of Mr. Royal,—one of my
father’s friends.”

“Ah! yes. Well, what is the
difference?”

“Then, last year,” said Sir Temple,
“we met some people in London.” He
named several whom Archdale knew.

“And there are two others here
now,” cried Lady Dacre, “or perhaps I
ought not to say two persons, but one
and his shadow. People call him a
reckless sort of a fellow—the man, not
the shadow,—but I think him charming.
It is Mr. Edmonson, the best whist
player I ever saw.”

“And Lord Bulchester?”

“Ah! you know them. Perhaps we
are going to meet them at your house?
That will be delightful.”

“Lady Dacre has a perfect passion
for whist,” explained her husband.

“You will certainly meet them there
if they will do me the honor to become
my guests,” returned Archdale. Then
something that he had heard came back
to him, and brought a sudden frown to
his face, but it was too late to retract.
So, after he had made his friends comfortable
at an inn, for they were to dine
before starting on their journey, he
wrote his invitation and dispatched it by
his servant with instructions to bring
back an answer. “If the rumor I heard
is true, he will not accept,” he said to
himself.

[TO BE CONTINUED.]


FIFTH AVENUE HOTEL,

MADISON SQUARE, NEW YORK.

The Largest, Best Appointed, and Most Liberally Managed
Hotel in the City, with the Most Central and
Delightful Location.

HITCHCOCK, DARLING & CO., Proprietors.


BARNES’ BRIEF HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES.

FOR SCHOOLS.

MORE EXTENSIVELY USED THAN ANY OTHER AMERICAN SCHOOL HISTORY.

Its claims to superiority are thus referred to:—

1. Brevity. The text, other than appended national documents and the
census of 1880, makes but 303 pages; and is within the most limited period
allowable
for instruction in American history.

2. Comprehensiveness. Has the pith of all large histories. See
example,
“English explorations,” pages 34-39.

3. Arrangement. By six epochs; each followed by a chronological
summary, a list of choice reference and reading books, and a sketch of
national
territorial development during the epoch considered.

4. Footnotes. With biographies of persons referred to in text. See
Columbus, page 20; Raleigh, page 36; Putnam, page 108; Lafayette, page 119;
Franklin, page 127; Pulaski, page 129; Jackson, page 175; Adams, page 154;
Buchanan, page 196; Garfield, page 300.

5. Dates. Given in text, and associated with that and the footnotes.

6. Impartiality. All sectional, partisan, or denominational views
are
avoided.

7. Maps. Elegant, distinct, and colored. See “Early discoveries,”
page
18,
and pages 100-149, etc.

8. Illustrations. Numerous, well suited, and artistic.

9. Questions. At back of book, respecting each epoch.

10. Historical Recreations. Questions that bring out the historic
biography, and especially fix characters, events, and places, in the minds
of
youth.

A complete index closes the volume.

Copy mailed, for examination, on receipt of $1.00.

A.S. BARNES & CO., Nos. 111 and 113 William St., New York City.


A POPULAR HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATED

In One Superb Royal Octavo Volume of 800 Pages, Illustrated with
320 Wood Engravings and 14 Steel Plates.

From the discovery of America to the accession of President Arthur.

(A choice Reference Book for Teachers in the use of Barnes’ Brief United
States School History
.)

OUTLINE.

PART I. Mound Builders; Colonial Settlement; Explorations; Conflicts;
Manners;
Customs; Education; Religion, etc. etc. Political differences with Great
Britain.

PART II. Resistance to the Acts of Parliament; Resentment of British
Policy,
and
the War for American Independence.

PART III. From the Election of President Washington to that of Lincoln; The
Expansion and Growth of the Republic; Domestic Issues and Foreign Policy.

PART IV. The Civil War and the End of Slavery.

PART V. The New Era of the Restored Union; Measures of Reconstruction; the
Decade of Centennial Jubilation, and the Accession of President Arthur.

APPENDIX. Declaration of Independence; The Constitution of the United
States
and
its Amendments; Chronological Table and Index; Illustrated History of the
Centennial
Exhibition at Philadelphia.

DISTINGUISHING FEATURES.

The political characteristics of great leaders and great parties have been
dealt with so as to meet the approval of all
sections of the American people. The progress of Science, Invention,
Literature, and Art, are noted, as well as that of
the national physical growth, thus condensing material which usually fills
several volumes, and all narrated in a graphic
and entertaining style. OUTLINE MAPS give the successive stages of national
expansion, and special attention has
been given to those battles, by land and sea, which have marked the
military
growth of the Republic.

SPECIAL PRICES.

Cloth, plain edge, $3.50. Cloth, richly embossed, gilt edges, $4.50. Sheep,
marble edge, $5.00. Half Morocco, $6.00.

The work will be sent to any address, prepaid, on receipt of price.

A.S. BARNES & CO., 111 and 113 William St., New York.


ALDEN & LASSIG, DESIGNERS AND BUILDERS OF

Wrought Iron and Steel Work for Bridges and Buildings,

Office and Works, Rochester, N.Y. (Lessees Leighton Bridge Works.)


THE GOODWIN GAS STOVE AND METER CO.

MANUFACTURERS OF

The Sun Dial Gas Cooking and Heating Stoves.

The most economical in use. Over fifty different kinds. Suitable
for Families, Hotels, Restaurants, and Public Institutions. Laundry,
Hatters’, and Tailors’ Heaters. Hot-Plates, Warming-Closets for
Pantries, Hot-Water Generators, etc. etc.

1012-1018 Filbert Street, Philadelphia.

142 Chambers Street, Hew York.

126 Dearborn Street, Chicago.

Waldo Bros., Agents, 88 Water Street, Boston, Mass.


CAMPAIGN POST!

SUBSCRIBE FOR THE

Boston Daily Post

FOR THE CAMPAIGN.

July 1 to December 1, 5 MONTHS, ONLY $3.
Strictly in Advance.

Post Publishing Co.

BOSTON, MASS.


BOSTON

BRIDGE WORKS,

D.H. ANDREWS, Engineer.

Builders of Wrought-Iron Bridges and Roofs,

OFFICE:

13 PEMBERTON SQUARE, BOSTON

Works’ Cambridgeport, Mass.


COOLIDGE HOUSE,

BOWDOIN SQUARE, BOSTON.

The Coolidge is a centrally-located, thoroughly
quiet and comfortable Family Hotel,
with rooms arranged in suites, consisting of
Parlor, Bedroom, and Bath; having an elevator,
and combining all the luxuries and
conveniences of the larger hotels, with the
quietness and retirement of a private house;
affording most excellent accommodations at
moderate charges.

COOLIDGE CAFE,

EXCLUSIVELY FOR GENTLEMEN.

Fitted up with the most complete and
approved system of Broilers now in use,
after the style of Spiers & Pond’s Celebrated
London Chop-Houses, and those so desiring,
can select a steak or chop and see the same
cooked on “The Silver Grill.”

A Perfect Restaurant in Every Respect.

The Best Material, Cooking, and Service.

I.N. ANDREWS & CO.


REMOVAL.

ARTHUR P. DODGE,

Attorney and Counsellor at Law,

NOTARY PUBLIC,

COMMISSIONER FOR NEW HAMPSHIRE,

Has removed his office from No. 23 COURT STREET to

31 Milk Street, Room 46, Boston, Mass.

Business Manager Bay State Monthly.


Life and Public Services of James G. Blaine,
published at Augusta, Maine, his home. By the renowned
biographer and historian, Colonel Russell H. Conwell,
whose Life of President Garfield outsold the twenty others
by sixty thousand copies. Mr. Blaine, his friends and his
relatives co-operated with the publishers in order that the
volume might be most complete and correct in all particulars.
The Augusta, Maine, edition is the standard Life of
Blaine. The people of this locality will directly be called
on by the agent of the book; it is having a tremendous sale.

A Standard Volume.—Col. Russell H. Conwell’s
admirable biography of James G. Blaine has just been
issued from a large publishing house in Augusta, Maine,
his home. It is accepted as THE STANDARD work, and is
thorough and complete. Colonel Conwell is better fitted
for writing such a book than any other man in America, and
all his earnestness, knowledge, and ability, will be found in
the volume. Mr. Blaine, his relatives, and friends, co-operated
with the author, and kindly gave him access to the
fullest data and information. It is a large, handsome, illustrated
volume, and is sold at a remarkably low price. An
agent is now taking orders among the people of this locality.


HOBBS, GORDON & CO.’S

Concord Suspended Radial Drill,

AND FULL SWING DRILL.

CONCORD, N.H.


Stanley & Usher,

171 Devonshire St.

Boston, Mass.

STEREOTYPERS AND ELECTROTYPERS,

PRINTERS.

Book, Job, Magazine and Catalogue.

ESTIMATES CHEERFULLY GIVEN.


Wait for the authentic, Augusta, Maine, edition. You want
no other.

Col. Russell H. Conwell’s Life and Public
Services of James G. Blaine, published at Augusta,
Maine, his home, is the standard, authentic edition. It is
a large, handsome volume, of upwards of 500 pages, contains
steel-plate portraits of both Blaine and Logan, and a
large number of general illustrations. Colonel Conwell has
great fame as a biographer. An agent for the book will
soon be around; those who are wise will subscribe for this
edition only. Price $1.50 and $1.75.

The authentic Life and Public Services of
James G. Blaine, by the well-known Col. Russell H.
Conwell, is having a most remarkable and phenomenal sale.
It is from the well-known publishing house of E.C. Allen
& Co., of Augusta, Maine, the home of the distinguished
candidate for President of the United States. The book is
splendidly illustrated, and is thorough and complete. An
agent for the volume will soon visit the people of this locality
for their orders. Wait for the Augusta edition; subscribe
for no other.


CLERMONT.

TO ALL WANTING WINTER HOMES AND
FARMS.

The most delightful and salubrious climate in the United States is to be
found in the HIGHLANDS OF FLORIDA,
called by some the “APOPKA MOUNTAINS,” in the beautiful clear water Lake
Region.

CLERMONT is located on gently rolling land, between Lakes Minnehaha and
Minneola, in Sumter County,
Florida. Soil highly productive. Amongst the best in the State for the
raising of Oranges, Limes, Lemons, Bananas,
Pineapples, STRAWBERRIES, and all kinds of EARLY VEGETABLES.

PRICES OF LAND.—Farm Land, $20 per acre, and upwards; Lake Fronts, $50 per
acre, and upwards; Town
Lots, 50 x 150 feet, $100 and upwards, according to location, AND ON EASY
TERMS.

THE SOIL

Is in great part a rich, sandy loam, and is suitable for raising fruits and
vegetables. These lands are situated south of
the so-called FROST LINE, and you can market your fruit and vegetables
raised
thereon as early as can be done from any
other portion of Florida, and earlier than can be done from any other State
in the Union.

HEALTH.

THE HEALTHIEST location in the State. Good health is an essential thing in
the profitable cultivation of a farm or
garden, and the richest soil in the world may yield very poorly if the
settler is unable to expend upon it his labor on
account of chills and fever or malaria. NO WINTER to delay your work.

PLANT YOUR VEGETABLES IN OCTOBER and November, and commence to send your
produce to market in
February. THREE CROPS CAN BE RAISED IN A YEAR from the same piece of
ground.

THE CLIMATE

IS DELIGHTFUL: flowers bloom the year round in the open air. THE SUMMERS in
this high land are NO WARMER than
in the North. The thermometer rarely indicates higher than ninety degrees.

THE MILDNESS OF THE CLIMATE and its bracing influence marks its excellence
for all PULMONARY AFFECTION,
THROAT AILMENT, ASTHMA, RHEUMATISM, KIDNEY TROUBLES, etc. Chills and fever
and malaria are unknown.

A living can be made by the cultivation of vegetables while the
orange-groves
are being brought into bearing. Our
water protection is unsurpassed, which makes it the choicest locality in
the
State for the fruit-grower.

Building material is plenty and cheap. Fish and game in abundance. Good
schools and churches will be established
at once. Clermont is to be made an educational centre.

It is expected that the Florida Southern Railroad will be built very near,
if
not through, the town within the next
few months. Come and see the place and its natural advantages. It will
speak
for itself. A first-class sawmill has
already been erected, and is in operation.

A GOOD INVESTMENT,

And the safest thing in hard times, is to have an Orange-Grove. This can be
acquired by buying, say ten acres of
land, at a small cost, say $200. Clear it up and set out your orange-grove,
and while your orange-trees are maturing,
raise strawberries and early vegetables, and send to the Northern market;
these always bring high prices in February
and March; or work at your trade or engage in business. In a new country
you
can always find something to do.
Start yourself a home. When you have a five-acre orange-grove in full
bearing
you can be independent, and need not
care whether stocks go up or down. THE RISE IN THE VALUE OF YOUR LANDS will
make your investment a PROFITABLE
ONE. INVESTMENTS IN REAL ESTATE seem to be the important feature which
generally decides a man’s prosperity.
Such investments are secure and permanent, and not liable to the
fluctuations
that personal property is subject to.

VISITORS will be shown over the land in a carriage free of expense. Those
who
come with a view to settle, should
bring money to secure their purchases as locations are not held upon
refusal.

Large numbers of people are purchasing and preparing Winter Homes, and
those
who desire the best locations
should visit the place at once.

The Titles to these lands are indisputable; Warrantee Deeds given clear of
all incumbrances.

Information given. Letters promptly answered. If persons before visiting
the
place will write, full information
will be sent concerning the route and other particulars. Address,

THE CLERMONT IMPROVEMENT COMPANY,

Minneola, Sumter County, Florida, or

WILLIAM A. HOUSE, Vineland, N.J.

Reference, by permission, to ARTHUR P. DODGE, No. 31 Milk Street (Room
4b), Boston, where maps
can be seen
.


STEWART MANUFACTURING COMPANY,

MANUFACTURERS AND DEALERS IN

Household, Office, and Store Furniture

INCORPORATED AUGUST 20, 1884.

Capital Stock $250,000

Number of Shares 50,000

Par Value, $5.00 each.

FULL PAID AND UNASSESSABLE.

OFFICERS:

President and General Manager, R. McLEAN, Boston.

Treasurer, J.R. O’HARA, 31 State Street, Boston,

BENJ. RACKLIFF, Architect and Designer, Boston.

Factory and Principal Office, 43 Beverly Street, Boston.

GENERAL PURPOSES.

This Company has been incorporated for the purpose of manufacturing
Household, Office, and Store Furniture
with the view of making a specialty of certain grades of goods over which
it
will have entire control, thus avoiding the
direct competition incident to the general trade. Yet it will to a limited
extent handle a general line of goods common
to this class of business.

Management.—The management of the Company will be in the hands of
those well known and experienced
in the business, as practical furniture makers and able financiers, whose
standing will bear the closest investigation for
high moral and business character.

Mirrors and Mantels.—This business now becomes one of the branches
of
the Company, by purchase on
highly favorable terms, and which at once enables it to possess a business
of
profit and thoroughly established, and ensures
an income which places the Company at once on a dividend-paying basis.

Display Racks.—In addition, the Company has secured in like manner
the entire control of these, the most
valuable articles of store furniture that have ever been put on the market,
and which have already received substantial
recognition of their value and demand among merchants and traders
throughout
New England. This business has
likewise become already established, and only requires the usual attention
of
standard goods to ensure a large and
profitable income.

Factory.—The Company will for the present retain its factory on
Beverly Street, which is well supplied with
every facility for a large business, and in due time will secure proper
warerooms in some desirable locality near the
centre of trade in Boston.

Business Outlook.—Considering the outlook of the manufacturing
interests for the coming year, investors
are all agreed that whichever party may triumph in the approaching
presidential election, the incoming administration
will practically stand committed to a vigorous policy of encouragement and
support to our manufacturing interests.
Hence our far-seeing capitalists are wisely counting on a remarkable
activity in this branch of industrial development;
and consequently are predicting such a boom in manufacturing stocks the
coming year as characterized mining stocks
during the years of ’78, ’79, and ’80.

Our Stock as an Investment.—That the Stewart Manufacturing
Company’s
Stock will commend itself to the
careful consideration of the most conservative investors there can be no
questions, for the reason that it starts off on a
dividend-paying business, founded upon a line of specialties over which it
has supreme control. Thus, being entirely
free from those leading contingencies which invariably surround the career
of
by far the majority of those establishments
which venture into the arena of mercantile contest, depending chiefly on
their wits to successfully compete with
their associates in trade, therefore our stock must surely meet the wishes
of
investors, as not only a profitable, but a
SAFE investment.

Southern Trade.—The Company will, as soon as practicable, establish
agencies in the South, where it feels
confident an extensive demand for our goods awaits the advent of our
agents.

Foreign Trade.—It is expected that, within a few days, contracts
will
he concluded with one of our largest exporting
houses for the sale of the entire surplus product of the Company for
shipment
to various foreign ports, thus
enabling the Company to shield itself from the embarrassments incident to
overproduction and dull home trade.

We only ask, and earnestly invite, a careful and impartial investigation
into
the merits of our stock and business
to ensure a confirmation of our claims.

For further information the public is referred to any of the officers of
the
Company.

It is a matter of congratulation that our Company has already received
substantial tokens of confidence from the
capitalists of New England, a goodly number of whom are now included in our
list of stockholders, rendering our
ability to compete for business equal to the best.

J.R. O’HARA, Treasurer,

31 Milk Street (Room 13), Boston.


The

Vineland Sanitarium,

VINELAND, N.J.

Most Desirable Location and Institution in the United
States for Invalids of all kinds.
Conducted by

HORACE BOWEN, M.D.

And a Corps of Able Assistants.

Our treatment has been successful to a marked degree in the cure of all
forms
of
disease, and we offer the best opportunities for the recovery of all who
may
seek our aid.

In addition to the use of the best-known remedial agencies, diet and
regimen,
there
is also brought to bear a wholly new and wonderfully efficacious System of
Cure.

Accommodations first-class in every respect. Terms reasonable.

Circulars with full information sent on application.

THE VINELAND SANITARIUM,

VINELAND, NEW JERSEY.

WINTER RESORT.

34 Miles South from Philadelphia and 115 Miles Southwest from
New York.

BAKER HOUSE,

VINELAND, N.J.

S.R. FOWLER, Proprietor.

TERMS:—$2.00 per Day, Transient; and $7.00 to $10.00 per
Week, Permanent.

NOTICE!

The subscribers will note the fact that the October number commences the
Second Volume of THE BAY STATE MONTHLY. On account of unavoidable delays,
the months of July, August, and September, were allowed to pass without
issuing
the Magazine. Hereafter, it is confidently predicted, the Magazine will be
issued
regularly and promptly.

JOHN N. McCLINTOCK & COMPANY,

31 Milk Street (Room 46), Boston, Mass.


THE BAY STATE MONTHLY.

Volume I.—1884. Bound in cloth, royal 8vo.,

420 pages. Price, $2.00.

WITH

6 PORTRAITS ON STEEL, 10 MAPS, AND 107 ILLUSTRATIONS.

PRESS NOTICES.

“A creditable addition to Massachusetts literature,”—Boston Globe.

“The first six numbers form a volume of genuine historic value and
interest.”—Transcript.

“An admirable issue.”—Maiden City Press.

“Replete with sketches which should be read in every
household.”—Winchendon Courier.

“Furnishing much valuable historical and biographical matter.”—Boston
Commonwealth.

“Working its way to popular favor.”—The Weekly News.

“The Bay State Monthly is just what is needed in New England.”—The
Gorham
Mountaineer.

“New England societies will not be able to dispense with this
magazine,”—St. Paul Pioneer-Press.

“Crammed full of historic facts; should be in every family.”—Brockton
Eagle.

“A conspicuous article is ‘Bunker Hill’ (with map), by General Carrington,
U.S.A.”—Southbridge Journal.

“Has made a firm footing and held its ground well.”—Newport News and
Journal.

“Filled with instructive literary matter, and a very reliable
map.”—Essex Banner.

“One of the most popular in the list of monthlies.”—The Moniter
(Chatham).

“Handsomely gotten up, and reading-matter is interesting.”—Holyoke
Herald.

“The steady improvement in this magazine is gratifying.”—Medford
Mercury.

“Deserves the support of every true American, and every Massachusetts
citizen.”—The Watchman.

“Edited ably, growing healthily, and presents features of peculiar
interest.”—Congregationalist.

“Improves with each number.”—New England Home Journal (Worcester).

“Should be in every household in Massachusetts.”—Barre Gazette.

“One of the noted historical magazines of the day.”—Norfolk County
Register.

“Of that interest to the whole country that the cultured productions of
cultured Boston have usually
been.”—Courier and Journal (Louisville, Ky.).

“An important blank in our periodical literature has been
filled.”—Chicago News.

“Destined to take place in the first rank.”—Watertown Enterprise.

“Invites the support of Massachusetts people from Berkshire to
Barnstable.”—Lowell Morning Times.

“Already a success.”—Cape Cod Bee (Barnstable).

“‘The Rent Veil,’ by Henry B. Carrington, is a strikingly fine production,
possessing a Miltonian
Stateliness, and breathing a spirit of veneration.”—New York Times.

“Replete with choice literary productions.”—Gardner Record.

“Keeps up the character established by the first number.”—Vox Populi
(Lowell).

“Should be in the hands of all who desire to know the Bay
State.”—Westborough Chronotype.

“Of special interest to the citizens of Massachusetts.”—Worcester
Spy.

“A distinctive Massachusetts magazine.”—Waltham Record.

“Both in appearance and contents creditable to the publishers.”—New
York
Literary Times.

“Does credit to publishers and contributors.”—East Boston Argus.

“The list of contributors is enough to sell the magazine.”—Scituate
Herald.

“Is destined to be popular and a valuable addition to the literary
world.”—Home Journal.

“Rich in contents.”—Indianapolis Times.

“A worthy representative of the literary and typographical excellence of
cultured Boston.”—Weekly Advocate.

“Of fine appearance and high promise.”—Lawrence American.

“Replete with choice literary contributions.”—Salem Register.

“We predict a bright future for The Bay State Monthly.”—Norwood
Review.


Permanent and Profitable Positions.

By an old and prominent Life Company,

A FEW ENERGETIC AND RESPONSIBLE MEN,

WHO WILL DEVOTE THEIR ENTIRE TIME TO THE BUSINESS,

TO ACT AS GENERAL AGENTS.

TO SUCH MEN RARE INDUCEMENTS WILL BE OFFERED, COMBINING GUARANTEE.

All policies non-forfeiting and non-contestable by their own conditions
after
three payments.
Endowment policies at Life rates, new and popular plans.

Experience Not Necessary,

But experienced and successful men who desire to change will find it
greatly
to their
interest to correspond with us before making
any arrangements.

Address Drawer 653, Albany, N.Y.


STONINGTON LINE.

INSIDE ROUTE TO

NEW YORK,

CONNECTING WITH

Philadelphia, Baltimore, & Washington,

AND ALL POINTS

SOUTH AND WEST,

Avoiding Point Judith.

Via Providence and Stonington, connecting with the
elegant Steamers

Stonington and Narraganset.

Express trains leave Boston & Providence Railway Station,
Columbus Avenue and Park Square,

DAILY AT 6.30 P.M. (Sundays Excepted.)

Connect at Stonington with the above-named Steamers in
time for an early supper, and arrive in New York the following
morning in time for the early trains South and West.

AHEAD OF ALL OTHER LINES,

Tickets, Staterooms, etc., secured at

214 Washington Street, corner of State,

AND AT

BOSTON & PROVIDENCE RAILROAD STATION.

Regular landing in New York, Pier 33, North River.
Steamer leaves the pier at 4.30 P.M., arriving in Boston
the following morning an ample time to connect with all the
early Northern and Eastern trains.

A.A. Folsom, Superintendent B. & P.R.R.

F.W. POPPLE, General Passenger Agent.

J.W. RICHARDSON, Agent, Boston.


LIBRARY BUREAU,

MANUFACTURERS OF

LIBRARY AND OFFICE

Labor-Saving Fittings and Supplies.

We make over two hundred devices solely
to help readers and writers, librarians,
authors, and all who work at the
desk, accomplish the most
possible with time and
strength.

THE ONLY HOUSE IN THE WORLD DEVOTED SOLELY
TO THIS WORK.

To any one of systematic habits of thought and
record, our illustrated catalog of the best appliances,
etc., containing also many labor-saving methods and
directions for use, is most interesting and valuable.
Sample pages Free. Full catalog (nearly ready) of
120 pages, classified and indext, post free, for 15 cents.

LIBRARY BUREAU,

32 HAWLEY STREET, BOSTON.


FALL RIVER LINE

Between BOSTON and NEW YORK,

Via NEWPORT and FALL RIVER.

World-renowned Steamers “PILGRIM” and “PROVIDENCE.”

The Great Route between WASHINGTON, BALTIMORE, PHILADELPHIA, BOSTON,
and Newport, Fall River, NEW YORK,
Lowell, Fitchburg, Taunton, New Bedford, Plymouth, Cape Cod, Nantucket,
Martha’s Vineyard; Portland, Bangor, Me.; White
Mountains; Mount Desert, and Principal Points and Pleasure Resorts of New
England and the Provinces.

Leave BOSTON, from OLD COLONY DEPOT. Cor. South and Kneeland Sts., at 6.00
P.M., (Steamboat Express). Leave NEW
YORK, from PIER 28, NORTH RIVER, foot of Murray St. at 5.30 P.M., in
Summer:
4.30 P.M., in Winter. SUNDAY
NIGHT LINE (Summer only), Leave BOSTON at 7.00 P.M. Leave NEW YORK at 5.30
P.M.
ANNEX CONNECTION TO AND FROM BROOKLYN AND JERSEY CITY.

ONLY 49 MILES OF RAIL

BETWEEN BOSTON AND NEW YORK. TRAINS EQUIPPED WITH
THE WESTINGHOUSE AUTOMATIC BRAKE AND MILLER PLATFORM.

NO NIGHT CHANGES

GEO. L. CONNOR, Gen Pass. Agent O.C.S.B. CO., NEW YORK.

BORDEN & LOVELL, Agents O.C.S.B. CO., NEW YORK.

J. SPRAGUE, Jr., Gen. Pass. Agent O.C.R.R. CO. BOSTON.

J.R. KENDRICK, Gen. Manager, BOSTON.


CONCORD STEAM-HEATING COMPANY

MANUFACTURERS OF

Patent Low-Pressure, Self-Regulating,

STEAM-HEATING APPARATUS,

INCLUDING

SHEET IRON RADIATORS AND

RAPID CIRCULATING TUBE BOILERS.

Patented May 11, 1880.—R. Oct. 24, 1882.—V. Jan. 30, 1883.—R. Jan. 30,
1883.—B.

HOBBS, GORDON & CO., PROPRIETORS,

SOLE MANUFACTURERS OF

THE CONCORD SUSPENDED RADIAL DRILL,

FULL SWING.

Patent Portable Steam Boilers and Radiators for Heating Stores and
Dwelling-Houses.

THE H.G. SAW-BENCH.

Send for Circulars. CONCORD, N.H.


Publisher’s Department

THE ENTAILED HAT; or, Patty
Cannon’s Times. A romance by
GEORGE ALFRED TOWNSEND, “Gath;”
16mo., cloth, $1.50. Harper &
Brothers, New York.

This book has had a large sale and
has attracted much attention. It is well
worth the reading, not only for the plot,
but for the study of customs and manners
of the olden time.

HIMSELLUF, 12mo., paper, 15 cents.
Charles H. Whiting, Boston.

An American poem of unusual merit
and great interest.

THE STORY OF A COUNTRY TOWN. By E.W. HOWE; 12mo.,
cloth, $1.50. James R. Osgood &
Co., Boston.

An American novel, whose scenes are
located on the rolling prairies of the
West. It is a strong and thrilling story,
which bids fair to become a classic.

MISS LUDINGTON’S SISTER, a Romance
of Immortality. By EDWARD
BELLAMY, author of “Six to One;
A Nantucket Idyl,” etc.; 12mo.,
cloth, $1.50. James R. Osgood &
Co., Boston.

THE ADVENTURES OF A WIDOW.
A novel by EDGAR FAWCETT, author
of “A Gentleman of Leisure,” etc.;
12mo., cloth. James R. Osgood &
Co., Boston.

LIFE AT PUGET SOUND, with
sketches of travel in Washington Territory
and British Columbia, 1865—1881. By CAROLINA C. LEIGHTON,
[formerly of Newburyport]; 12mo.,
cloth, $1.50. Lee & Shepard, Boston.

A BOY’S WORKSHOP, with plans and
designs for indoor and outdoor work,
by a boy and his friends, with an introduction
by HENRY R. WAITE.
Illustrated; 12mo., cloth, 1.50. D.
Lothrop & Co., Boston.

WIDE AWAKE, volume 18; [December
1883, May 1884.] D. Lothrop
&Co.

This publication has won for itself a
great fame among children all over the
world; $5.00 will pay for the Bay State
Monthly and Wide Awake for one year.

MANNERS AND SOCIAL USAGES,
by MRS. JOHN SHERWOOD, author of
“A Transplanted Rose;” 16mo.,
cloth, $1.00. Harper & Brothers,
New York.

THE HEARTHSTONE, FARM AND
NATION; $2.00 per year. W.H.
Thompson & Co., 404 Arch Street,
Philadelphia, Pa., publishers.

A monthly journal in the interests of
domestic and rural economy, agriculture,
horticulture, live stock, current
events, education, etc. Its sixteen
pages nicely edited, printed and illustrated,
deserve a cordial welcome to the
domestic fireside.

MEXICAN RESOURCES AND
GUIDE TO MEXICO, by FREDERICK
A. OBER. Boston: 1884, Estes
& Lauriat; price 50 cents.

An elegantly printed and illustrated
book in pamphlet form as a supplemental
volume to “Travels in Mexico.”
The first part contains a map of Mexico
and fifty-seven pages replete with
valuable historical and statistical information,
while the latter part (35 pages)
is devoted to such information and description
as makes a guide book invaluable.
We are glad to see this book,
and, for one reason, because so little
comparatively is known of Mexico. To
capitalists, miners and merchants, in
fact to the general public we heartily
commend this book.


A TOUCHING INCIDENT.

A YOUNG GIRL’S DEMENTIA—HOW IT WAS OCCASIONED—SOME
NEW AND STARTLING
TRUTHS.

The St. Louis express, on the New York Central road,
was crowded one evening recently, when at one of the
way stations, an elderly gentleman, accompanied by a
young lady, entered the cars and finally secured a seat.
As the conductor approached the pair, the young lady
arose, and in a pleading voice said:

“Please, sir, don’t let him carry me to the asylum. I
am not crazy; I am a little tired, but not mad. Oh! no,
indeed. Won’t you please have papa take me back
home?”

The conductor, accustomed though he was to all phases
of humanity, looked with astonishment at the pair, as
did the other passengers in their vicinity. A few words
from the father, however, sufficed, and the conductor
passed on while the young lady turned her face to the
window. The writer chanced to be seated just behind
the old gentleman, and could not forgo the desire to
speak to him. With a sad face and a trembling voice
the father said:

“My daughter has been attending the seminary in a
distant town and was succeeding remarkably. Her
natural qualities, together with a great ambition, placed
her in the front ranks of the school, but she studied too
closely, was not careful of her health, and her poor brain
has been turned. I am taking her to a private asylum
where we hope she will soon be better.”

At the next station the old man and his daughter left
the cars, but the incident, so suggestive of Shakspeare’s
Ophelia, awakened strange thoughts in the mind of the
writer. It is an absolute fact that while the population
of America increased thirty per cent. during the decade
between 1870 and 1880 the insanity increase was over one
hundred and thirty-five per cent.
for the same period.
Travellers by rail, by boat, or in carriages in any part of
the land see large and elaborate buildings, and inquire
what they are?

Insane asylums!

Who builds them?

Each state; every county; hundreds of private individuals,
and in all cases their capacity is taxed to the
utmost.

Why?

Because men, in business and the professions, women,
at home or in society, and children at school overtax
their mental and nervous forces by work, worry and
care. This brings about nervous disorders, indigestion,
and eventually mania.

It is not always trouble with the head that causes insanity.
It far oftener arises from evils in other parts of
the body. The nervous system determines the status of
the brain. Any one who has periodic headaches; occasional
dizziness; a dimness of vision; a ringing in the
ears; a feverish head; frequent nausea or a sinking at
the pit of the stomach, should take warning at once.
The stomach and head are in direct sympathy, and if one
be impaired the other can never be in order. Acute dyspepsia
causes more insane suicides than any other known
agency, and the man, woman or child whose stomach
is deranged is not and cannot be safe from the coming
on at any moment of mania in some one of its many terrible
forms.

The value of moderation and the imperative necessity
of care in keeping the stomach right must therefore be
clear to all. The least appearance of indigestion, or
mal-assimilation of food should be watched as carefully
as the first approach of an invading army. Many means
advocated for meeting such attacks, but all
have heretofore been more or less defective. There can
be little doubt, however, that for the purpose of regulating
the stomach, toning it up to proper action, keeping its
nerves in a normal condition and purifying the blood,
Warner’s Tippecanoe The Best, excels all ancient or recent
discoveries. It is absolutely pure and vegetable;
it is certain to add vigor to adults, while it cannot by any
possibility injure even a child. The fact that it was
used in the days of the famous Harrison family is proof
positive of its merits as it so thoroughly withstood
the test of time. As a tonic and revivifer it is simply
wonderful. It has relieved the agony of the stomach in
thousands of cases; soothed the tired nerves; produced
peaceful sleep and averted the coming on of a mania
more to be dreaded than death itself.


1885.

HARPER’S MAGAZINE.

ILLUSTRATED.

With the new volume, beginning in December, HARPER’S
MAGAZINE will conclude its thirty-fifth year. The
oldest periodical of its type, it is yet, in each new volume,
a new magazine, nor simply because it presents
fresh subjects and new pictures, but also, and chiefly,
because it steadily advances in the method itself of
magazine-making. In a word, the MAGAZINE becomes more
and more the faithful mirror of current life and movement.
Leading features in the attractive programme for
1885 are: new serial novels by CONSTANCE FENIMORE
WOOLSON and W.D. HOWELLS; a new novel entitled
“At the Red Glove;” descriptive illustrated papers by F.
D. MILLET, R. SWAIN GIFFORD, E.A. ABBEY, H. GIBSON,
and others; Goldsmith’s “She Stoops to Conquer,”
illustrated by ABBEY; important papers on Art. Science,
etc.

HARPER’S PERIODICALS.

Per Year:

HARPER’S MAGAZINE $4.00

HARPER’S WEEKLY 4.00

HARPER’S BAZAR 4.00

HARPER’S YOUNG PEOPLE 2.00

HARPER’S FRANKLIN SQUARE LIBRARY,
One Year (52 numbers) 10.00

Postage Free to all Subscribers in the United States
or Canada
.

The Volumes of the MAGAZINE begin with the numbers
for June and December of each year. When no
time is specified, it will be understood that the subscriber
wishes to begin with the current number.

The last eleven Semi-annual Volumes of HARPER’S
MAGAZINE, in neat cloth binding, will be sent by mail,
postpaid, on receipt of $3 per volume. Cloth Cases,
for binding, 50 cents each—by mail, postpaid.

Index to HARPER’S MAGAZINE, Alphabetical, Analytical
and Classified, for Volumes 1 to 60, inclusive, from
June, 1850, to June, 1880, one vol., 8vo., Cloth, $4.

Remittances should be made by Post-Office Money
Order or Draft, to avoid chance of loss.

Newspapers are not to copy this advertisement
without the express order of
HARPER & BROTHERS.

Address HARPER & BROTHERS, New York.


In every town in the Northern States there should be
an AGENT for the

BAY STATE MONTHLY.

Those desiring exclusive territory should apply at
once, accompanying their application with letter of
recommendation from some postmaster or minister. Liberal
Terms and Prompt Pay
. Address the

BAY STATE MONTHLY,

31 MILK STREET, BOSTON, MASS.


ARTHUR P. DODGE,

Attorney and Counsellor at Law,

NO. 31 MILK ST., ROOM 46,

Business Manager

BAY STATE MONTHLY.

BOSTON.


1885.

HARPER’S WEEKLY.

ILLUSTRATED.

Harper’s Weekly has now, for twenty years, maintained
its position as the leading illustrated weekly newspaper
in America. With a constant increase of literary
and artistic resources, it is able to offer for the ensuing
year attractions unequalled by any previous volume,
embracing a capital illustrated serial story by W.E.
NORRIS; illustrated articles with special reference to the
West and South, including the World’s Exposition at
New Orleans; entertaining short stories, mostly illustrated,
and important papers by high authorities on the
chief topics of the day.

Everyone who desires a trustworthy political guide, an
entertaining and instructive family journal, entirely free
from objectionable features, in either letterpress or illustrations,
should subscribe to HARPER’S WEEKLY.

HARPER’S PERIODICALS.

Per Year:

HARPER’S WEEKLY $4 00

HARPER’S MAGAZINE 4 00

HARPER’S BAZAR 4 00

HARPER’S YOUNG PEOPLE 2 00

HARPER’S FRANKLIN SQUARE

LIBRARY, One Year (52 numbers) 10 00

Postage Free to all Subscribers in the United States
or Canada.

The volumes of the WEEKLY begin with the first Number
for January of each year. When no time is mentioned,
it will be understood that the subscriber wishes to
commence with the Number next after the receipt of
order.

The last Five Annual Volumes of HARPER’S WEEKLY,
in neat cloth binding, will be sent by mail, postage paid,
or by express, free of expense (provided the freight
does not exceed one dollar per volume) for $7 00 per
volume.

Cloth cases for each volume, suitable for binding, will
be sent by mail, postpaid, on receipt of $1 each.

Remittances should be made by Post-Office Money
Order or Draft, to avoid chance of loss.

Newspapers are not to copy this advertisement
without the express order of
HARPER & BROTHERS.

Address HARPER & BROTHERS, New York,


1885.

HARPER’S BAZAR.

ILLUSTRATED.

Harper’s Bazar is the only paper in the world that
combines the choicest literature and the finest art illustrations
with the latest fashions and methods of household
adornment. Its weekly illustrations and descriptions of
the newest Paris and New York styles, with its useful
pattern-sheet supplements and cut patterns, by enabling
ladies to be their own dressmakers, save many times the
cost of subscription. Its papers on cooking, the management
of servants, and housekeeping in its various details
are eminently practical. Much attention is given
to the interesting topic of social etiquette, and its illustrations
of art needlework are acknowledged to be unequalled.
Its literary merit is of the highest excellence,
and the unique character of its humorous pictures has
won for it the name of the American Punch.

HARPER’S PERIODICALS.

Per Year:

HARPER’S BAZAR $4 00

HARPER’S MAGAZINE 4 00

HARPER’S WEEKLY 4 00

HARPER’S YOUNG PEOPLE 2 00

HARPER’S FRANKLIN SQUARE

LIBRARY, One Year (52 numbers) 10 00

Postage Free to all Subscribers in the United States
or Canada.

The volumes of the BAZAR begin with the first Number
for January of each year. When no time is mentioned,
it will be understood that the subscriber wishes to
commence with the Number next after the receipt of
order.

The last Five Annual Volumes of HARPER’S BAZAR,
in neat cloth binding, will be sent by mail, postage paid,
or by express, free of expense (provided the freight
does not exceed one dollar per volume) for $7 00 per
volume.

Cloth cases for each volume, suitable for binding, will
be sent by mail, postpaid, on receipt of $1 each.

Remittances should be made by Post-Office Money
Order or Draft, to avoid chance of loss.

Newspapers are not to copy this advertisement
without the express order of
HARPER & BROTHERS.

Address HARPER & BROTHERS, New York.


SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN

ESTABLISHED 1846.

The most popular Weekly newspaper
devoted to science, mechanics, engineering,
discoveries, inventions and patents
ever published. Every number illustrated with
splendid engravings. This publication, furnishes
a most valuable encyclopedia of information which
no person should be without. The popularity of
the SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN is such that its circulation
nearly equals that of all other papers of
its class combined. Price $3.20 a year. Discount
to Clubs. Sold by all newsdealers. MUNN & CO.,
Publishers, No. 361 Broadway, N.Y.

PATENTS

Munn & Co. have
also had Thirty-Seven
Years’
practice before
the Patent Office, and have prepared
more than One Hundred Thousand
applications for patents in the
United States and foreign countries.
Caveats, Trade-Marks, Copyrights,
Assignments, and all other papers for
securing to inventors their rights in the
United States, Canada, England, France,
Germany and other foreign countries, prepared
at short notice and on reasonable terms.

Information as to obtaining patents cheerfully
given without charge. Hand-books of
information sent free. Patents obtained
through Munn & Co. are noticed in the Scientific
American free. The advantage of such notice is
well understood by all persons who wish to dispose
of their patents.

Address MUNN & CO. Office SCIENTIFIC
AMERICAN, 361 Broadway, New York.


JOHN N. McCLINTOCK & CO.,

Publishers, Printers, Stereotypers, and Electrotypers,
have facilities for doing Book Work and Job Printing.

ESTIMATES CHEERFULLY FURNISHED.

31 MILK ST., ROOM 46, BOSTON, MASS.


PHOTO-ELECTROTYPE

Is the name of a new process of

ENGRAVING BY PHOTOGRAPHY

at less than

ONE-HALF THE COST OF WOOD ENGRAVING!

The plates are equal to the finest wood cuts, and in point of depth,
superior. We furnish an electrotype all ready for the printer’s use.

We can do every description of work, Machinery, Furniture, Buildings,
Autograph Letters, Illustrations for Trade Catalogues, etc.

For specimen sheet of our work and further particulars address

PHOTO-ELECTROTYPE CO.,

63 OLIVER STREET, BOSTON.


ANTIQUE

Views of Ye Town of Boston.

By JAMES H. STARK.

This is the title of one of the most valuable contributions to the HISTORY
of BOSTON that has been made in many years. It embraces a series of upwards
of ONE HUNDRED VIEWS of OLD BOSTON, that have been gathered
from private and public collections, and most faithfully reproduced by the
Photo-Electrotype
Engraving Company’s process of Boston.

The Book is handsomely BOUND IN CLOTH. On the front cover is a view of
the Old State House, embossed in gold; on the back cover is a veneer made
from
the Old Elm, on which is printed a view of the old tree, and an autograph
letter from Mayor Cobb (who was mayor of Boston at the time of the
destruction
of the tree), certifying to its authenticity. It is a book of 400 pages,
imperial
octavo, and a limited number is offered at

$6.00 PER COPY.

ADDRESS PHOTO-ELECTROTYPE CO., 63 OLIVER STREET, BOSTON.


STARK’S ILLUSTRATED

BERMUDA GUIDE.

The Bermuda Islands are coming more prominently before the public each
season, as a health
resort and winter watering place. Although it is but sixty-five hours’ sail
from New York to these
coral islands, yet they are strangely unfamiliar to most well informed
Americans. Speaking
our own language, having the same origin, with manners and customs
prevalent
in New England
a century ago, it is only now that these islands and their inhabitants have
attracted much attention
and led the public to inquire concerning them.

It is to satisfy this demand and also to bring to the notice of those
unacquainted with the beauties
of these semi-tropical islands that the writer has been led to issue this
work, which is
the first illustrated guide-book and history of Bermuda yet published. The
book contains
two hundred pages, and is embellished with sixteen photo-mechanical prints
made by a new process
from negatives (taken by the author during the past winter) of the finest
scenery in Bermuda.
This is a new feature in the matter of book illustrations, and it makes the
work both
unique and valuable.

BOUND IN CLOTH, PRICE $2.00, POST-PAID

ADDRESS ALL ORDERS TO

PHOTO-ELECTROTYPE COMPANY,

No. 63 Oliver Street, Boston, Mass.


Battle Maps and Charts of the American Revolution.

By HENRY B. CARRINGTON, M.A., LL.D., U.S.A.

Published by A.S. BARNES & CO., 111 & 113 William Street, New York.

The publishers issue this work for the use of teachers and scholars, as
well
as for its fitness as a companion to all
Histories of the United States, with confidence that it will prove a
valuable
specialty to all.

The RED Lettering represents British Movements and Leading Topics, for the
convenience of Teachers and Scholars.

The ¶ and Page references to various School Histories, which mention the
Battles, make it available for use by
Teachers throughout the United States.

The volume contains the 41 maps which were the result of thirty years of
study, and are found in his standard volume,
“Battles of the American Revolution.”

The SECRETARY OF WAR has placed the “BATTLE MAPS AND CHARTS” at ARMY POST
SCHOOLS, at government
expense.

FIVE STEEL ENGRAVINGS of WASHINGTON accompany the volume. The ST. MEMIN
(crayon) as frontispiece,
engraved by Hall & Sons; also PEALE’S painting (1772), HOUDON’S bust
(1784).
TRUMBULL’S painting (1792) and
STUART’S painting (1796) are furnished, in steel.

Price, $1.25. Sent, postpaid, to School Superintendents and Teachers, for
introduction, upon receipt of $1.00.

Liberal terms made with Schools, Military and Civil, Army Officers and
Posts,
State Militia, and the Trade.

NOTICES.

Invaluable to the student of American History.—Baltimore (Md.)
Herald.

Deserves a welcome in every school district, as well as in every historical
library in the land.—Army and Navy
Journal.

In our opinion, General Carrington’s work is an authority, showing great
labor and careful study, and it should become
a national test-book, and find a place in all public and private
libraries.—Indianapolis (Ind.) Herald.

Each map is accompanied with a statement of the generals and number of men
engaged on both sides, to which is
appended the reason for such battle or engagement, with remarks by the
author, who is excellent authority in military
matters.—The Educator (New Haven, Ct.).

A valuable compilation from the author’s large work, and cannot fail to
make
a more lasting impression upon the
reader’s mind than could be derived from the perusal of many volumes of
history.—N.Y. Herald.

Each map is accompanied by a page of text, arranged upon a compact and
original system, so as to present a singularly
clear view of the history and significance of the engagement in question,
the
names of the chief and subordinate commanders,
the forces, nominal and available, the losses on each side, and the
incidents
of the battle.—N.Y. Evening Post.


MACDONALD & SONS,

51 CHARDON STREET,

BOSTON.

CLOTH AND EXTRA

BOOK-BINDING,

TREE CALF A SPECIALTY.

LARGE EDITIONS, IN ANY STYLE, AT LOWEST RATES.


L. PRANG & CO,

FINE ART PUBLISHERS,

BOSTON.

Christmas and New Year Cards

(ILLUSTRATED CHRISTMAS CATALOGUES SENT ON APPLICATION.)

New Artistic Painting Copies.

New Scripture Text Cards,

New Marriage Certificates,

New Birthday Cards.

New Artistic Satin Prints.

CALENDARS FOR 1885

THACKERAY CALENDAR. RUSKIN CALENDAR. TENNYSON CALENDAR.

AN ELEGANT LOT OF

Valentine and Easter Cards

IN PREPARATION,

INCLUDING SEVERAL STRIKING NOVELTIES.

AGENCIES:

New York: 38 Bond Street.

Philadelphia: 1110 Walnut Street.

Chicago: 112 Monroe Street.

San Francisco: 529 Commercial Street.

Canada; Toronto News Co. and Montreal News Co.


CONTENTS OF VOLUME II.

NUMBER 1.

Steel plate portrait of James G. Elaine

James Gillespie Elaine. Sketch of the life of

Boundary Lines of Old Groton. III. By the Hon. Samuel Abbott Green, M.D.

The Boston Herald

Wachusett Mountain and Princeton. By Atherton P. Mason, M.D.

Washington and the Flag. By Gen. Henry B. Carrington, LL.D

A Summer on the Great Lakes. By Fred Myron Colby

Our National Cemeteries. By Charles Cowley, LL.D.

NUMBER 2.

Steel plate portrait of President Elect Cleveland

Grover Cleveland. Sketch of the life of. By Henry H. Metcalf

Boundary Lines of Old Groton. IV. By the Hon. Samuel Abbott Green, M.D.

Sails

Elizabeth: a Romance of Colonial Days. I, II. By Frances C. Sparhawk

The Protection of Children. By Ernest Nusse

The Middlesex Canal. By Lorin L. Dame, A.M.

The Taverns of Boston in Ye Olden Times. By David M. Balfour

Editor’s Table

NUMBER 3.

Steel plate portrait of Daniel Lothrop

Daniel Lothrop. Sketch of the life of

The New England Conservatory of Music. By Mrs. M.J. Davis

Historical Sketch of the Town of Saugus. By E.P. Robinson

The Bartholdi Colossus. By William Howe Downes

Elizabeth: a Romance of Colonial Days. III, IV, V. By Frances C. Sparhawk

Glorifying Trial by Jury. By Charles Cowley, LL.D

Publishers’ Department—Chromo-Lithography

Book Notices

For contents of No. 4 (current number) see first page of cover.

Terms, $3.00 per year; Single Numbers, 25 cents.

JOHN N. McCLINTOCK AND COMPANY,
PUBLISHERS.

Arthur P. Dodge, Business Manager.

31 MILK STREET, BOSTON, Mass,


ADVERTISEMENT.

The editors who have missed any numbers of the BAY STATE MONTHLY, and
who desire to preserve a complete file of the publication for reference,
will
kindly
notify the publishers of the BAY STATE MONTHLY of the numbers which they
lack, and as soon as possible the missing numbers shall be supplied.

It is needless to remind the gentlemen of the newspaper fraternity how
dependent
is such a publication as the BAY STATE MONTHLY upon their good will
and favor.

What we need, to fully carry out the idea of giving to the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts a Magazine of biography, history and, literature devoted
especially to
the State, is the hearty support of readers and advertisers. We want an
increased subscription
list so that every hamlet in the State will be supplied with the magazine.

We need notices that will increase our subscription list.

JOHN N. McCLINTOCK AND COMPANY.
PUBLISHERS.


EMPHATIC GUARANTEES.

WHICH ARE JUSTIFIED BY AN EXTRAORDINARY PUBLIC EXPERIENCE.

TO THE PUBLIC.—Greeting: As the
conductors of the largest business of
the kind in the world, (and therefore
having an extraordinary experience), we
feel justified in making the following
statements:

OUR THEORY PROVED.

First.—We have held from the beginning
that most of the common ailments
are caused primarily by kidney
and liver disorders, not primarily by bad
blood; that bad blood is caused by temporary
or chronic derangement of the
kidneys and liver, and that by restoring
these blood-purifying organs to health,
we could cure most of the common ailments.
Other practitioners, however,
have held that extreme kidney and liver
disorders were incurable. We, have
proved to the contrary in thousands of
cases.

SAFEGUARDS AGAINST EPIDEMICS.

SECOND.—The kidneys and liver are the
sewers of the system, and unless they
are kept in perfect working order no
amount of public sanitation can prevent
epidemics raging among the people.
The prudent man, in the winter and
spring
, will fortify the system against an
such possibility. Dr. Koch, the celebrated
German scientist and physician,
says, for instance, that cholera will have
but little effect among those who keep
the digestive organs and the kidneys
and liver in healthful operation. Warner’s
SAFE Remedies are the best scientific
curatives and preventives, and
should be used now as a safeguard
against any future scourge.

SCIENTIFIC SPECIFICS.

THIRD.—We do not cure every known
disease from one bottle
, for Warner’s
SAFE Remedies number seven scientific
specifics, which have been put upon the
market, only in obedience to strong public
demand.

RECOGNIZED STANDARDS.

FOURTH.—Warner’s SAFE Remedies,
spite of all opposition, have won the
favor of the profession as well as the
masses, and are recognized as the leading
standard medical preparations.

STRONG GUARANTEES.

FIFTH.—After six years of unequaled
experience, we can give these
unqualified guarantees:

GUARANTEE I.—Pure and Harmless.
That Warner’s SAFE Remedies
are pure and harmless.

GUARANTEE II.—Testimonials
Genuine.
That the Testimonials used
by us, so far as we know, are bona fide,
with a forfeit of $5,000 for proof to the
contrary.

GUARANTEE III.—Curative Effects
Permanent.
That Warner’s SAFE
Remedies are not merely temporary, but
permanent
, in their curative effects and
will sustain every claim, if used sufficiently
and as directed.

PROOFS OF PERMANENCY.

SIXTH.—Special inquiry among hundreds
of our oldest patients results in
unequivocal testimony that the cures
wrought six, five, four, and three years
ago, were permanent. And most of
these patients were pronounced incurable
when they began Warner’s SAFE
Remedies.

Read a few of thousands of testimonials.

B.F. LARRABEE, 42 Chester Square,
Boston, Mass., in 1879 was pronounced
incurable of acute Bright’s Disease.
From 1880 to 1882 he used over 200
bottles of Warner’s Safe Cure, and
October 6th, 1884, he said that his
cure was as permanent as surprising.

REV. S.P. SMITH, Marblehead, Mass.,
after years of suffering from Bilious
attacks and Gall Stones, began Warner’s
Safe Cure in 1882 and in June,

1884, reported that he had had no trouble since.

HON. N.A. PLYMPTON, Worcester,
Mass., in 1880 suffered frightful tortures
from Gravel of the Kidneys;
failing of relief otherwise he used a
few bottles of Warner’s Safe Cure and
recently wrote: “It perfectly cured
me, four years ago.”

L. Dow, Esq., 204 Columbus Ave., Boston,
Mass., was cured of Kidney disorder
by Warner’s Safe Cure in 1882,
and November 28th, 1884, he wrote
that the cure was permanent.

MRS. S.A. CLARK, East Granby,
Conn., suffered for over ten years
from Constitutional and Sex disorders
of the worst kind. In November,
1884, she wrote: “Warner’s Safe
Cure cured me four years ago and has
kept me well to this day.”

SEVENTH.—It is a source of great
gratification to us that Warner’s Safe
Remedies have been permanently beneficial
to so many sufferers. This permanency
of power over disease gives
them the most exalted rank, and in this
particular they have no equal.
H.H. WARNER & CO.
Rochester, N.Y., Jan. 1, 1885.


1885

HARPER’S YOUNG PEOPLE,

AN ILLUSTRATED WEEKLY.

The serial and short stories in HARPER’S YOUNG
PEOPLE have all the dramatic interest that juvenile fiction
can possess, while they are wholly free from what
is pernicious or vulgarly sensational. The humorous
stories and pictures are full of innocent fun, and the
papers on natural history and science, travel and the
facts of life, are by writers whose names give the best
assurance of accuracy and value. Illustrated papers on
athletic sports, games, and pastimes give full information
on these subjects. There is nothing cheap about it but
its price.

An epitome of everything that is attractive and desirable
in juvenile literature.—Boston Courier.

A weekly feast of good things to the boys and girls in
every family which it visits.—Brooklyn Union.

It is wonderful in its wealth of pictures, information,
and interest.—Christian Advocate, N.Y.

Terms: Postage Prepaid, $2 per Year.

Vol. VI. commences November 4, 1884.

SINGLE NUMBERS, Five Cents each.

Remittances should be made by Post-Office Money
Order or Draft, to avoid chance of loss.

Newspapers are not to copy this advertisement
without the express order of
HARPER & BROTHERS.

Address HARPER & BROTHERS, New York.


If you want to buy a cheap

FRUIT FARM

ON EASY TERMS,

Address J. WANSER, P.O. Box 1276, Vineland, N.J.

Reference: Arthur P. Dodge, 31 Milk St., Boston.


SAFE INVESTMENTS

Carefully selected and approved First Mortgage Coupon Bonds
on Improved Western Farms, in amounts from $200 to $10,000
Principal and Interest payable on day of maturity at the Third National
Bank, New York. Interest, Seven per Cent., payable semi-annually.
Coupons Bankable at Par at any Bank in the United States.

EVERY LOAN GUARANTEED.

Tenth Year of Business. No Investor ever had to Pay Taxes, Costs of
Foreclosure,
Wait for Interest, or Take Land, and not a Dollar has been Lost.

REFERENCES BY PERMISSION.

A.P. Palmer, Cashier Albany City National Bank, Albany, N.Y.

B.W. Arnold, of Arnold & Co., Albany, N.Y., and President Spanish River
Lumber Co., Spanish River, Ont.

Samuel N. Bacon, Esq., of Bacon, Stickney & Co., Albany, N.Y.

Dr. F.C. Curtis, of State Board of Health, Albany, N.Y.

Rev. Samuel V. Leech, D.D., Chaplain of New York State Senate, Albany, N.Y.

Third National Bank, New York City.

National Bank, Lawrence, Kansas.

E.B. Lathrop, Cashier National Bank of America, Chicago, Ill.

Thos. D. Robertson, President Winnebago National Bank, Rockford, Ill.

Biddle Hardware Co., Philadelphia, Pa.

Rev. Henry Darling, D.D., LL.D., President Hamilton College, Clinton, N.Y.

W.O. McClure, Esq., Utica, N.Y.

Hon. John E. Pound, Lockport, N.Y.

Samuel Buell, Esq., Lyons, N.Y.

M.H. Tarbox, Esq., Lockport, N.Y.

A.N. Bentley, Esq., Greenville, N.Y.

Solomon L. Gillett, Esq., Elmira, N.Y.

A.B. Kellogg, Esq., Buffalo, N.Y.

A.L. Chapin, President Beloit College, Beloit, Wis.

E.H. Fairchild, President Berea College, Berea, Ky.

Hon. G.B. McElroy, Treasurer Adrian College, Adrian, Mich.

R.C. Crampton, President Illinois College, Jacksonville. Ill.

Prof. E.P. Harris, Amherst College, Mass.

Rev. W.D. Hart, Pastor Congregational Church, Little Compton, R.I.

Rev. William H. Wilcox, D.D., Malden, Mass.

Rev. A. Beattie, D.D., Rector Trinity Church, Lawrence, Kansas.

Rev. A.M. Richardson, Pastor Congregational Church, Lawrence, Kansas.

Rev. Rufus Case, Hubbardston, Mass.

Hon. Charles Robinson, ex-Governor of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas.

Hon. T.W. Cheenery, Deputy County Treasurer, Springfield, Ill.

E.R. Upham, Esq., County Clerk of Morgan County, Jacksonville, Ill.

Louis Ticknor, Esq., County Clerk of Sangamon County, Ill.

General G.W. Babcock, Lawrence, Kansas.

Hon. Owen A. Bassett, ex-Judge Fourth Judicial District, Lawrence, Kansas.

Dr. H. Warren, Danville, Conn.

Dr. Moses Parker, Groveland, Mass.

These securities are negotiated by an incorporated company of large
experience
and strong financial standing. Their charter is perpetual, so the care of
the
loans will not be thrown upon the investor, as it would be in case of the
death,
change of business or location of an individual or firm negotiating the
same.
They combine the loan, tax, legal, and insurance departments, making this
an
exclusive
business; personally investigating every application and guaranteeing
every loan, thereby protecting the investor by a double security.

M.V.B. BULL & CO.,

TWEDDLE BUILDING, ALBANY, N.Y.

Financial Agents WESTERN FARM MORTGAGE CO., of Lawrence, Kansas.


ST. NICHOLAS

FOR

YOUNG FOLKS.

Attractions for 1884-5.

This magazine, during its eleven happy years
of existence, under the editorial charge of

MARY MAPES DODCE,

has grown familiar to hundreds of thousands of
young readers; and their interest and intelligent
enjoyment have constantly inspired the editor
and publishers to fresh effort. The following
are some of the good things already secured for
future numbers of St. Nicholas.

“His One Fault,” a serial story for boys, by
the popular author, J.T. Trowbridge.

“Personally Conducted,” illustrated papers
on famous places in Europe. By Frank R.
Stockton.

“Historic Girls,” a companion series to
“Historic Boys.” By E.S. Brooks.

“Ready for Business”; suggestions to boys
about to choose an occupation. By G.J.
Manson.

“Driven Back to Eden,” a serial. By E.P.
Roe.

“Talks for Young Folks,” a series of popular
papers, by H.H. (Helen Jackson).

“Among the Law-makers”: recollections of
a boy-page in the U.S. Senate,—containing
much political information, both instructive and
amusing. By Edmund Alton.

“Davy and the Goblin,” a very funny serial
story by a new writer, Charles Carryl.

Short Stories by Louisa M. Alcott.

“The Progress of Invention”: from “Palanquin
to Parlor-car,” “From Cross-bow to 100-ton
Gun,” etc. Descriptive papers, by Charles
E. Bolton.

“Art Work for Young Folks”; papers on
decorative handicraft, by Charles G. Leland.

“Sheep or Silver?” a story of Texan life.
By the late Rev. William M. Baker.

“A Garden of Girls,” being six short stories
for girls, by Six Leading Writers.

“Tales of Two Continents”; stories of adventure,
by H.H. Boyesen.

“Cartoons for Boys and Girls,” funny pictures
by St. Nicholas Artists.

“From Bach to Wagner”; brief, pointed
biographies of great musicians. By Agatha
Tunis.

Special Papers by chosen writers, including
Mary Hallock Foote, Joaquin Miller, Alice Wellington
Rollins, G.B. Bartlett, Harriet Prescott
Spofford, Rev. Washington Gladden, Julia
Schayer, Anna Lea Merritt, W.O. Stoddard,
D. Ker, Ernest Ingersoll, Clara E. Clement,
Lieutenant Schwatka.

The Illustrations will be the work of the very
best artists and engravers; and there will be
plenty of them. In the November and December
numbers are beautiful colored frontispieces.
Buy the November number for the
children. It costs only 25 cents, and all book
and news dealers sell it. The subscription
price is $3.00 a year, and now is just the time
to subscribe.

A free specimen copy of ST. NICHOLAS will
be sent on request. Mention this paper.

THE CENTURY CO., NEW YORK, N.Y.


THE CENTURY
IN 1885.

A GREAT ENTERPRISE.

PAPERS ON THE CIVIL WAR.

The important feature of THE CENTURY
MAGAZINE for the coming year—indeed, perhaps
the most important ever undertaken by
the magazine—will be a series of separate
papers on the great battles of the War for the
Union, written by general officers high in command
upon both the Federal and the Confederate
sides,—General Grant (who writes of
Vicksburg, Shiloh, and other battles,) Generals
Longstreet, McClellan, Beauregard, Rosecrans,
Hill, Admiral Porter and others. The series
open in the November CENTURY with a graphical
illustrated article on the BATTLE OF BULL
RUN, written by the Confederate general, G.T.
Beauregard. Brief sketches, entitled “Recollections
of a Private,” papers chronicling special
events, descriptions of various auxiliary
branches of the service, etc., will supplement
the more important series by the various
generals.

A strict regard for accuracy will guide the
preparations of the illustrations, for which THE
CENTURY has at its disposal a very large quantity
of photographs, drawings, portraits, maps,
plans, etc., hereto unused. The aim is to present
in this series, not official reports, but commanding
officers’ accounts of their plans and
operations,—interesting personal experiences
which will record leading events of the war,
and possess, at the same time, a historical value
not easily to be calculated.

FICTION.

In this line THE CENTURY will maintain its
prestige, and furnish the best stories by American
writers that can be procured.

MISCELLANEOUS FEATURES.

Under this heading may be included a series
of papers on the Cities of Italy by W.D. Howells,
the illustrations being reproduction of etchings
and drawings by Joseph Pennell; a series
on the New North-West, being an interesting
group of papers by E.V. Smalley, Lieut. Schwatka,
Principal Grant (of Kingston, Ontario),
and others, descriptive of little-known regions;
papers on French and American art—sculpture
and painting, with some exquisite illustrations.

JOHN BURROUGHS

will write from time to time on outdoor subjects.

Readers of THE CENTURY may feel sure of
keeping abreast of the times on leading subjects
that may properly come within the province of
a monthly magazine. Its circulation is now
about 140,000 monthly, the November number
exceeding that figure. Subscriptions should
date from this number, beginning the War
Series and Mr. Howell’s Novel. Price $4.00 a
year, 35 cents a number. All book-sellers and
news-dealers sell it and take subscriptions, or
remittance may be made to the publishers.

A free specimen copy of THE CENTURY will
be sent on request. Mention this paper

THE CENTURY CO., New York, N.Y.

The BAY STATE MONTHLY and THE CENTURY
for $6.00.


SUMMER TERM
OF THE
NEW ENGLAND
CONSERVATORY OF MUSIC
BEGINS APRIL 20, 1885.

NEW CLASSES
Will be formed for beginners as well as for advanced
students in all departments.

MUSIC
Voice, Piano, Organ, Violin, Orchestral
Instruments, Harmony Theory and Tuning.

ART
Drawing, Painting, Portraiture, Modeling,
Wood Carving, and Embroidery.

ORATORY
Vocal Technique, Elocution,
Dramatic and Forensic Art.

LANGUAGES
French, German, and Italian.

ENGLISH BRANCHES
Arithmetic, Algebra, Grammar, Rhetoric,
English Literature, and Latin.

PHYSICAL CULTURE
A well-equipped Gymnasium.

HOME
Elegant accommodations for Lady Students,
$4.50 to $7.50 per week, including light,
heat, elevator, etc.

Summer Home and Instruction
During July and August.

Classes in Sight Singing, Church Music, Glees, Chorus
Work, Analysis of Symphonies, Lectures on Music,
Art, and Literature by eminent specialists, concerts,
recitals, etc., amounting in all to 125 hours per term, FREE
to all regular students in any department. Send for
beautifully illustrated Calendar, free, to

E. TOURJEE, Director.

FRANKLIN SQUARE,

BOSTON, MASS.


FINE BOOK AND JOB PRINTING.

Reasonable Terms,

ESTIMATES CHEERFULLY FURNISHED.

Publishers of

THE BAY STATE MONTHLY,

A Massachusetts Magazine.


Parkhill Manufacturing Co.,

Fitchburg, Mass., Manufacturers of the celebrated

“TOILE DU NORD” FABRIC.

FINE GINGHAMS AND DRESS GOODS.

GOODS WARRANTED PERFECT.

JOHN PARKHILL, President.

ARTHUR H. LOWE, Treasurer.


ESTABLISHED 1855.

H.A. GOODRICH & CO.,

Clothiers, Hatters and Furriers.

The Oldest and Largest Establishment of the kind in Fitchburg.

MOTTO: HONEST GOODS AT HONEST PRICES.


J.J. ARAKELYAN

NO. 226 FRANKLIN STREET,—BOSTON.

Book, Newspaper, Magazine, Pamphlet and Catalogue

PRINTER.

Presswork from type or plates a specialty. Estimates cheerfully furnished.


E.H. ROLLINS & SON,

CONCORD, N.H., OFFER
REGISTERED

10 Per Cent. County Warrants

IN SUMS FROM $100 TO $500.

MUNICIPAL BONDS, School, Water, Funding and Public Building, paying 6,
7 and 8 per cent.

FARM MORTGAGES upon farms in Kansas, Nebraska, Colorado and Dakota paying
8 per cent. Our Company will guarantee any of these loans a 7 per cent.

We have now on hand some conservative County Bonds in sums of $100 and
$500, which would make a good investment for those desiring to invest a
small
sum.

“All our securities are taken and examined by members of our house in the
west. Principal and interest of all we sell payable at our office. If
desired
on
of our firm will visit you.”

All questions promptly answered and papers sent for inspection.

SEND FOR CIRCULAR.

7 BAILEY’S BLOCK, CONCORD, N.H.

FEBRUARY 17, 1875.


H.A. ESTABROOK,

APOTHECARY

Cor. Main and Pritchard Sts.,

FITCHBURG, MASS.

Specialties: Physicians’ Prescriptions, Family Medicines, Trusses,
Supporters, Etc.


Boston Theatre.

TOMPKINS & HILL, PROPRIETORS.

EUGENE TOMPKINS, MANAGER.

LAWRENCE BARRETT

until March 21.

DENMAN THOMPSON

until April 4.
See daily newspapers.


WANTED.

New England Town Histories in exchange
for volumes I and II of the “Bay State
Monthly.”


D. LOTHROP & COMPANY’S CHOICE
PUBLICATIONS.

BEAUTIFULLY ILLUSTRATED IN ELEGANT BINDINGS.

LOTHROP’S NEW GIFT BOOKS.

The selections offered by D. Lothrop & Co in books of this
class, will repay the most careful examination. In respect of literary
and artistic merit, and a choiceness in contents which secures
adaptation to the widest range of needs, these books are unrivalled.
Among them may be mentioned:

INTIMATIONS OF IMMORTALITY. FROM RECOLLECTIONS OF
EARLY CHILDHOOD. Wordsworth’s
sublime Ode. It was
a happy thought which led to the
presentation of this favorite masterpiece
of England’s former
Poet Laureate, as it here appears
with full-page illustrations,
by Hassam, Garrett, Lungren,
Miss Humphrey, Taylor, St.
John Harper and Smedley. This
immortal poem in its setting of
beautiful pictures is adorned as
with gems. 8vo, cloth, $2.00.
Turkey morocco, $5.00.

IDEAL POEMS. This exquisite
volume occupies an enviable
place among popular illustrated gift-books, and deservedly so.
From the wide range of English poetry, there have been selected
with rare discrimination twelve worthy the title of “Ideal.” It is
not too much to say that those chosen most fitly represent the immortal
poems upon which popular judgment has set its seal of approval.
For the illustration of these a dozen celebrated artists
have contributed beautiful full-page drawings. The work of the
printer and binder is faultless, and the result is a book which is in
every respect gratifying to the taste of the most exacting. Elegant
floral binding, $3.00. Turkey morocco, $6.00.

AMERICA, OUR NATIONAL HYMN, AND OTHER PATRIOTIC
POEMS. By Rev. S.F. Smith, D.D. For fifty years this peerless
hymn has held its place in the hearts of the American people
as their most cherished patriotic song. This superb volume, in
which it is enshrined with all the beauty and elegance possible in
the art of the bookmaker, fitly commemorates its semi-centennial.
In addition to the hymn “America,” the volume contains twelve
new patriotic poems by its author, none of which have hitherto
been given to the public save on the great occasions when they
have been read to delighted multitudes. Among the titles of these
poems are “The Pilgrims,” “The Flag In Nature,” “The Flag
an Emblem,” “Washington,” “Centennial Hymn,” “Lexington
1776-1876,” “Decoration Day,” “The Sleep of the Brave,”
“Our Young Patriots,” “Abraham Lincoln,” “The Boys,”
“My Native Land.” Extra cloth, full gilt, $3.00. Morocco
binding, $6.00.

WILD FLOWERS AND WHERE THEY GROW. The pages of this
book will be attractive to all lovers of nature. The author, Amanda
B. Harris, possesses the secret of interpreting nature in a thoroughly
natural way. Mothers will take delight in reading the volume
to or with their little ones, in whose lives they will see repeated
the unalloyed happiness which came to them in the midst
of their own childhood ramblings in fields and meadows. The illustrations
are admirable in design and execution. 8vo, extra
cloth, beveled edges, $3.00. Turkey Morocco, Antique, gilt edges,
$6.00.

OUT OF DARKNESS. Few among American women of to-day
bid fair to attain such enviable distinction as that promised to
Miss Mary A. Lathbury. She has not only won high reputation
as a writer of hymns and songs, full of poetical fervor and
exalted spiritual sentiment, but has also gained high success as an
artist in connection with book illustrations. This elegant volume
gives evidence of the author’s unusual gifts. Its eight poems,
interpretations
of the inner life, are illustrated by the author with
eight masterly full-page drawings, and twenty exquisite vignettes,
printed on heavy plate paper. Quarto, elegant floral covers, $3.00.
Cloth, gilt edges, $3.00.

A ROMANCE IN SONG. HEINE’S LYRICAL INTERLUDE. With
the appreciation shown by American readers for all that is best in
literature, it must be confessed that due attention has yet to be
given to the remarkable works of the poet Heine. Mr. Franklin
Johnson has conferred a boon upon the public, and will do much
to remedy this seeming neglect, by the pleasing and altogether excellent,
scholarly translation of this choice literary gem. A chapter
of autobiography, the most romantic in the life of the poet, in itself
full of interest, it is made additionally attractive by chaste and
appropriate
illustrations furnished by artists of highest note. Uniform
with “Ideal Poems,” 8vo, $3.00.

THE KINGDOM OF HOME. This is one of the books whose material
never becomes commonplace, and whose stories and pictures
never cease to have a delightsome freshness. From the moment
of its publication its welcome was assured, and it will continue,
regardless
of the literary novelties and favorites of a day which come
and go, to be one of the best and most popular gift-books in all
the catalogue of household treasures. Its illustrations, which extend
from full-page engravings to quaint end pieces, and include
descriptive pieces of every character, are exceptionally abundant,
and surprisingly good. Full of pleasurable reminders are the
stories which are told in picture as well as verse. We have the old
water-wheel making music in the village glen; the old farmhouse
with its outlook upon brook and meadow; the little ones repeating
their evening prayers. In brief, all that makes home sacred—its
joys and sorrows, its welcomes and its farewells, its wedding melodies
and cradle songs, find expression in the home born and hallowed
songs of this volume. While no anthology can be supposed
to satisfy all the rules of criticism, this work, as truly remarked,
“stands in a niche by itself distinct from anything yet known to
us; and the continuous theme knits part to part in a beautiful
whole. The sunshine of home seems to beam from the large clear
attractive pages provided by the publishers.” 8vo, Russia leather,
seal grain, $6.00.

IT IS THE CHRISTMAS
TIME. Is a volume which
will be conspicuously attractive
among books associated
with Christmas. Among
exquisite engravings, it enshrines
twelve ideal hymns
and poems, time hallowed
songs of Christmas, dear to
the heart, such as “The
Star Song,” by Herrick, the
“Carols” of Wordsworth,
George MacDonald, and
Miss Mulock; Wesley’s
“Herald Angels;” ever
living hymns by Bishop,
Heber, Tate and Watts, and
the wondrous Angels’ Songs by Montgomery, Drummond and
Keble. For all who are in true sympathy with the religious
sentiment and the deep significance of Christmas, this will be a
most welcome book. 8vo, cloth, $2.00. Turkey morocco, $5.00.


BOOK NOTICES.

CHAUTAUQUA YOUNG FOLKS’ ANNUAL. Illustrated,
Boston: D. Lothrop & Co. Price, $1.50.
We doubt whether in any book of the year prepared
for the benefit or entertainment of young
readers, another volume can be found which contains
within so small a compass so much information
about everyday things which can be turned to
practical account, as well as that of purely educational
value. It is well known that the house of
D. Lothrop & Co. was selected by the Chautauqua
Association to publish a course of reading of
an instructive character for the clubs and unions
formed on the Chautauqua plan throughout the
country. This has been done for two years past,
and the papers so prepared have been issued
as monthly supplements to WIDE AWAKE. These,
consisting of seven series on distinctly different
subjects, have now been brought together into the
present annual. The leading series is entitled
“Tales of the Pathfinders,” and is from the pen
of Arthur Gilman, M.A. It deals with the early
American pioneers, and presents vivid pictures
of some of the more striking incidents in our history.
Another series, by Mrs. Sarah K. Bolton, is
made up of “Little Biographies” of distinguished
men. Another, by that eminent traveller and
writer, Felix L. Oswald, has for its subject “Days
and Nights in the Tropics,” and is full of descriptions
of plant and animal life in the warmer regions
of South America. “In Case of Accident” consists
of instructions what to do in case of accident
or injury when a doctor is not at hand, and is from
the hand of an experienced physician. “Ways to
Do Things” teach the boy reader how to construct
ferneries, bookcases, how to bind magazines, how to
make a toy railway and train, how to make curious
kites, how to make and pitch a tent, and a variety
of other things. All this information is for the
boys, of course, but the girls will find as much to
amuse and interest them in the various articles descriptive
of “Anna Maria’s Housekeeping.” A
supplementary series, “What to Do About It,”
answers to the needs of both boys and girls. The
volume is capitally illustrated and handsomely
bound.

PLEASANT AUTHORS FOR YOUNG FOLKS. By
Amanda B. Harris. Boston: D. Lothrop & Co.
Price, $1.00. This volume embraces a dozen papers
upon English authors, whose writings are to be recommended
to the young, and which are of themselves
delightful reading for the young and the old alike.
Their hearty appreciation of the subjects written
upon give them the charm of sincere feeling. The
writer is in perfect sympathy with the authors she
discusses. She gives enough of personal anecdote
and gossip to put young people on the footing of
familiar acquaintance with those whose works she
would have them read. There are delicious bits of
criticism made simply by telling what she has herself
found to admire or enjoy in their books. One
sees just how she has come to have her favorites.
Older readers may learn from her how they can
form a refined and discriminating taste, and what
pleasure this will give them. The young cannot
fail of cultivating such a taste unconsciously if they
read what is here recommended. Some of the
“pleasant authors” mentioned in this book would
be thought too heavy for young folks at the present
day; but our ideas of juvenile literature have been
formed upon too low a standard. This little work
on authors is an admirable example of what such
literature ought to be—a book that any boy or girl
of ten can read with profit, and can keep ready at
hand for reference and for reperusal through the
many years of a long life. The list includes such
names as Scott and Lamb and Jane Austen and
Kingsley and Ruskin and Miss Mitford, some of
which have been honored now many generations.
The book will do good service for the young by pointing
out to them good sources of pure and elevated
entertainment.

YULE-TIDE. Illustrated stories by favorite
American and English Authors. Edited by Ella
Farman, with a Proem by Henry Randall Waite,
Boston: D. Lothrop & Co. Price, $2.00. The contents
of this charming volume no less than its
beautiful outside, make a strong and direct appeal
to the buyer of books. It is not often that so
much that is varied and choice is brought together
in a single collection. There are short stories by
Rose Terry Cooke, George Cary Eggleston, Arthur
Gilman, Susan Coolidge, Margaret Sidney, Mrs. A.
M. Diaz, and others; poems by Elizabeth Stuart
Phelps, Mrs. A.D.T. Whitney, Clara Doty Bates,
Mary D. Brine, Celia Thaxter, Mary E. Blake,
Christina Rossetti, A. Mary F. Robinson, and Mrs.
Mulock-Craik, with long stories originally published
in serial form in WIDE AWAKE,—”The Silver
City,” by Fred A. Ober, and “Old Caravan Days,”
by Mary Hartwell Catherwood. All these are profusely
and beautifully illustrated. The binding is
exceedingly tasteful. The volume is put up in a
neat paper box, and makes a handsome and fitting
present for the holidays.

AMERICAN EXPLORERS. The United States has
played a late but an honorable part in the work
of Polar discovery. The names of Kane, Hayes, Hall
and De Long recall memories of labors and sufferings
in the cause which may be placed alongside
the best achievements of the navigators of other
nations. The stories of the adventures and hardships
of these heroes and martyrs of the Arctic
regions are not, however, easily accessible to the
general public. They are either severally published
in large and costly volumes, or are still only to be
found in the official records of the United States
Government. The scale, as well as the price, of
these narratives makes them unsuitable for consultation,
more especially by young readers. Professor
Nourse has, therefore, done excellent service in
preparing, chiefly from official sources, the records
of American Exploration in the Ice Zones, and in
giving them a popular form. The volume embraces
notices of the expeditions sent out by Mr. Grinnell,
under De Haven and Kane, for the relief of Sir
John Franklin; the late Admiral Rodger’s explorations
in the seas north of Behring Strait; the voyages
of Hayes and Hall up Smith Sound; Schwatka’s
remarkable sledge journey of three thousand miles
in search of the records and journals of the Franklin
Expedition; the disastrous cruise of the Jeannette,
and the expeditions sent out by land and sea to the
rescue of De Long and his crew. There are also
short accounts of United States’ explorations in the
Antarctic regions, and a statement of the object,
and position of the Arctic observers under the
United States Signal Stations. One of these stations,
as we know, has been placed at Lady Franklin Bay,
Smith Sound, in the very forefront of the battle
with the forces of the polar ice; for two seasons
nothing has been heard of it, and relief ships are at
this moment on their way to the north, in the hope
of opening communications with Lieutenant Greeley
and the other missing men. The history of American
exploration in the ice zones is therefore still in
course of being enacted. So far as it has already
gone it is a record of which any nation might be
proud. It could not well have been epitomized
with greater skill and knowledge than has been
shown by Professor Nourse; and his volume should
have a popularity not confined to the United States.—The Scotsman,
Edinburgh, Scotland.

EVENING REST. By J.L. Pratt. Young Folks’
Library. Boston: D. Lothrop & Co. Price 25 cts.

A simple, quiet story, whose character is adequately
expressed by the title. Evening Rest is the
name given to a little hamlet in the Blue Ridge region
of Pennsylvania, remarkable for the beauty of
its surroundings and the lovely character of its people.
Thither goes a young man from the East to
visit an uncle whom he has never before seen, and
his experiences during the stay make up the contents
of the book. One incident of the story is
strongly dramatic in character. A family party,
one of the members being the young man referred
to, visit a coal mine. While passing through one of
the narrow passages the guide fires a pistol to show
the effects of the echo. The concussion of the air
starts a loose part of the roof overhead and a portion
falls in. The little company is shut up in the earth
with little chance of ever seeing the light again.
They have lights, however, and stumble across some
tools, and by dint of many hours’ hard labor they are
at length able to communicate with their friends outside,
who are at last able to rescue them. The author,
throughout the story, dwells much upon the
sweet and tender influences of home. In Evening
Rest
he creates an ideal household and community,
and strives to show how much they have to do with
the formation of character.

BABYLAND FOR 1884. Illustrated. Boston: D.
Lothrop & Co. Price $.75. Anything more delightful
for the babies in the way of a picture or
story book cannot possibly be conceived than this
bound volume of their special magazine, which has
just made its appearance with the most attractive of
covers and most bewitching table of contents.
There are songs for mamma to sing, and stories for
mamma to tell, and pictures which are better than
both, because the little ones can read them for
themselves, and there isn’t one but what can be
read in twenty different ways. To sum it all up, it
is a regular dollar’s worth of delight, and will go
farther towards making the four-year-old heart
happy than any other dollar’s worth one can imagine.

CHRISTIE’S CHRISTMAS. By PANSY (Mrs. G.
R. Alden). Boston: D. Lothrop & Co. Price $1.50.
This charming story will be heartily welcomed by
young readers, who will find it one of the brightest
and most interesting books of the year. Christie is
a purely original character, and what she said and
what she did is faithfully and delightfully chronicled.
While the book is admirably adapted to use in Sunday-school
libraries, it is also exceptionally suitable
for general reading, and may well have a place
beside “The Man of the House,” “The Hedge
Fence,” and other popular stories by the same
writer, in the home library.

ALL THE YEAR ROUND By American Authors
and Artists. Illustrated. Boston: D. Lothrop
& Co. Price $1.50. Of all the collections of
stories for juvenile readers that have come under
our notice the present season we have seen nothing
to compare with this in point of variety, interest
and abundance. In its beautifully printed
pages provision is made for every variety of taste;
there are stories for the boys of hunting, and fishing,
and camping out; stories of adventures on
land and water; stories for the girls of school and
play; stories of oldtime life of the days of our
grandfathers and grandmothers; stories of eminent
men and women, and mingled with choice poems
by popular authors. Altogether it is one of the
most charming compilations of the year.

HOW THEY WENT TO EUROPE. By Margaret
Sidney. Illustrated. Boston: D. Lothrop & Co.
Price $1.00. Everything that Margaret Sidney
writes is sure of an audience, and though most of
her books are prepared for the delectation of the
young, they have an equal charm for all classes
of readers. Some of her stories, in a household
of children, have been literally “read to pieces,”
and judging from the frequency with which the
tattered leaves are brought out, some delightful sort
of flavor hangs round them still. The title of the
present book might be aptly extended so as to read
How They went to Europe, and yet didn’t, go to Europe,
for the journey made by the little party of
tourists is in plan something like The Voyage
around My Room
, which everybody has read. Two
or three bright girls, who are disappointed because
they can’t go abroad with more fortunate relatives,
determine to form a club in which they shall, to use
a common phrase, “go through the motions” of
going; that is, they shall at their regular meetings
follow on the map, and by guide books and accounts
of travel, the exact route taken by those who are
really journeying. The idea takes, and the club is
organized; other members are taken in, and before
the next season it has so increased in size as to include
the best young people in town and render a
change of place of meeting necessary from private
parlors to a large public hall. Lectures and stereopticon
exhibitions are added, and some of the more
enthusiastic members, after a course of French travel,
form a supplementary club for the study of
French. The story is brightly and naturally told
and in a way that will be certain to bear fruit in the
way of other clubs of the kind, wherever it is read.
Margaret Sidney’s stories have this peculiarity, that
aside from their fascinating qualities of dialogue
and narrative they leave something to be remembered.
The aim of the author is not obtruded, but
its spirit is there and the mind is roused to thought
and action. What child can ever forget that most
delightful of juvenile stories, The Five Little
Peppers
, or the entertaining narrative of What the
Seven Did
, or the author’s latest of books for young
readers, Who Told It to Me, and what better book
for boys is there than Half Year at Bronckton, a
story whose moral effect upon young and imaginative
readers cannot be over estimated. The Pettibone Name,
which appeared a year or two ago in
the V.I.F. series, was an instance of the author’s
power in appealing to readers of mature minds, and
gave evidence of unusual power in the line of the
better class of fiction. All these books have made
a reputation for the author which will at once give
her latest story a prominent place among the books
of the season.—Boston Transcript.

WIDE AWAKE “R.” Illustrated, Boston: D.
Lothrop & Co. Price $1.75. Of all the annual
WIDE AWAKE issues this is by far the most attractive,
and when this is said it is hard to conceive
what, more can be said in the way of praise. Its illustrations,
which are all drawn expressly for its
pages, represent the best work of the most prominent
American draughtsmen, while no stronger show of
names in the line of contributors has ever been presented
by an American magazine. Among the
strong features of the volume is Elizabeth Stuart
Phelps’s serial complete, A Brave Girl; Mr. Brooks’
capital wonder-story, In No-Man’s Land; Mr. Talbot’s

A Double Masquerade, and Rev. E.E. Hale’s
To-Day Papers. Either of these would alone be
worth the price of the volume, but when added to
them are the additional attractions in the way of
brilliant short stories, breezy sketches of life indoors
and out, chapters of biography and history, bits of
description, poems, and essays, the volume becomes,
a treasure-house seemingly inexhaustible in variety
and contents. In turning over its pages the eye
falls upon such names as Mrs. A.D.T. Whitney,
Nora Perry, Sarah Orne Jewett, Sophie May, Mrs.
M.H. Catherwood, Margaret Sidney, Mrs. Mulock-Craik,
Celia Thaxter, Lucy Larcom, and others as
well known in the annals of magazine literature.
The volume is elegantly printed and beautifully
bound.

HOW TO LEARN AND EARN. Illustrated. Boston:
D. Lothrop & Co. Price $1.50. It is not
often that one finds between the covers of any single
book so much information so pleasantly given upon
a special subject as in “How to Learn and Earn.”
The sixteen illustrated essays which make up the
contents are descriptive of as many institutions in
this country for the instruction of children and
young people in the useful arts or professions. Some
of them are institutions under the auspices of the
State, like the academy at West Point and the
Indian School at Carlisle, Pa.; one described is a
school of reform; but most of them are the outcome
of private benevolence or charitable and religious
endeavor. Among the more notable of these are
the Perkins Institution for the Blind at South Boston,
the Boston Chinese Mission School, the cooking
schools in various cities, the blind children’s kindergarten,
etc. Among the authors whose contributions
are included are Amanda E. Harris, Ella Farman
Pratt, Mrs. John Lillie, May Wager Fisher, Margaret Sidney
and Mrs. Jessie Benton Fremont.

IMITATIONS OF BABYLAND. The great reputation
won during the past eight years by D. Lothrop
& Co.’s unique and charming illustrated magazine
and annual, BABYLAND, has induced certain publishers
to attempt imitations under similar titles.
The public should beware of these inferior imitations.
The publishers deem it proper to inform the
public that the only genuine BABYLAND invariably
bears the imprint of D. Lothrop & Co. By noting
this fact the dissatisfaction which follows the purchase
of inferior imitations will be avoided.

DEAN STANLEY WITH THE CHILDREN. By Mrs.
Frances A. Humphrey. Boston: D. Lothrop & Co.
Price $1.00. In this tastefully printed volume are
brought together five sermons to children, preached
by Dean Stanley, prefaced with a biographical
sketch by Mrs. Humphrey and with an introduction
by Canon Farrar. Every reader knows what
a charming man Dean Stanley was, and how ardently
he loved children, and devoted himself to
pleasing them. The sermons here given are full of
exquisite tenderness, and form admirable models
for discourses of like character. Canon Farrar says
that there was not one sermon ever preached by
Dean Stanley which did not contain at least some
one bright, and fresh, and rememberable thing.
His metaphors, his anecdotes, the invariable felicity
of his diction, his historical, literary and biographical
illustrations, his invincible habit of taking men
at their best and looking out for the good in everything,
the large catholicity which rose above the
mean, squabbling of religious parties, the calm of
spirit which seemed habitually to breathe in the atmosphere
of whatsoever things are true, and pure,
and lovely, and of good report, made him a preacher
to whom one would rather listen than to any
other living man. Mrs. Humphrey’s sketch not
only gives us an excellent idea of the man himself,
but also tells us many interesting things about the
great English public schools. The volume is well
illustrated.

IT IS THE CHRISTMAS TIME. By Miss Mulock,
with Twelve Ideal Christmas Hymns and Poems.
Illustrated. Boston: D. Lothrop & Co. Price, $2.50.
Nothing more exquisite in the way of a Christmas
presentation book, or one better adapted to the
spirit of the holiday season has yet been presented
to the public than the volume before us. Printed
in large, clear type, on the heaviest of paper, with
broad white margins, and a series of twenty illustrations
by famous American and foreign artists, engraved
in the highest style of art, it forms a book
of exceptional beauty, and one of which the publishers
may well be proud. The opening poem,
Miss Mulock’s “Hymn for Christmas Morning,” is
followed by Naham Tate’s “While Shepherds
watched their Flocks by Night,” a hymn which has
held place in the hearts of the people for nearly two
hundred years; Wesley’s stirring hymn, “Hark,
the Herald Angels Sing;” Herrick’s “Star Song;”
Bishop Heber’s “Epiphany”—

Brightest and Best of the Sons of the Morning;

Keble’s “Christmas Hymn;” The Rev. E.H.
Sears’s “Angel’s Song;” William Drummond’s
“The Angels;” George MacDonald’s “Babe
Jesus;” James Montgomery’s “Christmas Vision;”
Wordsworth’s “Christmas Carol,” and Whittier’s
“Christmas Carmen.” All those diverse in form
and expression, breathe the one pure spirit of
Christmas tide.

AMERICA. Our National Hymn. With Twelve
other Patriotic Poems. Illustrated. By Rev. S.F.
Smith, D.D. Boston: D. Lothrop & Co. Price,
$3.00. For the past two or three years there
has been a strong demand for a new edition of
this unique and elegant volume, which was originally
published in 1879. The publishers have responded
to the call by its reissue the present season,
the work being extended by the addition of twelve
new poems, all upon patriotic themes. The words
of America, were written fifty-two years ago, while
the author was a theological student at Andover.
An American gentleman, who had spent some time
in Germany, on returning home brought with him
a number of books used in the German schools,
containing both words and music. These were
presented to Lowell Mason, who placed them in the
hands of the young student, asking him to translate
anything he might find worthy, or to furnish
original words to such music as might suit him.
In the collection was the air—unknown at that time
to Americans—to which Dr. Smith set the words
now so widely known and sung. There was not
the slightest idea on his part that he was producing
a national lyric, but it caught the popular taste at
once, and every year has fixed it more firmly in the
hearts of the people as an expression of patriotic
feeling. It was first sung at a children’s festival at
Park Street Church, July 4, 1832, and very soon
found its way into district schools, Sabbath-schools,
concerts and patriotic gatherings throughout the
country. Some years ago a delegation from the
Boston Board of Trade sung it together at the summit
of the Rocky Mountains. It has been used at
the celebration by Americans of the national holiday
in nearly every country on the globe, and served
during the war to brace the hearts and stimulate
the courage of our soldiers in camp and hospital and
in prison. The author’s college friends for more
than fifty years made it the first song sung at their
annual class dinner.

The poems which are added in the present edition
include among others, “The Pilgrims,” written
some years ago for Forefathers’ Day; “The Flag;”
“Washington;” “The Student Soldiers;” “The
Sleep of the Brave;” “Decoration Day;” “Abraham
Lincoln,” and “My Native Land.” They are
all imbued with the fervent spirit of patriotism and
represent a high poetic standard. The volume is
splendidly illustrated by Harry Fenn, Robert Lewis,
and other artists of reputation.

MY CURIOSITY SHOP. Illustrated. Boston: D.
Lothrop & Co. Price, $1.25. The little boy or
girl who finds this book by the bedside Christmas
morning, ought to be supremely happy. From
cover to cover it is filled with the most delightful
stories and rhymes and pictures, all written and
drawn expressly for little readers, and by those who
love them, and understand their likes and dislikes.

WIDE AWAKE. Bound volume for 1884 Boston:
D. Lathrop & Co. Price 4.00. Newspapers
all parts of the country have repeatedly given the first
place in American periodical literature for the young
to WIDE AWAKE. Among its contributors are the
very best and brightest writers in America and England,
and many of its articles are the same that give
reputation to Harper’s and the Century. Indeed,
nothing better has ever appeared in either of these
periodicals than some of the full page illustrations
which have found place in WIDE AWAKE within the
past two or three years. The list of writers who are
regularly employed include the best names in our
literature. It is by the liberal outlay of money on
the part of the publishers, coupled with the determination
to have the best at any price, that WIDE
AWAKE has reached its present high position. The
present volume, which includes the twelve numbers
of the present year, is, in general excellence, an
improvement upon all preceding issues. It is a library
in itself, and will be a source of perennial
pleasure to readers of all ages.

OUR LITTLE MEN AND WOMEN. 1884. Illustrated.
Boston. D. Lothrop & Co. Price $1.50.
This beautiful annual comprises the twelve numbers
of the year just closing, and will make an admirable
present for the little members of the household.
Its stories are just such as they will read with delight,
while the illustrations make them double attractive.

A ROMANCE IN SONG. Heine’s Lyrical Interlude.
Translated by Franklin Johnson, Boston:
D. Lothrop & Co. Price $3.00. The best of the
modern German song-writers is unquestionably
Heine, and thousands who know and sing his verses
even in their translated form can testify to their exceeding
sweetness and to their strange insight into
the passions and emotions that stir the human
heart. Especially is this true of the sixty brief
poems which he published in 1823 under the somewhat
singular title of “A Lyrical Interlude.” What
gives them special interest is the fact that they are
genuine records of his own feelings and experiences.
Heine was engaged to be married to his cousin,
whom he loved deeply and ardently. She broke her
vows and married another, and Heine carried
through life an unhealed spiritual wound. In the
translation of these songs Mr. Johnson has been
peculiarly successful, while in all cases retaining
the original measure of the songs, he has endeavored
to make an exact rendering of the thought rather
than to be literal. And yet in some cases he is
both, as for instance in the much quoted Die Rose,
die Lilie, die Taube, die Sonne
, and Nacht lag auf
meinen Augen
. The publishers have done their
part to make the volume outwardly attractive. It
is printed on heavy paper, is beautifully illustrated
and handsomely bound. Coming at this season it
makes an appropriate gift book.

ANNA MARIA’S HOUSEKEEPING. By Mrs. S.D.
Power. Boston: D. Lothrop & Co. Price $1.00.
Of all the books that have been written about
housekeeping there have been few that have treated
the subject in a practical, common sense manner,
and this is decidedly one of the best of the few.
The suggestions and directions contained in its
pages are given in a pointed, straightforward manner,
and appeal at once to the good sense of all
housekeepers who will save themselves an infinity
of trouble and worry and fret by giving them the
consideration they deserve. The twenty-four chapters
of the book deal with different subjects, the
all-important one, “How to make Housework
Easier,” properly taking the lead. Other chapters
which we especially commend to housekeepers are
those headed “A Good Breakfast,” “A Bill of
Waste,” “A Comfortable Kitchen,” “Blue Mondays,”
“Over the Mending Basket,” and “Helps
that are Helps.” There is not a chapter, however,
but contains advice which, if heeded, would save
ten times the cost of the book in a year, to say nothing
of the time and trouble saved.

MATTHEW ARNOLD BIRTHDAY BOOK. Edited
by his daughters, Miss L. and K. Arnold. Boston: D.
Lothrop & Co. Price $1.00. This beautiful little
volume resembles in its general plan other birthday
books, the usual blanks being left for autographs.
The selections have been made with great care, and
under the direct supervision of Mr. Arnold himself,
who contributes besides, an introductory poem,
which is reproduced in fac simile.

A DOUBLE MASQUERADE. By Charles R. Talbot.
Illustrated. Boston: D. Lothrop & Co. Price
$1.25. Mr. Talbot’s reputation as a writer of brilliant
stories for young readers is well established.
Few have been more successful in striking the popular
vein. The Juvenile libraries are rare that do
not contain some one or other of his books, and
happy the boy or girl who possesses them all. “A
Double Masquerade” is a romance of old Revolutionary
times in Boston, in which historical characters
take part. It is a careful study of the events
of those days, and the young reader will get a clearer
idea from its pages of the struggle between the colonies
and Great Britain, and of the men on both
sides who were leaders in the Revolutionary movement,
than from mere statistical and documentary
history. One of the features of the volume is a description
of the battle of Bunker Hill, which a
critic has pronounced to be “one of the most
graphic and telling accounts ever written of that
famous conflict.” It is splendidly illustrated by
Share, Merrill and Taylor.

YOUNG DAYS. Illustrated. Boston: D. Lothrop
& Co. Price $.75. This very attractive volume is
made up of instructive stories for children, entertaining
rhymes and verses, and most delightful
pictures.

CAMBRIDGE SERMONS.

Few publications of like character have ever been
received with a greater degree of favor, than the
volume of sermons by Rev. Alexander McKenzie,
D.D., of Shepard Memorial Church, Cambridge,
Mass., published under the above title by D. Lothrop

& Co. The following expressions of opinion
in letters to the publishers, are indicative of the
general sentiment concerning them.

Rev. Geo. L. Prentiss, D.D., Professor of Sacred
Rhetoric in Union Theological Seminary, New York
City, says:

“The Cambridge Sermons have both refreshed
and edified me in a high degree. They are full of
spiritual power and light and sweetness. I have
read them with real delight.”

Rev. Edward B. Coe, D.D., pastor of the Brick
Presbyterian Church, New York City, writes:

“It is a volume which it will do any man good to
read, as a broad, fresh, eminently spiritual presentation
of Christian truth. Coming from under the
shadow of a great university, these sermons are not
scholastic, but in the best sense popular and practical.
They show unusual felicity of statement and
illustration, and are thoroughly alive, with a keen
sensibility to the thoughts and the wants of living
men. Quickening and suggestive to the mind, they
have the rarer power of touching chords of feeling
which few preachers reach.”

Rev. Cephas B. Crane, pastor of the First Baptist
Church, Boston, says:

“The excellence of these sermons is manifold.
They are such sermons as the distinguished preacher
is in the habit of giving to his people, sermons for
instruction and help, and not exceptional sermons
for conspicuous occasions.

“They are structural; but the beams and braces
are out of sight. They are living things supported
and shaped by their skeletons, not caged in them.
Remarkable for scope and freedom and boldness,
they are guided in all their movement by the spirit
of the Sacred Word. They both stimulate thought
and invigorate faith. Fresh and fragrant and breezy,
one delights himself in them as in a garden in a
June morning. From their exquisite diction one
might almost infer the graceful elocution of their
author. They are sermons to which the reader will
often return.” (12mo, $1.50.)

A HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN PEOPLE.

The following brief extracts from the large number
of favorable notices of this valuable book show
the great cordiality with which it has been received.

“We have nothing as good.”—N.Y. Independent.

“The most attractive.”—Boston Literary World.

“Nothing better.”—Boston Transcript.

“Valuable as a book of reference.”—Pittsfield
Eagle.

“Its accuracy will stand.”—Boston Transcript.

“Easy and readable style.”—Boston Journal.

“Graceful style … Marvellously full …
Animation of the book is a still greater marvel.”—N.Y.
Independent.

“Will be read in all sections of the country with
equal interest and esteem.”—The South.

“The author writes with entire candor in regard
to the history of the secession movement, and yet
there is nothing in his history that can properly give
offence to the readers in any section of the country.”—The
Capitol
, Washington.

“The tone of the book is candid and impartial.”—Boston
Journal of Education.

“Probably the most intensely national of American
histories.”—The Star, N.Y.

“The style is cultured, and therefore simple and
expressive.”—Detroit Post and Tribune.

“The chapters form pleasing and finished pictures.”—The
Standard
, Chicago.

“Interesting and instructive.”—The Gazette,
Barre, Mass.

“Admirably written.”—Boston Herald.

“In the front rank.” Star, N.Y.

“His [the author’s] name is a household word.”—The
Globe
, Portland, Me.

“Enough incident and romance.”—Chicago
Inter-Ocean
.

“Sustains the already established reputation of
the author.”—Pittsfield Eagle.

“A book of rare interest and value.”—Herald
and Presbyter
.

“A noble picture of the grand American movement.”—N.Y.
Home Journal
.

“The cream of the complete history.”—Inter-Ocean.

“A good book and very readable.”—Morning
Star
.

“An interesting volume.”—Sabbath Recorder.

“Concise, authentic and thoroughly impartial.”—Ansonia
Sentinel
.

“Worthy of all commendation.”—Golden Rule.

“It has a backbone.”—Boston Herald.

“Pleasing in style, judicious in selection of material,
thorough in his investigations, impartial in
spirit, the author wins the reader’s sustained attention
and cordial approval.”—Golden Rule, Boston.
Boston, D. Lothrop & Co., Publishers. 12mo, cloth,
$1.50; crown 8vo, cloth, gilt top, $2.50.

D. Lothrop & Co. are publishing some excellent
juvenile books at low rates. They are written by
the best authors, and are intended to supplant
the dime novel and Buffalo Bill style of juvenile
books. These publishers deserve the thanks of
parents and guardians.—Buck’s County Intelligencer,
Doylestown, Pa.

THE GOLDEN TREASURY SERIES. No collections
of modern poetry have obtained or held public
favor so securely as those included in the Golden
Treasury Series, a new edition of which has just
been issued by the house of D. Lothrop & Co.
These various volumes made their appearance in
England at intervals, the first—which gave the
series its name—having been compiled by Francis
Turner Palgrave, an English author of exquisite
taste and judgment. The Ballad Book, compiled
and edited by the poet, William Allingham, followed.
Later appeared The Book of Praise, edited by Roundell
Palmer, made up of selections from the best
English hymn writers, and about the same time a
fourth volume, Religious Poems, an admirable
selection of poems of religious life and sentiment,
was added to the series. For a time the English
edition only was obtainable in this country. Later
the Messrs. Lothrop issued an American edition
from new English plates, and have since added to
the series Marmion, The Lady of the Lake, Tennyson’s
Poems, Lays of Ancient Rome, Pilgrim’s
Progress
, and Minds and Words of Jesus. These
words which were originally issued at $3.00 a volume
are now brought out in popular form, elegantly
printed on the best paper, beautifully illustrated
and handsomely bound, the price reduced from
$3.00 to $1.25 a volume. The series contains the
very cream of English poetical literature, no writer
of note from the time of Shakespeare to the present
being unrepresented. For a choice holiday present
to a lady, nothing is more fitting or acceptable.

BOYS AND GIRLS’ ANNUAL FOR 1885. Edited
by William Blair Perkins. Boston: D. Lothrop &
Co. Price, $2.50. This collection of instructive,
and interesting stories, sketches, poems,
biographies and papers in natural history constitutes in
itself an entire library. The entire make up is of
the most perfect character, and it is evident that no
pains or expense has been spared to make this
volume every way worthy of the enterprising
publisher whose name it bears, and the host of merry,
happy children, who are destined to delight in its
pages. It is a fitting prelude to the holiday season,
and sets a high mark for other publishers to follow.
It is one of the books that we delight to heartily
commend, for its intrinsic value is equal to its
exquisite beauty. It is just the book to head the
children’s Christmas list.

ÆSOP’S FABLES. Illustrated. Boston: D. Lothrop
& Co. Price, $1.00. These stories, though
they were told more than two thousand years ago,
and have been printed in hundreds of different
editions, still retain their pristine charm, and the
children of to-day read them with the same pleasure
that they did centuries ago. The present is a
cheap, well-printed edition, profusely illustrated, and
the juveniles will find its contents just as enjoyable
as if they were enclosed in the costliest covers.

LITTLE FOLKS IN PICTURE AND STORY.
Illustrated. Boston: D. Lothrop & Co. Price, $1.00.
If the little people of the household do not fall in
love with this charming collection of stories and
pictures they must be very hard to suit. It would
be hard to imagine a more attractive feast than the
publishers have here spread for them, or one so
thoroughly adapted to their tastes. There are
stories about cats, stories about dogs, stories about
pigs, and stories about almost everything that can
be thought of to amuse very little readers, and the
pictures are every bit as charming as the stories.

CHAUTAUQUA YOUNG FOLKS’ ANNUAL. The
“Chautauqua idea”—which is to place educational
advantages within easy reach of the multitudes so far
as the young are concerned—is happily realized in
the annual publications bearing the above title.

A variety of subjects, knowledge of which is of
vital importance to the future success of the young,
have been treated by famous writers especially
selected for the work, and treated in such a manner
as to educate, while affording delightful entertainment.
To illustrate in the present volume for 1884,
the third of the series, there are delightful lessons
in Natural History, and on the care of Flowers and
Plants, and instructive facts as to Food and Drink;
faithful and suggestive sketches of Noted Men,
showing how honorable success has been won in
business, literature, science, art, and public life;
chapters in History, and a score and more of
fascinating stories and sketches relating to a great variety
of important subjects.

If it were not for the suggestion of heaviness
attached to the name, we might call these volumes
table cyclopedia, which in truth they are, full
of the most valuable information, but as equally full
of fascination and interest for all readers.

Owners of No. 3 of this Chautauqua series will
not rest satisfied until they possess Nos. 1 and 2.
No. 1 contains the famous “Stories of Liberty,” in
which some of the brightest American writers
recount the efforts by which freedom has been won.
In No. 2 can be found the valuable papers by Dr.
D.A. Sargent (of Harvard University) nowhere
else published. Every boy in the land should have
copy, and set up his own gymnasium. Papers on
the use of the Microscope, on methods in
Housekeeping, and lessons in the Useful Arts also appear
in these volumes.

It will be seen that the material in these annuals
is of the best, which could not fail to be the case
when prepared by such writers as Arthur Gilman,
Sarah K. Bolton, Dr. D.A. Sargent, Benjamin
Vaughan Abbott, Margaret J. Preston, Amanda B.
Harris, Dr. Felix L. Oswald, Ernest Ingersoll, and
others of equal repute. The present volume contains
seven series of articles, with numerous choice
illustrations. Published in quarto size, handsome
cloth binding, and sent to any address for $1.50.

YOUNG FOLKS’ STORIES OF FOREIGN LANDS.
Edited by Pansy. Illustrated. Boston: D. Lothrop
& Co. Price, $1.00. Little folks who have never
been abroad will find ample compensation for their
loss if they can only turn over the pages of this
beautifully illustrated book of stories of travel.
There is hardly a country but is represented either
by picture or poem or story, and the contents will be
a source of perpetual pleasure for young readers.

YOUNG FOLKS’ STORIES OF AMERICAN HISTORY
AND HOME LIFE. Edited by “Pansy.” Illustrated.
Boston: D. Lothrop & Co. Price, $1.00. The two
writers who have done the most to make this charming
book of stories what it is, are Mrs. Alden and
Margaret Sidney, and what more need be said in
its praise? The title describes the scope and character
of the stories, but it gives no idea of the attractive
manner in which they are written or illustrated.
When a visit is made by the boys and girls
to the bookstores, we advise a careful examination
of the volume.

ON THE WAY TO WONDERLAND. Illustrated.
Boston: D. Lothrop & Co. Price, $1.25. The
bright colors of this unique book, and the sound of
its rhymes chanted by mamma, will captivate the
eye and ear of the babies, whose own book it is. It
contains the stories in rhyme of Wee Willie Winkie,
Little Bo-Peep, Goody Two Shoes, The Beggar
King, Jack and Jill, and Banbury Cross, all gorgeously
illustrated.

THE STORY OF THE MANUSCRIPTS. In this interesting
and scholarly volume Rev. George E. Merrill, D.D.,
gives the whole story of the preparation
and preservation of the various Scriptural books, a
record which will be read with interest not only by
Biblical scholars, but by many others to whom
the main facts are unknown. The manuscripts
were originally written on papyrus, numerous copies
being made in the early centuries, but in the various
persecutions of the Christians a great number
of the manuscripts were wantonly destroyed. In
the reign of Diocletian, in the fourth century,
there were nine years of persecution, and few of the
original copies were left intact. Great value attaches
to even such manuscript transcripts as were
made after the originals, and they are carefully
preserved in various libraries all over Europe.
Some of these are upon vellum, showing their great
age. The closing chapter of the book is devoted to
a summing up of the opinions of the great critics on
the history and credibility of the New Testament
manuscripts.

As a record of facts bearing upon the history, authenticity
and interpretation of the New Testament
Scriptures, this work is invaluable, and no theological
library is complete without it. Information
upon the subjects treated equally comprehensive
can be found in no other form so easily accessible
and at so little cost. 12mo. $1.00.

WIDE AWAKE PLEASURE BOOK, Q. Illustrated.
Boston: D. Lothrop & Co. Price $1.50. Another
volume in the charming set of books for girls and
boys, and we might almost say for men and women,
for grown people take as much delight in their
pages as the younger ones. It is no disparagement
to the former issues to say that the present one
surpasses them, for progress is the rule of its publishers,
and the endeavor to do things better grows
more and more decided every year. The Pleasure
Book for 1884 contains stories by a score of the
most popular writers of the day, sketches of life
and character, bits of biography and history, narratives
of travel, poems, charades, music, puzzles, etc.
Its pages are enriched with hundreds of illustrations,
drawn and engraved expressly for its pages,
making text and engravings together, one of the
choicest juvenile annuals issued by any publishing
firm in the country.

A FAMILY FLIGHT AROUND HOME. By Rev. E.E.
Hale and Susan Hale. Illustrated. Boston: D.
Lothrop & Co. Price, $2.50. To those who have
already made acquaintance with the former books
of this series no word of praise of the present volume
is necessary. It is animated by the same spirit,
and prepared according to the same plan, and characterized
by the same bright, sharp way of putting
things. Although it is not dependent upon either
of its predecessors, its characters are the same, and
the reader has few new acquaintances to make. Of
course the Horners are the central figures. The
scene opens in Boston, or rather in East Boston, at
the wharves of the Cunard Steamship Company,
where Mr. Horner and Tom meet Hubert Vaughan,
who, the reader will remember, was left behind in
Europe at the close of the preceding volume. On his
arrival they proceeded to the Hotel Vendôme, where
Miss Lejeune is awaiting them, and the next day
the party start for Mr. Horner’s old home in Northern
Vermont. Here, and in the country surrounding,
the larger part of the summer is spent, the
young people making excursions in all directions,
taking in Lake Champlain, with all its historical and
romantic surroundings: the Adirondack region,
Lake George, and Schroon Lake, besides enjoying
themselves nearer home in fishing and camping out.
Into the story of their experience and adventures
the authors weave a great deal of interesting local
history, and in such a manner as to make a strong
impression upon the mind of young readers. The
volume is brought out in the same elegant form as
its predecessors, with the same clear handsome
pages and same wealth of illustration. The well-known
reputation of the authors, the racy and unconventional
style of the narrative and the superb
manner in which the publishers have performed
their part of the work, places the volume in the
very front rank of the choice illustrated books of
the season.

ODE: INTIMATIONS OF IMMORTALITY. By
William Wordsworth. Illustrated. Boston: D.
Lothrop & Co. Price $2.00. This beautiful volume
challenges comparison with any of the medium
priced presentation books of the year. The
poem itself Is one of the most perfect in the language,
while the full page illustrations which accompany
it represent the most exquisite work of
such artists as F.C. Hassam, Lungren, Miss L.B.
Humphrey, W.L. Taylor, W. John Harper and
Smedley. Nothing has been left undone to make a
perfect book. The paper is of the finest, the print
beautifully clear, and the broad margin and elegant
binding make it altogether a volume winch
will attract the eye, and satisfy the artistic taste of
the book-buying public.

MONEY IN POLITICS. By J.K. Upton, with an
Introduction by Edward Atkinson, Boston: D. Lothrop
& Co. $1.25. Mr. Upton, as many readers know,
was for some years assistant Secretary of the Treasury,
and, as a consequence, has a thorough understanding
of the subject upon which he writes. His
book is a complete history of American coinage and
money issues, the management of national monetary
affairs, and the different legal tender acts that
have been discussed or passed by Congress. Mr.
Atkinson, in his introduction, says of the book that
it gives, in his judgment, the best record of legislation
in the United States yet presented in regard to
coinage, to legal tender acts, and other matters connected
with our financial history. It shows in the
most conclusive manner the futility of all attempts
to cause two substances to become, and to remain
of the same value or estimation, by acts of legislation.
It gives a true picture of the vast injury to
the welfare and to the moral integrity of the people
of this country, which ensued from the enactment
of the acts of legal tender during the late war,
whereby the promise of a dollar was made equal in
the discharge of a contract to the dollar itself. It
shows that the mode of collecting a forced loan was
the must costly and injurious method of taxation
which could have been devised. It proves in the
most conclusive way, the injury which will surely
come when by present acts of coinage and of legal
tender, our gold coin has been driven from the country,
and our standard of value becomes a silver dollar
of light weight and of uncertain value.

This book, Mr. Atkinson asserts, will prove to the
mind of every thinking man that, if we persist much
longer in sustaining the acts of coinage and legal
tender which now encumber the statute book, our
national credit will be impaired and all our working
people, whose wages are paid in money, will be subjected
to the most injurious form of special taxation
which could be devised; it proves that a considerable
portion of their wages will be taken from them
under due process of law without power of redress
on their part, while the rich and astute advocates of
the present system will reap wealth which they nave
not earned by taking from the laborer apart of that
which is his rightful due. It is therefore of inestimable
importance as giving the general reader a
clear understanding of the real condition of things,
and educating him into the right method of thinking
about these matters, which sooner or later, will
have to be settled by the voice of the people.

THE COUNTESS OF ALBANY. By Vernon Lee.
Famous Women Series, Boston: Roberts Brothers.
Price $1.00. In this volume we have a biography of
a once famous, now almost forgotten, person. The
Countess of Albany gained her prominence in the
political and social world of the latter half of the
eighteenth century, not by any greatness of character
or of achievement, but solely by favor of Fortune;
for it does appear as a compensation for the misery
of her domestic life that she was accorded a position
in the world gratifying to her nature to hold. Fate
certainly owed the woman destined to live for a few
years only, but those years long ones, the wife of that
Stuart known as the Pretender, many years in which
she could be mistress of herself and the recipient of
kindly consideration, if not some measure of posthumous
fame. The book gives us pictures not only of
the countess, but of many persons of more or less renown
with whom she was associated. We are introduced
to a somewhat distinguished company of
civil and ecclesiastical officials, persons of literary
and artistic tastes—men and women yet of historic
note. The pictures are sketched with great power
and painted in solid. The subjects are mostly such
as would have delighted a Flemish artist to paint,
and they have received true Flemish treatment.
The author displays not a little of Carlyle’s power of
characterization.

PLUCKY BOYS. By the author of “John Halifax,
Gentleman,” and other authors. Illustrated.
Boston: D. Lothrop & Co. Price $1.50. If there is
any book of the season that we can heartily commend
to boys of the stirring wide awake kind, it is
this. The eighteen stories of which it consists, are
by well-known writers, all lovers of boys and admirers
of pluck, truthfulness, and manliness in
them. The various young heroes described represent
in their characters some particular quality
which entitles them to be classed under the title
which the compiler has given the book. Mrs.
Craik’s story is called “Facing the World;” Sophie
May tells about “Joe and his Business Experiences;”
George Gary Eggleston contributes a sketch called
“Lambert’s Ferry;” Kate Upson Clark has a story
called “Granny,” and there are others by authors
of such reputation as Amanda B. Harris, Sarah
Orne Jewett, Mary Wager Fisher, Hope Ledyard,
Susan Power, Edith Robinson, and Tarpley Starr.
The volume is bound in holiday style, and will
make a capital gift book for that class of young
readers for whom it was specially prepared.

NOTES AND COMMENTS.

Of Marion Harland’s latest book, “Cookery for
Beginners,” the London Saturday Review says:
“Mrs. Harland’s little book shows its origin by the
singular predominance of sweets (which is, speaking
roughly, about three to one), and by such odd
phrases—odd, that is to say, to an English ear—as
that the chief merit of a cook is ‘the ability to
make good bread.’ Alas! if that be so, how many
inhabitants of London, England, possess a good
cook? But Mrs. Harland is free from even a rag of
national prejudice. She sternly, and with almost
frightful boldness, denies the sacred PIE so much as
a place in her book, and she ventures on the following
utterance, which we purposely place in italics,
and for which we hope that the eagle, whose home
is in the settin’ sun, has not already torn out her
eyes. ‘The best way,’ says this daring inhabitant
of Boston, Mass., ‘to manage a boiled egg at the
table
[she speaks of it, it will be observed, as if it
were a kind of wild beast] is the English way of
setting it upright in the small end of the eggcup

[Great powers! most Britons will cry, what is the
large end of an eggcup?], making a hole in the top
[note the precision of these indications] large
enough to admit the eggspoon, and eating it from
the top, seasoning it as you go.
‘ The courage and
genius of Mrs. Harland are not more clearly indicated
by this sentence than the deplorable habits of
her countrymen. She ought to be called, not Marion,
but Columba. To desist from folly, however,
her little book is a very interesting and valuable
one. Its receipts, though few, are given with singular
clearness and in the most practical of manners,
and the mechanical value of the book is much increased
by the inclusion of a large number of blank
pages for additional receipts.”

“The fine grade of religious books published by
D. Lothrop & Co., Boston, justifies more than a
passing notice. This firm turns out yearly an immense
number of books of the choicest quality, and
at all prices to suit the needs of Sunday-schools
throughout the land. It has been the aim of the
publishers to employ none but the best writers for
these books, realizing it a most important part of
Church work to provide for the needs of this large
class. Mingling intellectual strength with deep
religious feeling, at the same time the publishers
strive to make the books interesting and attractive.
For an untold number of examples prove that children
and youth will not read religious or moral
teaching presented in a dry manner, and why should
they? Full of life and vigor, and overflowing
with intense energy in every part of their nature,
these young people require something healthfully to
inspire to this force within them. If they do not
find it in the natural avenues of the Sunday-school
or the town library, they will elsewhere, in questionable
literature—an indulgence in which results
in a feverish taste for excitement. To help these
young people develop into strong men and women,
D. Lothrop & Co. have put forth every effort,
sparing no expense. A glance at their Catalogue

will give an idea of what they have been doing in
this department.”—The Messenger, Phila.

Of Amanda B. Harris’ last work, the Advance says:
Pleasant Authors for Young Folks is a delightful
little book. The name of its author is sufficient
to attract many readers who have been pleased
with her ‘Wild Flowers’ and other books and
sketches. These ‘Little Biographies’ of Walter
Scott, Charles Lamb, Charles Kingsley, Dr. John
Brown, George MacDonald, Dinah Mulock-Craik,
John Ruskin, Charlotte Bronté and others, are
made up of stories and incidents from the lives of
these writers, bits of criticism and gems of extracts,
put together as deftly and skilfully and making as
fine and polished a whole as a Roman mosaic of the
temple of Vesta. Such a delicious bit of a book as
this in the hands of a boy or girl is worth more as
an incitement to reading and an education of literary
taste than many a library of a thousand volumes.”

“Every day we see that there is an absolute necessity
for giving good books to our children. We
cannot begin too early to cultivate a taste for healthful
literature. The recent developments in several
cities must call the attention of all careless parents
to this fact. The influence of bad books upon children
is so apparent as to be startling, and the boy
who went armed to school last week in Pittsburg
and gave his name to his teacher as ‘Schuykill
Jack,’ is only one of a large number of weak-headed
boys who have been depraved by reading
these stories which they ought never to have seen.
Do not consider it lost or wasted time during which
you read to your boy; perhaps no other hours in
your life are so wisely used, and it will not be without
its fruit, you may be perfectly sure. Do not
always read down to your children: they appreciate
higher and deeper thoughts than you sometimes
think they do.”—New York Evening Post.

A “School of Library Economy” has just been
established in Columbia College, to be opened in
October, 1886. The object includes “all the special
training needed to select, buy, arrange, catalogue,
index, and administer in the best and most economical
way any collection of books, pamphlets, or
serials.” The instruction is to be given by “lectures,
reading, the Seminar, visiting libraries, problems,
and work.” We shall watch with interest
this new species of technical school.

LAW IN EASY LESSONS.

“It is manifest that such a manual as Every Man
His Own Lawyer would be a snare to the unwary,
because it does not content itself with teaching the
reader what to avoid, but professes to guide him in
the labyrinthian paths of substantive law and technical
procedure. It is equally clear, however, that
a rudimentary acquaintance with the main principles
of jurisprudence is indispensable to those who
purpose to mingle in active life at all, and discharge
the most familiar duties of the citizen. But law
books are not inviting to the general reader—we
may imagine, indeed, that Blackstone has rather lost
than gained in the esteem of his professional brethren
by the attempt to make his commentaries an
exception to the rule—and the volumes may be
counted on the fingers which are at once entertaining
and trustworthy compends of legal lore. To the
meagre collection of attractive introductions to this
subject an addition has recently been made by BENJAMIN
VAUGHAN ABBOTT in a couple of brochures,
respectively called The Travelling Law School and
Famous Trials
, which are published in one volume
by D. Lothrop & Co. The book is ostensibly written
for boys, but it may be heartily commended to
adult readers of both sexes. It is surprising how
much sound law the author manages to insinuate in
the guise of interesting incidents and pleasing anecdotes.
Even they who are sickened by the scent of
sheepskin and law calf, and who would as soon
think of entering on a course of Calvinistic theology
as on a study of jurisprudence, will imbibe through
the author’s cheerful narrative a good many useful
notions of their legal rights and duties, just as children
are persuaded to swallow an aperient in the
shape of prunes or figs.

“In ‘The Travelling Law School,’ as the name
implies, the reader is invited to accompany a party
of young students in a tour through several of the
Atlantic States, the incidents of the journey suggesting
succinct accounts of the main features of
Federal, State, and municipal law. A much larger
sum of information can be thus informally conveyed
in about a hundred pages than would at first
sight be deemed possible; and notwithstanding the
suspicion with which lawyers are apt to regard the
transmission of knowledge through such a pleasant
medium, we are able to vouch in this instance for its
accuracy. We have been particularly struck by the
light which the author manages to throw, in a quick,
unaffected way, on the characteristic features of the
American Constitution. This he does by illustrations
drawn from the organic laws of other countries possessing
parliamentary institutions, and his references,
on the whole, are singularly exact, though he
might perhaps have laid more stress on the centralizing
tendencies which survive in the executive
branch of the French republican Government.

“The plan followed in ‘Famous Trials’ is to take
a given topic, like forgery, confessions, mistaken
identity or circumstantial evidence and to illustrate
the points best worth remembering by some actual
and interesting case in which they were strikingly
brought out.

“The instance of mistaken identity described by
Mr. Abbott at some length is really much more curious
than the Tichborne case, though the affair,
having taken place many years ago in France, has
been almost totally forgotten. The true husband’s
name was Martin Guerre, a man of fair social position
and some property, who, after living happily
with his wife Bertrande for about a dozen years,
disappeared suddenly, and nothing was heard of him
for eight years. At the end of that time the same
Martin Guerre, as all the town people supposed,
came back, recognizing his old neighbors and friends,
and looking just as he used, except that he had
grown stouter and sunburned. His wife also recognized
him as readily as did his neighbors, and
gave him an affectionate welcome. To innumerable
questions about occurrences in old times, he returned
satisfactory and explicit answers. To his
wife, in particular, he rehearsed incidents of past
years that had completely faded from her memory.
When they awoke, for instance, on the morning
after his arrival, he asked her to ‘Bring me my
white breeches trimmed with white silk; you will
find them at the bottom of the large beech chest under
the linen.’ She had long forgotten the breeches
and even the box, but she found them just as he had
described. In the face of such evidence it seemed
impossible to doubt that this man was the genuine
Martin Guerre. Yet he proved after all to be an
impostor, whose real name was Arnauld Du Tilh.
Yet strange as it may seem, on the impostor’s trial,
although confronted with the man whom he was
personating, he was able to answer questions about
the past life of the Guerre family more minutely
and accurately than the rightful claimant. Being
disavowed, however, by the great majority of witnesses,
including the wife, on the appearance of her
true husband, he was sentenced to death for his
fraud. Before his execution he made a confession,
saying that some intimate friends of Martin Guerre,
misled by the astonishing resemblance, had accosted
him by that name, which gave him the idea of
claiming Guerre’s position and property; and that
he had gained his intimate knowledge of Guerre’s
life partly from Guerre himself, whom he had
known slightly in the army, and partly from several
common acquaintances. With this slender outfit of
material he came within an ace of effecting his design,
thanks to an exceptionally tenacious and ready
memory.”—Extract from notice in “New York
Daily Sun,” of “The Travelling Law School.

D. Lothrop & Co. $1.00.

AMERICAN BOOKS IN ENGLAND.

The cordial reception awarded to the best class of
American books in England, is indicated by the following
notices from the Oldham Evening & Weekly
Chronicle
of October 4:

“FIVE LITTLE PEPPERS AND HOW THEY GREW.
By Margaret Sidney. Boston: D. Lothrop & Co.
This gorgeously got up and profusely and beautifully
illustrated volume is one of engrossing interest.
All the characters are skilfully drawn, the events
are interestingly marshalled, and the plot most naturally
developed. For humour and pathos, for
sympathy yet fidelity, for loftiness of tone yet simplicity
of style, this charming volume has few
superiors. Here and there it reminds us of Mark
Twain, anon of Dickens, and often of George Eliot,
for the authoress has many of the strong points of
all these writers. Such wholesome and bracing
literature as this may well find its place in all our
homes. It is a tale of a high order, and is a real
study of life. It is fresh, breezy, bracing. It is
strengthening and enthralling.”

“CAMBRIDGE SERMONS. By Rev. Alexander McKenzie.
Boston: D. Lothrop & Co. This neatly
and strongly got up volume consists of sixteen fresh,
vigorous, chatty, colloquial sermons. The author
has the solidity of the Scotch teacher, and the polish
and beauty of the English preacher combined with
the freedom, the raciness, interest, and the freshness
of the American pulpit orator. These discourses
are orations which were delivered extemporaneously
and taken down by a shorthand writer. Hence they
are homely, yet eloquent; natural, yet cultivated,
and come right home to the hearts of the readers.
No one could tire reading these sermons. They are
as racy as a magazine article, as instructive as a
lecture, and as impressive and lofty as a message
from God. They are thoroughly American for their
fearlessness, their living energy, and their originality.
Sermons of this high order are sure to be
in demand.”

GOOD READING.

A glance at the way reading is generally taught
in our schools will convince any impartial observer
that this subject is made the driest and dreariest of
all studies. In our graded schools, children generally
read, on an average, an hour a day during the
eight or nine years’ course, at the rate of less than
one book a year. The average child easily learns
by heart in a few weeks all there is in the first
three books, after that the constant repetitions are
in the highest degree monotonous. There is nothing
to attract his attention or stimulate his love for
reading. The selections filling fourth, fifth and
sixth readers are too often far above the mental
grasp of the pupil, and are also of so fragmentary a
nature as to be almost unintelligible to the average
student. Word pronouncing, and that alone, is
the only refuge of the teacher.

There can be no excuse on account of the cost,
for the money now thrown away, and worse than
thrown away, upon useless spelling books and
mind-stupefying grammars, would purchase a rich
supply of the best reading matter the English language
affords for every school in the land.

I have tried this experiment, and to my mind it
is no longer an experiment. I have seen the children
of the poorest and most ignorant parents taking
from the library works upon history, travels,
biography, and the very best fiction, exhibiting in
their selection excellent taste, and showing from
their manner how much they love such books.
They would no more choose bad reading than they
would choose bad food when wholesome is provided
for them. Shameful neglect, I repeat, and not
innate depravity, drives our children into by-ways
and forbidden paths. Let no one preach long sermons
on the depraved tendencies of the young
until he has tried this simple, cheap, and practical
way of avoiding an unnecessary evil.—F.W. Parker.

The Golden Text Calendar, arranged by A.C.
Morrow, editor of The Illustrator of the International
Sunday-school lessons, with designs by Mary A.
Lathbury, is specially adapted as a holiday gift.
Beautifully lithographed and printed in nine colors.
It contains the Golden Text for every Sunday, and
more than fifteen hundred quotations from the best
authors. The background of the calendar is of
sprays of apple blossoms. To the right of the pad
the passing of time is represented by the flight of
birds and an angel bearing an hour-glass. To the
left, a young girl, with light flowing hair, stands
beneath the branches of a tree, gathering pink and
yellow hollyhocks. The design is worthy of the
artist, and the literary selections reflect credit upon
the editor. Price, $1.00.

BABYLAND. The Boston Daily Globe says: “One
need not concern herself about the ‘Chatterbox,’

or any of the annuals made up in England for
American youth, when there are better books, in
adaptability of matter to age, in engravings, paper
and press-work, close by her at home. The mother
may find a number of annuals published in this
country which will suit her taste and purpose
much better, and she ought always to give them
the preference. BABYLAND for 1884 is in all
respects a desirable publication for the youngest
readers. Its songs and stories, its speaking pictures
and its general attractiveness always win the
smiles of little folks.”

An interesting and suggestive little treatise on the
“Care and Feeding of Infants,” has been published
by Doliber, Goodale & Co., Boston, who will send a
specimen copy free to any address.

“AN ADMIRABLE BOOK.”

The Literary World, in a critical review of one
of D. Lothrop & Co.’s recent publications,

The Travelling Law School, says:—”Mr. B.V. Abbott’s
object, in the second volume of the Business
Boys’ Library, is to give a series of first lessons on
forms of government and principles of law. This
is done by means of a very slight framework of
imagination, a large amount of anecdote and illustration,
a singularly lucid explanatory style, and
a fullness of knowledge that ‘backs’ the narrative
with manifest strength. The Travelling Law
School
is a fictitious body, taken about from place
to place; all the objects and experiences encountered
on the journey being examined in their legal
aspects and relations, and their functions as such
pointed out. Things that one can own are discriminated
from things that are common property; Boston,
New York, and Washington are differentiated
in their civil and political bearings; the laws of the
streets and the railroads, of money and the banks,
of wills, evidence, fraud, and so forth and so on,
are expounded by means of ‘famous trials’ and
otherwise in an ingenious, always entertaining, and
thoroughly instructive manner. We do not see
why a course of instruction along the line of such
topics as these would not be a wise feature in many
schools of the higher grade, for which Mr. Abbott’s
book would be an admirable text-book. The study
of such a book would be in the nature of a recreation,
so full is it of matters of living interest, while
of its practical value there could be only one opinion.
Structurally it is in two parts, the second of
which, entitled ‘Famous Trials,’ is separately
paged.” 12mo, $1.00.

A STANDARD GIFT BOOK.

A new edition of Arthur Oilman’s The Kingdom
of Home
is announced by the publishers, and will
form a strong attraction for holiday book-buyers.
No poetical anthology has been received by the general
public with such favor as this, and the reason
is not far to seek. It contains the choicest poems
on home subjects ever brought together, and the
merits of its selections and pictures will keep it
perennially in demand as one of the best gift books
in the long catalogue of household treasures. The
illustrations are abundant and exquisite. There are
full page pictures, tiny ones, panel ones, head pieces,
end pieces; some woven into the text, some the key-note
of the stanzas, some of broad suggestions, some
of quaint conceit. All subjects that bring up home
associations are pictorially told in what, as to the
rule, is the best of engraving. The old water-wheel
is there, making music in the village glen; the
limpid stream winding near the farmhouse; the
spinning-wheel, “merrily, noisily, cheerily whirring;”
the baby of the home saying her evening
prayer, and John asleep beneath the summer boughs.
Everything that clusters about the fireside, breathes
in farewells, sings in marriage and throbs in love,
finds embodiment. The idea of home comprises
everything we hold dear—wife, children, friends;
the roof that covers us, and the things we have
learned to love about us. It lies at the very foundation
of religion, and our ideal of heaven is simply
a home. It is the love of home which strengthens
us to endure toil, privation and suffering, and thousands
in all ages have met death willingly to sustain
the sanctity of their hearthstones. There is not a
poet who has lived since the dawn of historic times
who has not sung its praises, and from the vast
amount of literature which has thus grown up, the
contents of the present work have been selected.
The compiler has shown rare judgment in the performance
of his task, he justly says that the treatment
of this subject has not been confined to the
great poets. “It is not the poetry of the intellect,
but of the heart; and many who have been eloquent
on no other theme, have sung the praises of home
in a way that has touched the hearts of thousands.”
The collection, therefore, includes not only the productions
of the masters, but those of many a minor
poet as well. The paper is beautifully white and
clear, the margin liberal, and the binding at once
chaste and elegant. It will make a book for the
household; “one not for a day, but for all time.”
8mo, Russia leather, seal grain, $6.00.

A SPECIAL LETTER.

As an indication of the great interest aroused by
the matter of one of the recent publications of D.
Lothrop & Co., while it was passing through the
WIDE AWAKE magazine in serial form, we print
the following letter written from BROOKLINE,
Mass., and dated Oct. 6, 1884, and signed “A well
wisher.”

DEAR WIDE AWAKE:

We have read with great interest the “Anna Maria
Housekeeping Talks,” and think you could not do a
better work than to publish them in a cheap form,
so as to be within the reach of almost any one, and
so ladies could buy them for their servants to read,
It cannot fail of success, it seems to me. The
“talks” are too good to have their light “hid under
a bushel,” and ought to be in the hands of every
one who has a house in charge, whether servant or
mistress.

In accordance with the general desire expressed
in this and similar letters, the publishers have presented
the papers in an attractive 16mo volume,
published at $1.00. The subjects treated of embrace
directions for the table and kitchen departments,
the general arrangement and adornment of rooms,
matters of dress and domestic economy, and numberless
small details which every young girl will
desire to be posted upon, and which even trained
housekeepers are often grateful for being reminded
of.

LOTHROP’S ILLUSTRATED POEMS.

Among selections of the choicest works of best authors, in this
department, are George Eliot’s story of HOW LISA LOVED THE
KING, and her splendid hymn, O MAY I JOIN THE CHOIR INVISIBLE;
Tennyson’s MAUD, AND OTHER POEMS, also THE
BROOK, AND OTHER POEMS; Adelaide Procter’s beautiful poem
THE LOST CHORD; the favorite Christian songs, THE NINETY
AND NINE, and JESUS, LOVER OF MY SOUL; and the popular
song, THE OLD OAKEN BUCKET. Each volume in this Series is
furnished in elegant cloth bindings, or fringed floral bindings at
$1.50 each.

LOTHROP’S POPULAR LIBRARY EDITIONS.

Book lovers whose critical judgment extends to the binding as
well as to the contents of a volume, will find something quite to
their taste in Lothrop’s new list of Illustrated Library Editions,
which includes a selection of favorites presented in a form most acceptable
to gift-makers, and very desirable for library use. The illustrations
are by notable artists, and admirably suited to the text.
In this class may be mentioned among others the volumes named
below, which are published in 8vo form, extra cloth, in morocco,
full gilt, at the wonderfully low prices indicated.

POETS’ HOMES. The desire of multitudes to know something of
the home life of the poets whose verses have become familiar in
every household, will find gratification in the attractive one-volume
edition of the delightful sketches edited by R.H. Stoddard, Arthur
Gilman, and others, under the title of POETS’ HOMES. It contains
appreciative chapters upon Bryant, Longfellow, Whittier, Trowbridge,
Lowell, Homes, Bayard Taylor, Mr. and Mrs. Piatt,
Stedman, Aldrich, and other poets of reputation. The homes of
these poets are described in charming sketches, many of which
are accompanied by portraits and other illustrations. Cloth, $4.00,
Morocco, $8.00.

HAYNE’S POEMS. The welcome accorded to the first edition of
the “Poetical Works of Paul H. Hayne,” has led to the publication
of a new edition. The critical estimate of Mr. Hayne’s works,
favorable from the outset, accords him a place among the few
American writers whose works are likely to have a permanent
place in public favor. As has been appreciatively said, “He is a
songster of the Southern groves, and having built a nest in the wild
wood (referring to his country home at Copse Hill), he is content
in the companionship of his mate and his young, warbling to nature
and to nature’s God. If his notes reach beyond his sylvan hall,
and fall upon ears without its wall, and plaudits of approval come
in return, he trills responsively a grateful melody, and resumes his
solo as he would do had no encore greeted him.” Cloth, $4.00,
Morocco, $7.00.

In the same attractive bindings, are the following complete
Works of FAMOUS POETS at uniform prices, extra cloth, full gilt,
$3.00. Morocco, full gilt, $6.00.

WILLIAM SHAKESPEARE. Edited, with a critical Biography, by
William Michael Rossetti. With an essay on the Chronology of
Shakespeare’s Plays, by Edward Dowden, LL. D. A History of
the Drama in England to the Time of Shakespeare, by Arthur
Gilman, M.A. A Critical Introduction to each Play, by Augustus
W. Von Schlegel. An Essay on Shakespeare’s Indebtedness to
the Bible, a List of early editions to Shakespeare’s Plays; an Index
to noteworthy Scenes; an Index to all the Characters; a List
of the Songs in the Plays; an Index to familiar Quotations, and a
carefully prepared Glossary, Shakespeare’s Will, etc. The above
illustrative matter makes this the best-furnished one-volume edition
in the market.

LORD BYRON, with portrait, correspondence, and notes, by Sir
John Gilbert, W.J. Linton and others.

ROBERT BURNS. With portrait, correspondence and notes, edited
by Allan Cunningham.

GOETHE. Translated in the original metres by Edgar Alfred
Browning, C.B.

JEAN INGELOW. Including “The Shepherd Lady.” 400 pages.

LAY OF THE LAST MINSTREL, MARMION, and LADY OF THE
LAKE.

Lord Macaulay’s LAYS OF ANCIENT ROME. With IVRY and
the ARMADA. With illustration by Wequelin.

OWEN MEREDITH (Robert, Lord Lytton). “Lucille,” “The
Apple of Life,” “The Wanderer,” etc.

JOHN MILTON. With Memoir, Introduction and Notes, by
David Masson, M.A., LL. D.

THOMAS MOORE. Unabridged. With explanatory notes.

ADELAIDE A. PROCTER. There are, in this volume, gems of as
noble and perfect poetry as in any language.—London Athenæum.

JOHANN C.F. VON SCHILLER. The finest one-volume edition
of the works of this favorite poet.

SIR WALTER SCOTT. Including introduction and notes.

PERCY BYSSHE SHELLEY. “No poet was ever warmed by a
more genuine or unforced inspiration.”

ALFRED TENNYSON. Including all the latest poems. Illustrated
by Gustave Doré, W. Holman Hunt and others.

LOTHROP’S GOLDEN TREASURY SERIES.

This series presents a selection of books, remarkable for the rare
and enduring value of their contents, and made additionally attractive
by the form in which they are published. The volumes
are of the semi-square shape which offers such excellent opportunities
for the best effects in simple but elegant typography and
binding, and the results will be in the highest degree satisfactory to
all lovers of handsome books. The series takes its name from the
book first upon the list.

THE GOLDEN TREASURY, edited by Francis Turner Palgrave,
consists of selections made with rare discrimination from the
very best of English songs and lyrical poems.

IN THE BOOK OF PRAISE, Sir Roundell Palmer, with a just appreciation
of their merits and a devout sympathy with their spirit,
has brought together, from the range of English hymns, those
which are worthy of a permanent place in public favor.

THE BALLAD BOOK, edited with no less painstaking care, and
excellence in judgment, by William Allingham, includes an unsurpassed
selection of the representative ballads which have won fame
and favor for the bards of Britain. In no other form is so rare
and pleasing a collection of British ballads to be found.

Of the volume which includes those masterpieces of Sir Walter
Scott, MARMION, LADY OF THE LAKE, AND THE LAY OF THE
LAST MINSTREL
, no explanatory words are necessary. These
poems in the future, as in the past, will hold undisputed place
among the gems of classic literature.

The popularity of England’s Poet Laureate makes it equally unnecessary
to more than present the title of the next volume upon
the list, THE COMPLETE WORKS OF TENNYSON.

Lord Macaulay’s LAYS OF ANCIENT ROME, IVRY, and the

ARMADA, is another volume upon which comment is needless.

RELIGIOUS POEMS is an admirable selection, reflecting the life
and sentiments of the Christian believer.

IN THE MIND AND WORDS OF JESUS, by Rev. T.R. Macduff, we
have a masterly interpretation of the thoughts and utterances of
the Divine Teacher, so full of deep insight, of spirituality, and
helpfulness,
as to seem little less than inspired.

This series of standard books would be incomplete without the
name of Bunyan and his PILGRIM’S PROGRESS, which concludes
the list.

Each volume is beautifully illustrated and printed on the finest
paper. To their other excellent features is added a price which
cannot fail to make them popular. Vellum, cloth, $1.25 each.

LOTHROP’S SPARE MINUTE SERIES.

“The significance of the name of this series is seen from the
fact that THOUGHTS THAT BREATHE, for instance, has 300 pages,
and contains 273 separately numbered and independent extracts.
Thus a person can read one or more of these at a time, and put the
book down without breaking the train of thought.” 6 vols, 12mo,
$5.00. 6 vols, imitation half calf. $7.50. 6 vols, full imitation
calf. $9.00.

RIGHT TO THE POINT. From the writings of Theodore L. Cuyler,
D.D., selected by Mary Storrs Haynes. With an introduction
by Rev. Newman Hall.

Pithy paragraphs on a wide range of subjects, not one of which
but will be found to contain some terse, sparkling truth worthy of
thought and attention. A spare ten minutes devoted to such reading
can never be wasted.

THOUGHT THAT BREATHE. From the writings of Dean
Stanley. Introduction by Rev. Phillips Brooks. The numerous
admirers on this side of the water of the late eloquent English
churchman, will be grateful for this volume, which contains some
of his best utterances. 16mo, cloth, $1.00.

CHEERFUL WORDS. From George MacDonald. Introduction
by James T. Fields.

THE MIGHT OF RIGHT. From Rt. Hon. Wm. E. Gladstone.
Introduction by John D. Long.

TRUE MANLINESS. From Thomas Hughes. Introduction by
James Russell Lowell.

LIVING TRUTHS. From Charles Kingsley. Introduction by
W.D. Howells.

LOTHROP’S CHOICE NEW EDITIONS OF FAMOUS
S.S. BOOKS IN SETS.

Bronckton Series.” SO AS BY FIRE, by Margaret Sidney.
A bright story full of life and interest, as are all the writings by
this popular author.

HALF YEAR AT BRONCKTON, by the same author. Earnest,
yet lively, this is just the book for all boys old enough to be subjected
to the temptations of school life.

The other books of this series, “Tempter Behind,” by John
Saunders, “For Mack’s Sake,” by S.J. Burke, and “Class of
’70,” by Helena V. Morrison, are all worthy of a place in every
Sunday-school library.

Amaranth Library. 4 vols., 12mo, illust. $6.00

Books by the author of Andy Luttrell. 6 vols., 12mo, illust. 7.50

Julia A. Eastman’s Books. 6 vols., 12mo, illust. 7.50

Ella Farman’s Books. 9 vols., large 16mo, illust. 10.00

Pansy Series. 4 vols. 3.00

Mudge (Rev. Z.A.) Works. 3 vols. 3.75

Porter (Mrs. A.E.) Books. 5 vols. 6.25

Capron (M.J.) Books. 4 vols. 6.00

Mrs. E.D. Kendall’s Books. 3 vols., 12mo, illust. 3.75

Our Boy’s Library. 5 vols., illust. 6.25

Our Girls’ Library. 5 vols., illust. 6.25

Snow Family Library. 5 vols., illust. 5.00

Sturdy Jack Series. 6 vols., 12mo, illust. 4.50

To-day Series. New and of extraordinary excellence. 6 vols.,
illust. 7.50

Child Life Series. 26 vols., illust. Each 1.00

Hill Rest Series. 3 vols., 16mo, illust. 3.75

Uncle Max Series. 8 vols., illust. 6.00

Yensie Walton Books. 5 vols., 12mo, illust. 7.50

LOTHROP’S YOUNG FOLKS’ LIBRARY.

Nothing at once so good and cheap is anywhere to be found.
These choice 16mo volumes of 300 to 500 pages, clear type, carefully
printed, with handsome and durable covers of manilla paper,
and embracing some of the best stories by popular American authors,
are published at the low price of 25 cents per volume, and
mailed postpaid. One number issued each month. No second
edition will be printed in this style. The regular edition is issued
in cloth bindings at $1.25 to $1.75 per volume. Among the numbers
already published at 25 cents each as above are

1. Tip Lewis and his lamp, by PANSY.

2. Margie’s Mission by MARIE OLIVER.

3. Kitty Kent’s Trouble, by JULIA A. EASTMAN.

4. Mrs. Hurd’s Niece, by ELLA FARMAN PRATT, editor of WIDE AWAKE.

5. Evening Rest, by REV. J.L. PRATT.

Other equally charming stories will follow each month. The
Library is especially commended to Sunday-school superintendents
or those interested in securing choice Sunday-school books at lowest
prices. Attention is called to the necessity of early orders, as
when the present editions are exhausted, no more copies of the
several volumes can be had at the same price.

LOTHROP’S STANDARD BOOKS FOR
YOUTHS.

Admirable books in history, biography and story.

Fern Glen Series. 31 vols., illust. Each 1.25

Young Folks’ Series. 33 vols., illust. Each 1.50

Popular Biographies. 18 vols., illust. Each 1.50

Young Folks’ Histories, by MISS YONGE and others. 10 vols.,
illust. Each 1.50

Yonge’s Historical Stories. 4 vols., illust. Each 1.25

The $1000 Prize Books. A fresh edition in new style of
binding. 16 vols., 12mo. 24.50

The new $500 Prize Series. A fresh edition in new style of
binding. 13 vols., 12mo. 16.75

The Original $500 Prize Series. A fresh edition in new style
of binding. 8 vols., 12mo. 12.00

LOTHROP’S TEMPERANCE LIBRARY.

No Sunday-school library is complete without some well-chosen
volumes showing the evils of intemperance, the great curse which
good men and women are everywhere endeavoring to remove.

D. Lothrop & Co. publish among others the following admirable
temperance books.

The only way Out. By J.W. Willing. $1.50

John Bremm. By A.A. Hopkins. 1.25

Sinner and Saint. by A.A. Hopkins 1.25

The Tempter Behind. By John Saunders. 1.25

Good Work. By Mary D. Chellis. 1.50

Mystery of the Lodge. By Mary D. Chellis. 1.50

Finished or Not. By the author of “Fabrics.” 1.50

Modern Prophets. By Pansy and Faye Huntington. 1.50

May Bell. By Hubert Newbury. 1.50

TEMPERANCE REFORMATION, The, and Its Claims upon the
Christian Church. By Rev. James Smith, of Scotland. 8 vo.
$2.50.

Sunday-school teachers and superintendents will find the above
books admirably adapted to the purpose of teaching great moral
lessons, while they are also full of pleasure and interest to young
readers.

LOTHROP’S POPULAR LOW-PRICE LIBRARIES.

Among attractive and valuable Libraries issued in sets at prices
which place them not only beyond competition, but within the
easy reach of all, are

Best Way Series. 3 vols., illust. $1.50

Half Hour Library, by PANSY. 8 vols., illust. 3.20

Little People’s Home Library. 12 vols., illust. 3.00

Little Pansy Series. 10 vols., illust. Cloth, $4.00; boards. 3.00

Little May’s Picture Library. 12 vols., illust. 2.40

Mother’s Boys and Girls, by PANSY. 12 vols., illust. 3.00

Rainy Day Library. 8 vols., illust. 4.00

Spring Blossom. 12 vols., illust. 3.00

Stories from the Bible, 1st and 2d Series. Each .15

Twisty Clover Series. 6 vols., illust. 1.20

Happy Thought Library. 6 vols., large 18mo, illust. 3.00

Little Neighbor Series. 6 vols., large 18mo, illust. 1.50

May and Tom Library. 5 vols., 18mo, illust. 3.00

Sunny Dell Series. 6 vols., 18mo, illust. 3.60

Side by Side library. 3 vols., 16mo, illust. 1.80

LOTHROP’S POPULAR PANSY BOOKS.

The works of this popular author are universally acknowledged
to be among the very best of all books for Sunday-school reading.
Earnest, hopeful, practical, full of the spirit of Christian faith and
courage, they are also in the highest degree interesting.

COMPLETE LIST OF THE PANSY BOOKS.

Each volume, 12mo, $1.50.

Chautauqua Girls at Home.

Divers Women.

Echoing and Re-echoing.

Endless Chain (An).

Ester Ried.

Ester Ried Yet Speaking.

Four Girls at Chautauqua.

From different Standpoints.

Hall in the Grove (The).

Household Puzzles.

Julia Ried.

King’s Daughter (The).

Links in Rebecca’s Life.

Mrs. Solomon Smith Looking On.

Modern Prophets.

Man of the House (The).

New Graft on the Family Tree (A).

Pocket Measure (The).

Ruth Erskine’s Crosses.

Randolphs (The).

Sidney Martin’s Christmas.

Those Boys.

Three People.

Tip Lewis and his Lamp.

Wise and Otherwise.

Each volume, 12mo, $1.25.

Cunning Workmen.

Dr. Deane’s Way.

Grandpa’s Darlings.

Miss Priscilla Hunter and My Daughter Susan.

Mrs. Deane’s Way.

What she Said.

Each volume, 12mo, $1.00.

Five Friends.

Mrs. Harry Harper’s Awakening.

Next Things.

Pansy’s Scrap Book.

Some young Heroines.

Each volume, 12mo, 75 cents.

Getting Ahead.

Mary Burton Abroad.

Pansies.

Six little Girls.

That Boy Bob.

Two Boys.

Each volume, 16mo, 75 cents.

Bernie’s White Chicken.

Docia’s Journal.

Helen Lester.

Jessie Wells.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Hedge Fence (A)., 16mo, 60c.

Side by Side, 16mo, 60c.

Pansy’s Picture Book. 4to, boards, 1.50; cloth 2.00

The little Pansy Series. 10 vols., boards, 3.00; cloth 4.00

Mother’s Boys and Girls Library. 12 vols., quarto, boards. 3.00

PANSY’S NEW BOOKS.

Among the new books by this favorite author, which Sunday-school
superintendents and all readers of her previous books will
wish to order, are

A HEDGE FENCE. A story that will be particularly pleasing to
boys, most of whom will find in its hero a fair representation of
themselves. 16mo, 60 cents.

AN ENDLESS CHAIN. From the introduction, on the first page,
of the new superintendent of the Packard Place Sabbath-school,
to the end, there is no flagging of interest in this bright, fresh,
wholesome story. Illustrated, 12mo, $1.50.

SIDE BY SIDE. Short illustrated stories from Bible texts for the
help of boys and girls in their everyday duties. 16mo, cloth,
60 cents.

CHRISTIE’S CHRISTMAS. No more charming little heroine can
be found than the Christie of this volume, and the story of her
journey to spend Christmas, with the great variety of characters
introduced, all of them original and individual in their way, is perfectly
novel and interesting.

As a guide to teachers, rich in suggestions and directions for
methods of teaching, etc., there is nothing better than PANSY’S
SCRAP BOOK. 12mo. Cloth, Illustrated $1.00.

In fact all of Pansy’s books have some special charm or attraction which
makes them a power for good wherever read.

LOTHROP’S SELECT SUNDAY-SCHOOL LIBRARIES.

Every book in these marvellously cheap libraries will bear the
closest criticism
. Each is fresh and interesting in matter,
unexceptionable
in tone and excellent in literary style. These libraries
as a whole, considering their character and cost have no superiors.

Select Sunday-school Library, No. 12, 20 vols., $5.00 net.

” ” ” No. 9, 50 vols., 25.00 net.

” ” ” No. 10, 12 vols., 5.00 net.

” ” ” No. 11, 20 vols., 10.00 net.

Pansy’s Primary Library, 30 vols. 7.50 net.

Select Primary Sunday-school Library, 36 vols.,
in extra cloth binding. 5.50 net.

LOTHROP’S BOOKS FOR SUPERINTENDENTS.

BIBLE READER, THE. By Rev. H.V. Dexter, D.D. 16mo, .50.

BIBLE LESSONS FOR SUNDAY-SCHOOL CONCERTS AND ANNIVERSARIES.
By Edmund Clark. 18 numbers 5 cts. each. Bound in
16mo. vol, cloth, $1.00.

BIBLE PICTURES. By Rev. Geo. B. Ide, D.D. 12mo, $2.00.

FIFTY YEARS WITH THE SABBATH-SCHOOL. By Rev. Asa Bullard,
D.D. 12mo, cloth, $1.25.

HELP FOR SUNDAY-SCHOOL CONCERTS. By A.P. and M.T.
Folsom. 16mo, $1.00.

SELF-GIVING. A story of Christian missions. By Rev. W.F.
Bainbridge. 12mo, cloth, illustrated, $1.50.

ROCK OF AGES. By Rev. S.F. Smith, D.D. A choice collection
of religious poems. 18mo, cloth, gilt edges, $1.25.

STUDY OF NAHUM (A). By Professor Thos. H. Rich, 16mo,
$.40.

STORY OF THE PRAYERS OF CHRISTIAN HISTORY (The). By
Hezekiah Butterworth. 12mo, illustrated, $1.50.

WALKS TO EMMAUS. By Rev. Nehemiah Adams. Charming
specimens of sermon literature. 12mo, $1.00.

WARS OF THE JEWS. By Flavius Josephus. Translated by
William Whiston, M.A. 8vo, cloth, plain, $1.00. Extra cloth,
gilt top, fully illustrated, $1.50.

WORK OF THE HOLY SPIRIT [The]; or, The New Birth. By
Prof. Austin Phelps, D.D. 16mo, $1.25.

LOTHROP’S BOOKS FOR ANNIVERSARIES AND CONCERTS.

It is often a difficult matter to determine what to use for Sunday-school
anniversaries, etc. To those in doubt, we would suggest
the use of the following capital aids:

BIBLE LESSONS FOR SUNDAY-SCHOOLS, CONCERTS AND ANNIVERSARIES.
By Edmund Clark. 18 numbers, 5 cents each. Bound
in one 16mo volume, cloth, $1.00.

HELP FOR SUNDAY-SCHOOL CONCERTS. By A.P. and M.T.
Folsom. A choice collection of poems. 16mo, $1.00.

ENTERTAINMENTS. By Lizzie W. Champney. For concerts,
exhibitions, church festivals, etc. 15mo, Illustrated. $1.00.

A THOUSAND OTHER CHOICE BOOKS.

The above, and a thousand other choice books which cannot be
mentioned here, mention, make up a list from which superintendents
and teachers can easily select a VALUABLE LIBRARY at a low
price. Send for full catalogue, mailed free, and for special terms
to those ordering any number of volumes. Any book sent postage
paid on receipt of price.

D. LOTHROP & CO.

FRANKLIN AND HAWLEY STREETS, BOSTON.


WE HAVE NOTHING AS GOOD.“—N.Y. Independent.

Arthur Gilman’s History of the American People.

The publishers embrace the opportunity afforded by the publication of the
SIXTH THOUSAND of this
important work to bring together a few extracts from the large number of
commendatory reviews
that it has been favored with. They exhibit a singular unanimity of opinion.

“On its own ground, and for its clearly defined
purpose, we have nothing as good, are not likely
to have. It begins a long step back of the beginning,
with Plato’s Atlantis, tells the story of Columbus,
Cabot and the other explorers, or the Aborigines,
of the French and Spanish settlements, and so
finds its way to the English colonies, the war for independence,
and down through the long history to
the recent events of President Arthur’s administration.
Considering the general brevity of the book, it is
marvellously full; and considering the long story to
be told, crowded with fact and detail; the graceful
style, warm coloring and general lifelike animation

of the books is a still greater marvel.

“Mr. Gilman writes with a happy pen which never
fumbles for a word
, and has the knack of saying a
thing accurately, concisely and gracefully. He
lights up his pages with items gleaned from rare
sources. He puts in telling and characteristic facts.
He is good in topography, and makes a skilful and
judicious use of local antiquarian lore. He is an
intelligent reporter of debates, who knows how to
condense the strong and vital points of a long history.
He is neither shy nor timid in expressing his
opinion on controverted questions, but carries such
a happy art in his boldness that it will never lose
him a reader. His account of the constitutional
debate and of the political situation at the close of
the Revolutionary War, and the brief touches in the
subsequent development of political history, are
done well. Working very much on the general
lines and methods of Mr. Green, in his history of
the English people, he notes the progress of the arts
of life, of literature, education and social life, and
in discussing political affairs, brings, them up to the
high standard of independent liberalism. The book
is well manufactured
, with good paper and open,
clear type.”—New York Independent.

“Mr. Gilman has rehearsed the interesting and
wonderful story of the people of these United States
in a clear and concise way, and has enlivened the
narrative by extracts from letters, diaries, newspapers
and other contemporary writings…. The
book opens with a condensed and accurate account
of the early voyages of discovery and exploration,
beginning with that of Columbus; and among the
subjects presented with a reasonable degree of fulness
may be enumerated the efforts towards union
form 1637 to the adoption of the Constitution, and
the nature and influence of the Virginia and Kentucky
resolutions of 1798 and 1799…. The growth
of the feeling of nationality is well brought out…. The
slavery struggle is well described…. The
last chapter in the book, on the ‘Era of Progressive
National Life,’ is exceptionally well written…. The
most agreeable portions of the volume, however,
are those wherein the habits and manners of
the past are described…. The books contains
very many (173) wood-cuts which have been selected
with great care and god judgment…. An excellent
index closes the book, and the publishers are
to be congratulated on the mechanical excellence of
the volume. In fine, it is the most attractive one-volume
History of the United States
that we have
seen.”—Boston Literary World.

“Mr. Gilman aims at something more than a literary
production. He is by training and instinct
an educator. This story of the people’s life will
foster a genuine love of country by the wholesome
method of instruction…. The contents are succinctly
massed; the statements embody facts, not
speculations. It is a book that will be popular and
it is written for popular acceptance, yet its accuracy
will stand. Nothing better exists
as a compendium
of our country’s history, if in a compendium we desire
not figures and facts only, but the flesh and
blood reality of living history.”—Boston Transcript.

“This work sustains the already established reputation
of the author. The extreme care with which
the facts have been collated, and the attention
shown to the latest results of investigation and discussion
even in minor matters, make it very valuable
as a book of reference.
“—Berkshire Co. Eagle.

“The author shows rare tact and wisdom.”—Chicago
Inter-Ocean.

“Bring out on the canvas a noble picture of the
grand American movement.”—New York Home
Journal.

“The chapters form pleasing and finished pictures,
one by one, of the various stages in our national
career. It is a good book for out-loud reading
at the home fireside.”—Chicago Standard.

“Probably the best history of the United States
that has appeared in a single volume.”—Detroit
Post and Tribune.

“Fascinating.”—Cleveland Leader.

“Thoroughly interesting.”—Portland Globe.

“The social and political history of the people of
America is told with point and brevity, and yet
with a wealth of incident and ease of style that ensure
interest and charm to the narrative…. It is
the most interesting compendious history that we
have ever read.”—Outing and The Wheelman.

“By far the best history of our country ever published
in one volume. In fact there is more in it
than there is in any large history, except, perhaps,
Bancroft and Hildreth, and even in these the majority
of readers can never get the facts so nicely
arranged and so neatly formulated…. I say without
any reserve that there is no other history of the
United States comparable with this.
“—J.W. Heston,
Pres’t Pennsylvania State College.

12mo, cloth, illustrated, $1.50; Crown, 8vo, cloth, illustrated, gilt top,
$2.50.

D. LOTHROP AND COMPANY, PUBLISHERS, FRANKLIN STREET, BOSTON MASS.


BIOGRAPHICAL AND RELIGIOUS.

Baptism in Fire (The).

By REV. O.E. SMITH. A very thoughtful book, stimulating and suggestive.
It meets a long recognized want of some work on the Holy Spirit which
should take account of the deeper manifestations of its power. 16mo,
cloth.
$1.25.

*Cambridge Sermons.

By ALEXANDER MCKENZIE, D.D. Fresh living thought from the pen of one of
the most eloquent American divines. 12mo, extra cloth, $1.50.

Gethsemane:

Or, Meditations and Prayers on the Last Hours of the Sufferings and
Death of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. Translated from the German
of CHARLOTTE ELIZABETH NEBELIN. Large 16mo, $1.25.

Helps and Hindrances to the Cross

By MRS. LESLIE. Its helpful lessons are incorporated in a charming
story. 12mo, illustrated, $1.25.

How to Conduct Prayer Meetings,

By REV. LEWIS O. THOMPSON. A practical book of great value. 12mo,
$1.25.

Light at Evening Time.

Or, Jewels from God’s Word. Very large type. Introduction by THEODORE L.
CUYLER, D.D. Quarto, cloth binding,$150; leather, $2.50.

Lord’s Day Rescued (The).

By ALEXANDER SESSIONS, with introduction by HENRY M. DEXTER, D.D. 16mo,
cloth
, $.60.

Living Truths. (SPARE MINUTE SERIES.)

From CHARLES KINGSLEY. Edited by E.E. Brown, with an introduction by
W.D. Howells. 12mo, cloth, gilt top, $1.00.

Life of Edward Norris Kirk, D.D.

By DAVID O. MEARS, D.D. A limited edition on large paper. 432 pages,
8vo
, $2.50.

*Not of Man, but of God.

By REV. JACOB M. MANNING, D.D., pastor of the Old South Church, Boston.
Invaluable and timely sermons on the evidences of Christianity, the ripe
work of this eminent scholar and distinguished preacher. 12mo, extra
cloth
, $1.25.

Our Sabbath Evening.

By A.A. HOPKINS. square, 16mo, $1.25.

Prayer-Meeting and its Improvement (The).

By REV. LEWIS O. THOMPSON. It gives most wise and helpful suggestions.
16mo, $1.25.

Right to the Point.

From the writings of Theodore L. Cuyler, D.D. Selected by MARY STORRS
HAYNES, with an introduction by REV. NEWMAN HALL, LL.B. Sixth volume of
the Spare Minute Series, 12mo, $1.00.

Seven Words from the Cross.

By REV. WM. H. ADAMS. 12mo, $1.00.

Still Hour; OR, COMMUNION WITH GOD.

By PROF. AUSTIN PHELPS, D.D. New edition, cloth extra, 60 cents. Dark
Leatherette binding, gilt edges, $1.00. Seal grain leather
, $1.50.

Story of the Manuscripts.

With fac-simile illustrations of the various New Testament Manuscripts.
By REV. GEORGE E. MERRILL, 12mo, cloth, $1.00.

*Life of Oliver Wendell Holmes.

By E.E. BROWN, author of “Life of Washington,” “Life of Garfield,” etc.
Aside from the interest attached to the name of the subject it is a
biography of unusual merit. It has also the approval of Doctor Holmes,
who has furnished the author with much valuable material. 12mo, $1.50.

*Life Of Charles XII. KING OF SWEDEN.

By M. DEVOLTAIRE. With portrait. 12mo, extra cloth, $1.50.

*Life of Nelson.

By ROBERT SOUTHEY. With illustrations by Birket Foster. Clear and
concise; a manual for the young sailor, this book will interest all who
admire the great naval hero. $1.50.

*Life of Paul.

By D.H. TAYLOR. A most readable as well as accurate presentation of the
life of the illustrious Apostle. 12mo, cloth, illustrated, $1.50.

*Life of Queen Victoria.

By GRACE GREENWOOD. The author says n her preface, “I have long felt
that the wonderful story of the life of the Queen of England—of her
example as a daughter, wife and mother, and as the honored head of
English society—could but have, if told simply, yet sympathetically, a
happy and ennobling influence on the hearts and minds of my young
country women.” That she has fulfilled her task in the most graceful and
fascinating manner all will admit who read the pages of this
delightfully interesting life. 12 me, cloth, illustrated, $1.50.


NEW BOOKS FOR YOUNG PEOPLE.

IN CLOTH BINDINGS, FULLY ILLUSTRATED.

A Book about Baby, AND OTHER POEMS
IN COMPANY WITH CHILDREN.

By MRS. S.M.B. PIATT. Mrs. Piatt is acknowledged the poet of Motherhood and
Childhood, and the sweetest and happiest of her verses lies between these
two
dainty covers. Small Quarto, illustrated, $1.00.

Achor.

By MRS. S.R. GRAHAM CLARK. A story of great interest, and characterized by
marked freshness
and originality. \12mo, cloth, $1.50.

Æsop’s Fables Versified.

By MRS. CLARA DOTY BATES, author of
“Classics of Babyland,” “Child Lore,” etc. With
seventy-two full-page illustrations by Garrett, Lungren,
Sweeney, Barnes, and Hassam. Mrs. Bates has here
done for the Immortal old Fables the same fortunate
service which some years ago she did for the old
nursery tales, knowing that graceful rhyme and jingle are
great aids both to memory and imagination. The
illustrations for this handsome volume have never been
surpassed in grace and vigor. $3.00.

Boy’s Workshop (A).

By A BOY AND HIS FRIENDS. With an
introduction by Henry Randall Waite. A fascinating
little volume full of practical ideas for the benefit of
boys who are getting their first training in the use of
tools. Its directions are explicit and trustworthy from
the buying of the first hammer to the construction of a
cabinet. Its chapters are not wholly confined to
carpentry, but give detail instruction in other matters
dear to the boyish heart, such as the making of bows
and arrows, preserving “collections,” and making
anglers’ flies, etc., etc. It will prove an admirable
help in the direction of industrial training. $1.00.

Children’s Etiquette.

By SHIRLEY DARE. 16mo, paper, $.50; cloth, $1.00.

Daisy Green Stories (The).

By MRS. SUSIE BISBEE. All fond mothers
will be greatly interested in the quaint sayings and
child-like adventures of the little “Daisy” of this book.
16mo, cloth, $.80.

Dean Stanley with the Children.

By MRS. FRANCES A. HUMPHREY. Very
fully illustrated. This choice volume contains Dean
Stanley’s famous Christmas Sermons to children, a
beautiful account of the Dean’s own life as a boy at
home, and at Rugby, his relations with other boys,
and also much entertaining matter relating to the
celebrated English schools at Rugby and Westminster,
and to the Abbey itself. It is illustrated with
portraits, views of various Abbey interiors, sketches of
Westminster and Rugby boys, and other fine
engravings, historical and modern. It also gives as an
introduction to the five charming sermons a fine chapter by
Canon Farrar, regarding the Dean in the pulpit, as
both writer and orator, with a touching account of the
delivery of his last sermon, 12mo, $1.00.

Double Masquerade (A).

By REV. CHAS. R. TALBOT. Illustrated by
Share, Merrill, and Taylor. A stirring romance of the
American Revolution, with illustrations made from
careful studies of old Boston. The portion describing
the battle of Bunker Hill, as seen by the boys, has
been said to be one of the most graphic and telling
accounts ever written of that famous conflict. Extra
cloth, 12mo
, $1.25.

Hedge Fence (A).

By PANSY. Here is a story of the haps and
mishaps of the typical boy whose purposes are good,
but whose impetuosity plunges him into all kinds of
mischief, as the boy himself expresses it, “before he
knows it.” One of the boys of this book, ruefully reflecting
on the results of a boyish scrape, wishes for
something like a hedge fence to keep him from running
into trouble. In a manner which will be delightfully
entertaining and helpful to all boys (and girls for that
matter), Pansy tells us how the hero of her story found
a hedge which stood between him and mischief. The
book will benefit and please every boy who reads it, or
to whom it is read. 16mo, 60 cents.

History of the United States in
Rhyme.

By EGBERT C. ADAMS, author of “The
History of England in Rhyme,” “On Board the Rocket,”
etc. Attractively written. It will assist all young
people to fix important events of American history in
their memory. 16mo, cloth, 60 cents.

How They went to Europe.

By MARGARET SIDNEY. Gives numberless
suggestions for the entertaining of young people on
the long winter evenings, stimulating them in the idle
hours, and drawing them within the sweet, healthful
atmosphere of home. 16mo, illustrated, $1.00.

Milly’s Little Wanderer.

By MRS. SUSIE A. BISBEE, author of “Daisy
Green Stories.” The scene of this story is laid in the
most picturesque of New England surroundings, and
the book abounds in sprightly incidents, while holding
steadily to its moral and spiritual purpose. 12mo, $1.25.

New Year’s Tangles, AND OTHER STORIES.

By PANSY. Very fully illustrated. Fresh, instructive,
and entertaining, 12mo, 256 pages, $1.00.

Old Caravan Days.

By MRS. MARY HARTWELL CATHERWOOD.
With 36 illustrations by H. Pruett Share.
A graphic record of other days long before the time
of Western railroads, giving the exciting adventures
and experiences of a family moving to Illinois, drawn
faithfully to the life. 12mo, cloth, $1.25.

Our Business Boys.

A little pocket volume for every cash boy, every
young clerk, and every trade-learner in the land.
16mo, $.60.

Pleasant Authors.

By AMANDA B. HARRIS. Biographies of
Sir Walter Scott, Charles Lamb, Leigh Hunt, Dr.
John Brown, Mary Russell Mitford, etc. For young
people. Fourth volume of the Reading Union Library.
An admirable guide for young people, to whatever
is best and most enjoyable in standard English
literature. It should be in every family. Illustrated,
16mo
, $1.00.

Plucky Boys. BUSINESS BOYS’ LIBRARY.

By the author of “John Halifax, Gentleman,” and
other authors. “A pound of pluck is worth a ton of
luck.”—President Garfield. Spirited narratives, and
for the most part true ones, of boys who have conquered
obstacles and become successful business men;
or of other plucky young fellows who have shown
fearlessness and “fight” in situations of danger, and
also self-sacrifice in order to save the lives of others.
$1.50.

Robinson Crusoe.

By DANIEL DEFOE. An edition de luxe,
printed on exquisite paper, with 16 illustrations by
Thomas Stothard, R.A., with an introduction by Austin
Dobson. Fac-simile of the frontispiece and title-page
of the original edition, original prefaces. 555pp.
Extra cloth binding
, $1.25. Half calf, $2.50. Morocco,
full gilt
, $3.00.

Side by Side.

By PANSY, author of “The Man of the House,”
“Mrs. Solomon Smith Looking On,” “The Hall in the
Grove,” “Mary Burton Abroad,” etc. Illustrated
stories from Bible texts for the help of boys and girls
in their school and home duties. 16mo, cloth, illustrated,
$.60.

Soldier and Servant.

By ELLA M. BAKER. “Soldier and Servant”
is a motto bequeathed to the heroine by the mother who
died when she was a babe, and which she early adopts,
carrying its sentiment into all of the acts of her after
life, the story of which will most assuredly furnish
wholesome stimulus to every girl who reads it.
There are touches of humor, and graphic descriptions
worthy of comparison with passages in Tom Brown’s
Schooldays at Rugby
. 16mo, $1.25.

Story of Puff.

By MRS. C.M. LIVINGSTON. It was truly
said of the first edition of this little volume, that no
more captivating story of bird-life was ever written,
and that passages in it were worthy of comparison
with those found in “Rab and his Friends.” It is the
autobiography of a canary bird, and every lover of the
bird kind will read it with enthusiastic pleasure. New
edition. 16mo, cloth, fully illustrated, $.60.

Sweet Girl Goldie, A WONDER STORY of
BUTTERFLY TIME.

A holiday novelty, cut shape of butterfly, with
twelve color designs by Miss L.B. Humphrey. This
really original and charming novelty imitates in outside
appearance a large, handsome tropic butterfly;
but, on parting the wings, we find between, on a dozen
leaves shaped like the wings, the gracefully told story—a
prose poem in fact—of “Girl Goldie” and her
strange adventures with the butterflies. Miss L.B.
Humphrey, the popular illustrator and winner of the
Prang’s Christmas Card Prizes, has designed the wing
covers and the twelve exquisite illustrations in colors.
$1.25.

Tales of the Pathfinders.

By ARTHUR GILMAN. Illustrated by Robert
Lewis. Romantic chapters from history detailing the
experiences of some of those who left the Old World
to find and possess the New. An important volume.
$1.00.

The Triple E.

By MRS. S.R. GRAHAM CLARK. A charming
story with strange incident and involved plot attracting
lovers of romance, and with firm ideals of character
wrought out in the struggles and self-denials of daily
life. $1.50.

Travelling Law School (The),
AND FAMOUS TRIALS.

By BENJAMIN VAUGHAN ABBOTT, LL. D.
A series of easy talks to a party of young folks concerning
law, also delineating the differing functions of
national, state, city, and town governments, and illustrating
legal principles by accounts of a dozen famous
trials. $1.00.

William the Silent, AND THE NETHERLAND
WAR.

By MARY BARRETT. Withmaps and engravings.
12mo, illustrated, $1.50.

Young Folks’ History of the
Netherlands.

By ALEX. YOUNG. A concise history of Holland
and Belgium, 1 vol., 16mo, cloth, $1.50. Half
Russia
, $2.00.


STANDARD AND MISCELLANEOUS.

Æsop’s Fables.

By REV. T. JAMES, M.A. Illustrated by J.
Tenniel. 12mo, $1.00. Boards, $.50.

Afterthoughts of Foreign Travel,
IN HISTORIC LANDS AND CAPITAL CITIES.
BY SULLIVAN HOLMAN MCCOLLESTER.

A book of rare excellence. One of the few in the great
flood of books of travel that are worth reading. Fourth
edition. 12mo, cloth, $1.50.

Anna Maria’s Housekeeping.

By MRS. S.D. POWER. During the appearance
the past two years of these papers in WIDE AWAKE,
the editors were besieged by letters from housekeepers,
both old and young, asking for their publication in
permanent form. On the one hand they have been
declared by trained housewives to be the most helpful
and complete domestic literature, and on the other
hand, men and women of letters have warmly praised
their literary excellence. The publishers, therefore,
confidently offer the volume to the public as a standard
work upon practical domestic economy. Housekeeper’s
Library, 16mo, extra cloth
,$1.00.

An Hour with Miss Streator.

By PANSY. An intensely interesting little monograph
which will be a genuine inspiration to all faithful
teachers, while to the thoughtless disparagers of
such toilers it will bear most useful lessons. Paper, 6

cents.

American Explorations in the
Ice Zones.

Early American Voyages made in search of the
Northwest Passage. Explorations in the Arctic Zone
by Lieut. DeHaven, Dr. Kane, Commodore Rodgers,
Capt. Hall, Lieut. Schwatka and Lieut. DeLong;
Wrangel Land as first reported by Capt. Long, and a
brief account of the U.S. Expedition to the Antarctic
seas under Capt. Wilkes. Compiled from official and
other sources by PROF. J.E. NOURSE, U.S.N.
We have in this volume the work of a scientist and
scholar, and at the same time a book of thrilling interest.
It contains all that the public desire to know
concerning the subject of which it treats, and must be,
for years to come, regarded as the standard work upon
Arctic affairs. 8mo, extra cloth, illustrated,$3.00.
With circumpolar map,$3.50. Half calf, $6.00.

Bremen Lectures.

On Fundamental, Living, Religious Questions by
various eminent European Divines. Translated by
REV. D. HEAGLE, with an Introduction by REV.
ALVAH HOVET, D.D., President of Newton
Theological Institution. Of this volume, as touching
some of the great religious questions of the day, the
translator well says it would be difficult to find another
work wherein is included in so brief compass so much
of that which with the present helps from science and
thought, should be said on these several themes.
Third edition. 12mo, $1.50.

China.

By ROBT. K. DOUGLAS, of the British Museum,
and Professor of Chinese at King’s College,
London, with revisions by Yan Phou Lee. The latest
addition to Lothrop’s Library of Entertaining History,
and a work which is not only graphic and interesting
in style and matter, but which bears the marks of authenticity
and scholarship on every page. 12mo, cloth,

$1.50.

Classic Tales.

By MARIA EDGEWORTH. 12mo, cloth,$1.25.

Christie’s Christmas.

By PANSY. Christie is one of those delightfully
lifelike, naive and interesting characters which no one
so well as Pansy can portray, and in the study of
which every reader will find delight and profit. 12mo,
fully illustrated
,$1.50.

Cookery for Beginners.

By MARION HARLAND, author of “Common
Sense in the Household,” etc. Plain, practical lessons
for girls and young housekeepers of small means. Its
directions are to be relied upon, and its results are
invariably delicate, wholesome, and delicious. 16mo,
$1.00.

Double Story (A).

By GEORGE MACDONALD. This standard
fairy story still retains its popularity in the world of
readers, and edition follows edition. It is a favorite
gift book from mother to daughter, and well deserves
a place on every family book shelf. New edition, with
full-page illustrations by Miss L.B. Humphrey. $1.00.

Endless Chain (An).

BY PANSY. Every one who takes up this new
story will have an irresistible inclination to read the
next page, and the next, and so on until the finis. It
is a peculiarity of “Pansy’s” books that they have the
freshness as well as the healthfulness of the sea winds
in June, and are as natural and acceptable and wholesome.
This is the explanation of their marvellous
popularity; and the explanation itself is explained by
the fact that Mrs. Alden derives the inspiration for all
of her work from a cheerful, living, trustful faith in the
Master to whose service she consecrates her best
efforts. Illustrated, 12mo, $1.50.

Far From Home.

From the German of Johannes Van Derval, translated by Kathrine Hamilton.
The latest and one of the most pleasing
volumes of the famous V.I.F. Series. Translated by
the niece of Professor Spencer F. Baird, Director
Smithsonian Institute, Washington, D.C. 12mo,
cloth
, $1.25.

Health and Strength Papers for
Girls.

By Mary J. Safford, M.D., of the Boston
University, and Mary E. Allen, of the Boston
Ladies’ Gymnasium. The two professors of Physical
Science have together prepared a valuable book of
counsel for mothers, teachers, and all who have the
guardianship of young girls. Its advice is plain, its
suggestions provoke reflection and action, and its influence
in the family will be lasting. $.60.

Helpful Thoughts FOR YOUNG MEN.

By T.D. Woolsey, D.D. LL. D. 16mo,
cloth
, $.60.

How to Learn and Earn. HALF
HOURS IN SOME HELPFUL SCHOOLS.

Graphic accounts of schools where the unfortunate
are taught useful trades, or where interesting specialties
in industry are to be learned. 12mo, cloth. 100

illustrations. $1.50.

Interrupted.

By Pansy. All that has been said of the previous
books of that favorite author, is true of this. It
is a book whose high purpose is to impress wholesome
truths, and is admirably kept in view without any sacrifice
of that which makes a story attractive to the
young. $1.50.

Margie’s Mission.

By Marie Oliver, author of “Ruby Hamilton,”
“Seba’s Discipline,” etc. This is a book which
will fascinate and at the same time instruct and benefit
every boy or girl who reads it. Its characters are delightfully
sketched and have a refreshing air of genuineness.
400 pages, fully illustrated, cloth, $1.50, paper,
$.25.

Paul and Virginia.

By Bernardin De ST. Pierre, with a
memoir and illustrations by La Lanze. A beautiful
edition from new plates, exquisitely printed on choice
paper. 12mo, $1.25; Half calf, $2.50; Morocco, full
gilt
, $3.00.

Through a Microscope.

By Samuel Wells and Mary Treat.
With illustrations. A little book by two practical
microscopists, which should accompany every microscope
put into the hands of girl or boy. 16mo, $.60.

Truro—Cape Cod; OR, LANDMARKS
AND SEAMARKS.

By Shebnah Rich. This valuable contribution
to colonial history is the result of long and careful
preparation, thorough research and excellent judgment.
8vo, cloth, gilt, 77 illustrations, $3.00.

Vicar of Wakefield.

By Oliver Goldsmith. With illustrations
by Wm. Mulready, R.A. A new and very beautiful
edition, elegantly printed on plate paper. 12mo, $1.25,
half calf, $2.50, morocco, full gilt, $3.00.


Standard Editions of Standard Works.

Dickens’ Complete Works.

15 vols., popular edition, $18.75, 15 vols., standard
edition
, $22.50. 15 vols., half calf, $37.50.

Dictionary of the Bible.

By William Smith, LL. D. 8vo, illustrated,
$2.00. Large edition with history of Jewish nation, $4.00.

George Eliot’s Complete Works.

8 vols., popular edition, $10.00. 8 vols., sunshine
edition
, $12.00. 8 vols., half calf, $20.00.

Rawlinson’s Seven Great Monarchies
of the Ancient Eastern
World, OR, THE HISTORY,
GEOGRAPHY, and ANTIQUITIES OF CHALDEA,
ASSYRIA, BABYLON, etc.

By GEO. RAWLINSON, M.A., Camden Professor
of Ancient History in the University of Oxford.
3 vols. Maps and illustrations. Extra cloth binding,
bevelled boards
, $4.50. Half calf, $9.00.

Rollins’ Ancient History.

4 vols., 12mo, cloth, $6.00; 4 vols., 12mo, half calf,
$10.00.

Self Help Series.

By Samuel Smiles, Character, Thrift, Duty,
Self Help. 4 vols, 12mo, $6.00.

Thackeray’s Complete Novels.

11 vols., popular edition, $13.75. 11 vols., sunshine
edition
, $16.50. 11 vols., half calf, $27.50.

Washington Irving’s Works.

6 vols., standard edition, $9.00. 6 vols., half calf,
$18.00.

Waverley Novels (Sir Walter
Scott).

12 vols., popular edition, $15.00. 12 vols., standard
edition
, $18.00. 12 vols., half calf, $30.00.


THE POPULAR “PANSY” BOOKS.

No writer has achieved a more enviable reputation than “Pansy.” Her style
is
unique, and the strong,
healthy, natural spirit, breathed through all her writings, ennobles the
mind—making the manly more strong,
and the womanly more true.

AN ENDLESS CHAIN. One of the most attractive
books on the lists for Sabbath school and family reading.
12mo, illustrated 1.50

A NEW GRAFT ON THE FAMILY TREE.
This story moves you alternately to laughter and tears,
while it is so brimful of the sweetness of evangelical religion
that its influence cannot fail to be beneficent. 12mo,
illustrated 1.50

BERNIE’S WHITE CHICKEN. To which is added
“The Diamond Bracelet.” A prize missionary story.
10mo .75

CHAUTAUQUA GIRLS AT HOME (The).
12mo, illustrated 1.50

CHRISTIE’S CHRISTMAS. The story of a charming
girl’s journey to spend Christmas 1.50

CUNNING WORKMEN. A story of rare interest
and value to all interested in Sabbath school work. 12mo,
illustrated 1.25

DIVERS WOMEN. By Pansy and Mrs. Livingston.
12mo 1.50

DOCIA’S JOURNAL; or, God is Love. Admirably
calculated to enforce a great truth. 16mo .75

DR. DEANE’S WAY, and other stories. By Faye
Huntington and Pansy. The authors’ names are sufficient
guarantee for its value and interest. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

ECHOING AND RE-ECHOING. By Faye Huntington.
The great truths spoken by the minister, Echoed
and Re-echoed by the people 1.50

ESTER RIED. We stand face to face with real everyday
characters and situations, and are shown the actual struggles
through which victorious souls must go. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

ESTER RIED “YET SPEAKING.” Fully equal
to “Ester Ried.” 12mo, illustrated 1.50

FIVE FRIENDS. A story which is in its way a delightful
character study. 12mo, illustrated 1.00

FOUR GIRLS AT CHAUTAUQUA. Girl life and
character portrayed with rare power. 12 mo, illustrated 1.50

FROM DIFFERENT STANDPOINTS. By Pansy
and Faye Huntington. An impressive and fascinating
story. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

GETTING AHEAD. Choice stories in large clear type
for children. Very fully illustrated. 12mo .75

GRANDPA’S DARLINGS. Many a “darling” will
be delighted with this charming story. It has lessons for
both old and young. 12mo, illustrated 1.25

HALL IN THE GROVE (The). A worthy companion
volume for “Chautauqua Girls at Home.” 12mo, cloth 1.50

HELEN LESTER. To which is added “Nannie’s Experiment.”
A premium was awarded for its style and
adaptation to our young people. 16mo, illustrated .75

HOUSEHOLD PUZZLES. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

HALF HOUR LIBRARY for young readers. Illustrated.
Large octavo. 8 vols 3.20

INTERRUPTED. Pansy’s latest story. It has all the
charm of this most popular author’s fascinating style 1.50

JESSIE WELLS; or How to save the Lost. Equally
interesting and practical. 16mo .75

JULIA RIED. There is a wondrous freshness and vitality
appearing on every page. The insight into character and
the power to make it unfold itself are very noticeable.
12mo illustrated 1.50

KING’S DAUGHTER (The). As a book for girls who
are just coming forward to take the high trusts of life, few
equal this in merit. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

LINKS IN REBECCA’S LIFE. The heroine,
Rebecca, is intensely human, and her hard fought battles
inspire enthusiasm in the reader. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

MARY BURTON ABROAD. A book which is as instructive
as it is entertaining. 16mo .75

MRS. SOLOMON SMITH LOOKING ON.
12mo, cloth 1.50

MAN OF THE HOUSE (The). 12mo, cloth 1.50

MISS PRISCILLA HUNTER AND MY
DAUGHTER SUSAN. The two stories in one attractive
volume. 12mo, cloth, illustrated 1.25

MODERN PROPHETS. By Pansy and Faye Huntington
The cause of temperance is sustained with rare
power, tact and interest 1.50

MOTHER’S BOYS AND GIRLS’ LIBRARY.
So popular as to need no commendation. 12 vols., quarto,
boards 3.00

MRS. DEANE’S WAY. By Faye Huntington. The
value and happiness of trusting in God happily exemplified.
12mo. illustrated 1.25

MRS. HARRY HARPER’S AWAKENING. A
missionary story which enforces its own lessons 1.00

NEXT THINGS. “An unusually interesting book.”
12mo, fully illustrated 1.00

NEW YEAR’S TANGLES. A bright story for the
holidays. 12mo, 256 pages 1.00

PANSY’S SCRAP BOOK. (Former title, The Teacher’s
Helper.) 12mo, cloth, illustrated 1.00

PANSY’S PICTURE BOOK. A new, large and very
beautiful picture book. Large clear type and nearly one
hundred illustrations. 4to, boards, 1.50; cloth 2.00

PANSIES. A new book of stories, with numerous illustrations.
12mo, illustrated .75

PANSY’S PRIMARY LIBRARY. Nothing for
young readers surpasses this collection. 30 vols 7.50

POCKET MEASURE (The). This new story will find
thousands of delighted readers, 12mo, 575 pp. illustrated 1.50

RANDOLPHS (The). The characters so interesting in
“Household Puzzles” again appear in this most welcome
volume. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

RUTH ERSKINE’S CROSSES. A sequel to the
story of the “Chautauqua Girls.” Too much cannot be
said in praise of the insight it gives into the true way of
studying and using the Word of God. 12mo, cloth, illustrated 1.50

SIDNEY MARTIN’S CHRISTMAS. A charming
story book. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

SIX LITTLE GIRLS. A story in large print. 12mo,
cloth, illustrated .75

SOME YOUNG HEROINES. 12mo, cloth, illustrated 1.00

SIDE BY SIDE. Books full of helpful inspiration. 12mo,
cloth, illustrated .60

THAT BOY BOB. For young readers. By Faye Huntington
and Pansy. 12mo, cloth, illustrated .75

THE LITTLE PANSY SERIES. 10 vols., boards,
3.00; cloth 4.00

THOSE BOYS. By Faye Huntington. A noble book
for the older boys. 12mo 1.50

THREE PEOPLE. An intensely interesting and effective
temperance story. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

TIP LEWIS AND HIS LAMP. A story of school
life for boys. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

TWO BOYS. A short story fully illustrated. 12mo, cloth,
illustrated .75

WISE AND OTHERWISE. Some of the finest character-painting
is to be found in this book. 12mo, illustrated 1.50

WHAT SHE SAID. The two stories “What she said
and What she Meant,” and “People who haven’t time
and can’t afford it,” are here put in one volume. 12mo,
cloth, illustrated 1.25

THE CELEBRATED $1000 AND $500 PRIZE BOOKS.

The $1000 Prize Books. A fresh edition in new style of binding.

16 vols. 12mo $24.50

The New $500 Prize Series. A fresh edition in new style of binding.

13 vols. 12mo $16.75

The Original $500 Prize Series. A fresh edition in new style
of binding.

8 vols. 12mo $12.00

[EXTRACTS FROM OPINIONS OF THE CRITICS.]

The Original $500 Prize Stories.

Andy Luttrell. Price, $1.50.

Andy Luttrell is remarkable for its exceeding interest, and impressive
illustrations of evangelical truth and Christian experience.—The Morning
Star.

Shining Hours. $1.50.

“Shining Hours” is by a young clergyman, whose name is
withheld from the public, but it is a book of great beauty, and
promises greater things in the future.—Boston Traveller.

Master and Pupil. Price, $1.50.

It sets forth, through the medium of an admirably told story,
the true spirit and the high work of education in our public
schools.—Rev. Dr. Day.

May Bell. Price, $1.50.

In this interesting temperance story, filial love and devotion
are strongly exhibited. “Even Christ pleased not himself,” is
the key-note.

Sabrina Hackett. Price, $1.50.

It is one of those rare offsprings of genius which occasionally
delight the lovers of a simple and pure literature.—Albany
Journal.

Aunt Matty. Price, $1.50.

It sets forth the beauty, the power, and the beneficence of
a true evangelical faith, approved by the intellect, and welcomed
by the heart.

Light from the Cross. Price, $1.50.

Contradictions. Price, $1.50.

They certainly are very attractive stories, and having won
golden rewards for those who wrote them, we trust they will
gain for them the far more glorious result of “winning many
souls to righteousness.”—The Presbyterian.

The Committee of Examiners, Rev. Drs. HEMAN LINCOLN,
J.E. RANKIN, and G.T. DAY, commend the

New $500 Prize Series,

Now complete in 13 volumes, as more valuable and attractive
than any books of their class heretofore examined.

Short-Comings and Long-Goings. Price, $1.25

Full of sparkle and glow, and throbbing in every paragraph
with intense life. It teaches the highest lessons of duty and religion with
equal quietude and effect.—Rev. Dr. Day.

Lute Falconer. Price, $1.50.

A story of rare interest, touching deeper chords of life. It
will be read with enthusiasm, and laid down with an appreciation
of its high office.

Hester’s Happy Summer. Price, $1.25.

It is rare to find a story of such sweetness and beauty. The
pathos Is tender and all pervading, and steals into the heart with
a refining power.—Heman Lincoln, D.D.

One Year of My Life. Price, $1.25.

The author is a finished writer, with a large knowledge of
books and of life, a keen insight into character, and a style of
rare purity and grace.

Building-Stones. Price, $1.25.

A successful attempt to teach Bible truths in a manner both
interesting and instructive.

Susy’s Spectacles. Price, $1.25.

It was a friend that taught this wayward little girl to use these
spectacles, and they proved a perfect blessing to her, and, step
by step, led her up to a Christian life.—The Advance.

The Flower by the Prison. Price, $1.25.

The style is cultivated and rich, well adapted to bring out the
deeper life of the soul.

Trifles. Price, $1.25.

“Trifles” may strike the key-note in some young life, and save
the reader from a ruinous failure.—Examiner and Chronicle.

The Judge’s Sons. Price, $1.50.

An admirable book to put into the hands of boys exposed to
temptations and in danger of going astray.—Rev. Dr. Lincoln.

Daisy Seymour. Price, $1.25.

“Daisy Seymour” shows, interestingly and impressively, the
value of religion in the development and elevation of youthful
character.

Olive Loring’s Mission. Price, $1.25.

The rest gained faith, and the beauty and power of
true piety, beautifully and impressively set forth.

The Torch-Bearers. Price, $1.25.

Full of examples of love and self-denial, it teaches not only
what one Christian woman may do, but how powerful is the
influence of children for good if they are rightly taught.

The Trapper’s Niece. Price, $1.25.

A story of Western life, illustrating the gradual separation of
the good and bad elements as civilization advances, and the power
of religion to unite and improve a community.—Rev. Dr. Rankin.

The $1000 Prize Series.

Pronounced by the Examining Committee, Rev. Drs. Lincoln,
Rankin and Day, superior to any similar series.

Striking for the Right. Price, $1.75.

Here are beautiful sentiments whose price is above gold. The
book is bright and witty and wise. Our boys and girls will read
it and inwardly digest, and talk it over to their genuine profit, as
we can testify by family experience.—Springfield Republican.

Walter Macdonald. Price, $1.50.

Walter Macdonald is deservedly popular. Not a few strange
and striking events are wrought into the intensely interesting
narrative, and the motive underlying all is high and Christian.

The Wadsworth Boys. Price, $1.50.

It is not sensational, but thoughtful, pleasant, and wholesome;
truly exalting whatever is noble, and putting under ban whatever
is mean, though seemingly respectable.—Episcopal Register.

Silent Tom. Price, $1.75.

The story is startling, and told with great power. It is a picture
of the life of our time, and will hold readers with a magnetism
they cannot resist.

The Blount Family. Price, $1.50.

In style it is unusually discriminating and careful, and it
abounds with scenes of domestic life, which are so striking, yet so
true to human nature that they seem to bring the reader into
close companionship with the characters of the narrative.—Youth’s
Companion.

The Marble Preacher. Price, $1.50.

Representing the elements of a true Christian character, and
the method of their development. The literary art and moral
tone are excellent.

Evening Rest. Price, $1.50.

It is a work of rare originality and beauty; the pictures of real
life have a curious charm.

Margaret Worthington. Price $1.50

The story is told in a quiet, self-contained, yet very interesting
way; the characters are clearly conceived, and develop themselves
naturally and effectually, and religion appears at once
humanely practical and divinely attractive.

Coming to the Light. Price, $1.50.

This is a story of school-life, fresh, healthy, and sparkling;
the danger of yielding to temptations and the need of decision of
character are lessons taught in an effective way.

Ralph’s Possession. Price, $1.50.

With very charming pictures of home-life, it is chiefly a revelation
of the deeper heart-life.—Watchman and Reflector.

Sunset Mountain. Price, $1.50.

Excellent in its direct teaching and indirect suggestions.

The Old Stone House. Price, $1.50.

It is just such a book as wide-awake and intelligent young
people will never tire of, or nod over, and while they are entertained
they will be lifted.—Boston Daily Journal.

Golden Lines. Price, $1.50.

To any one who loves the Lord Jesus, and wishes to be more
like him, this will prove a book of rare interest.

Luck of Alden Farm. Price, $1.50.

One of the most successful books for the young, by one of the
best religious writers of the day.—Zion’s Herald.

Glimpses Through. Price, $1.50.

A beautiful story, presenting noble views of sickness, death,
and the future world.

Grace Avery’s Influence. Price, $1.50.

It is a book that will strongly call to a life that has both nobility
and beauty in it.


YOUNG FOLKS’ SERIES. 12mos for young folks,
at $1.50 each. 33 vols. A carefully selected list of books. Each
volume illustrated and bound in English cloth, with attractive
black and gold stamps. The best books to meet the demand for
popular 12mos yet offered.

Island Home.

Myths and Heroes.

Zina or Morning Mists.

Captive in Patagonia.

Silver Sands.

Battles Lost and Won.

Agnes and Her Neighbors.

African Adventurers.

Noble Workers.

Southern Explorers.

Pioneers of the New World.

Plymouth and the Pilgrims.

Stella and the Priest.

Paul and Virginia.

Vicar of Wakefield.

Fabrics.

Knights and Sea Kings.

Noble Printer.

Will Phillips.

Sister Eleanor’s Brood.

Peter’s Strange Story.

Bloomfield.

Old Schoolfellows.

Stories of Success.

Men of Mark

Soldiers and Patriots.

Sure; or, It Pays.

Violet Douglass.

Classic Tales.

Robinson Crusoe.

More Ways than One.

Their Children.

First Explorers of North America.

YONGE’S HISTORICAL STORIES.

4 vols., 12mo. $5.00

The Little Duke.

The Prince and the Page.

Lances of Lynwood.

Golden Deeds.

YOUNG FOLKS’ BIOGRAPHIES. Each volume
12mo, full illustrate 4 vols. $6.00.

Life of Washington. By E.E. Brown.

William the Silent. By Mary Barrett.

Life of Paul. By D.H. Taylor.

Queen Victoria. By Grace Greenwood.

*YOUNG HEROINE LIBRARY. By PANSY. 5 vols.
12mo, cloth, illustrated. $5.00

Some young Heroines.

Five Friends.

Pansy’s Scrap Book.

Next Things.

Mrs. Harry Harper’s Awakening.

YOUNG VOYAGER’S LIBRARY, THE. 12 vols.
18 mo. $2.40

LOTHROP’S SELECT SUNDAY-SCHOOL LIBRARIES.

Every book in these marvellously cheap libraries will bear the
closest criticism. Each is fresh and interesting in matter, unexceptionable
in tone and excellent in literary style. These libraries as
a whole, considering their character and cost, have no superior.

Select Sunday-school Library, No. 12, 20 vols., $ 5.00 net.

” ” ” No. 9, 50 vols., $25.00 net.

” ” ” No. 10, 12 vols., $ 5.00 net.

” ” ” No. 11, 20 vols., $10.00 net.

Pansy’s Primary Library, 30 vols., $7.50

Select Primary Sunday-school Library, 36 vols., in extra cloth
binding, $5.50.


MARGARET SIDNEY’S BOOKS.

FIVE LITTLE PEPPERS AND HOW THEY
GREW. $1.50.

“A charming work…. The home scenes in which these little
Peppers are engaged are capitally described…. Will find prominent
place among the higher class of juvenile presentation books.”—Religious
Herald.

“One of the best told tales given to the children for some time…. The
perfect reproduction of child-life in its minutest phases
catches one’s attention at once.”—Christian Advocate.

“A good book to place in the hands of every boy and girl.”—Chicago
Inter-Ocean.

SO AS BY FIRE. $1.25.

“Will be hailed with eager delight, and found well worth
reading.—Christian Observer.

“An admirable Sunday-school book.”—Arkansas Evangel.

We have followed with intense interest the story of David Folsom…. A
man poor, friendless, and addicted to drink;…. the
influence of little Cricket: … the faithful care of aunt Phebe;
all steps by which he climbed to higher manhood.—Woman at
Work.

WHO TOLD IT TO ME.

Double chromo cover, fully illustrated, $1.25. Extra cloth binding,
$1.75.

THE PETTIBONE NAME. $1.25.

“It ought to attract wide attention from the simplicity of its
style, and the vigor and originality of its treatment.—Chicago
Herald.

“This is a capital story illustrating New England
life.”—Inter-Ocean,
Chicago.

“The characters of the story seem all to be studies from life.—Boston
Post.

“To be commended to readers for excellent delineations, sparkling
style, bright incidents and genuine interest.”—The Watchman.

“The book is in every way well done.”—Illustrated Christian
Weekly.

HALF YEAR AT BRONCKTON. $1.25.

A live boy writes: “this is about the best book that ever was
written or ever can be.”

“This bright and earnest story ought to go into the hands of
every boy who is old enough to be subjected to the temptations of
school life.”

WHAT THE SEVEN DID.

Quarto, board cover, designed by J. Wells Champney, $1.75.
Extra cloth, $2.25.

THE GOLDEN WEST.

Quarto, board cover, $1.75. Extra cloth binding, $2.25.


POPULAR BIOGRAPHIES.

Each volume 12mo, illustrated. Price, $1.50.

CHARLES XII. King of Sweden. By M. DEVOLTAIRE.

DICKENS, CHARLES. By PHEBE A. HANAFORD.

FRANKLIN, BENJAMIN: His Struggles and Triumphs. By REV. JEREMIAH CHAPLIN.

GREELEY, HORACE: His Life and Editorial Success.
By WILLIAM L. CORNELL, D.D.

GARFIELD, JAMES A. By E.E. BROWN. Steel portrait and illustrations.

HEROES OF AFRICAN DISCOVERY. By REV. GEORGE T. DAY.

LONGFELLOW, HENRY W. By W. SLOANE KENNEDY.

LAWRENCE, AMOS: Extracts from his Diary and Correspondence.
By his son, WILLIAM R. LAWRENCE, M.D.

LINCOLN, ABRAHAM: His Life and Public Services. By PHEBE A. HANAFORD.

LIVINGSTONE, DAVID (Life and Explorations of). By JOHN S. ROBERTS.

NELSON, LORD. By ROBERT SOUTHEY.

PUTNAM, ISRAEL: Major-general in the Continental Army. By I.N. TARBOX.
With maps.

PEABODY, GEORGE: His Life and Princely Benevolence. By PHEBE A. HANAFORD.

SUMNER, CHARLES. By J. and J.D. CHAPLIN.
With introduction by HON. WILLIAM CLAFLIN.

TAYLOR, BAYARD: His Life, Travels and Literary Career.
By COL. RUSSELL H. CONWELL.

WHITTIER, JOHN G. By W. SLOANE KENNEDY.

WEBSTER, DANIEL: His Life and Character. By Joseph BANVARD, D.D.

WILSON, HENRY: His Life and public Services. By REV. ELIAS NASON.


From Æsop’s Fables, Versified.]

ÆSOP’S FABLES, VERSIFIED.

By MRS. CLARA DOTY BATES, versifier of
“Classics of Babyland,” and “Child Lore.” With
seventy-two full-page illustrations by Garrett,
Lungren, Sweeney, Barnes, and Hassam. Mrs.
Bates has here done for the immortal old Fables
the same fortunate service which some years ago
she did for the old nursery tales. The illustrations
for this volume have never been surpassed
in novelty, grace and vigor. Cloth, $3.00.


CHOICE BOOKS IN SETS.

ANY VOLUME SOLD SEPARATELY.

ONCE UPON A TIME STORIES. 3 vols. $4.50.

Pansy’s Picture Book.

Mother’s Boys and Girls.

Once Upon a Time Play Stories.

OUR CLUB LIBRARY. 4 vols. $5.00.

Their Club and Ours.

A Double Masquerade.

Old Caravan Days.

From the Hudson to the Neva.

POPULAR BIOGRAPHIES. 18 vols. Just added. Life of Nelson.
Life of Charles XII. 12mo, illustrated. $1.50 each.

READING UNION LIBRARY. 7 vols. $7.00.

A Boy’s Workshop. By a Boy and his Friends. Edited by
Henry Randall Waite.

Old Ocean. By Ernest Ingersoll.

Door Yard Folks. Amanda B. Harris.

Magna Charta Stories. Arthur Gilman and others.

Great Composers. Hezekiah Butterworth.

The Travelling Law School. Benjamin Vaughan Abbott

Pleasant Authors. Amanda B. Harris

YENSIE WALTON BOOKS. 12mo, cloth, Illust.
$1.50 each. 5 vols. $7.50

Yensie Walton.

Yensie Walton’s Womanhood.

Our Street.

The Triple E.

Achor.

FIRELIGHT STORIES. 6 vols. cloth. $3.00.
The largest and most fully illustrated books in cloth binding ever
issued for the price.

The Sawing Match. By Ada Carleton.

Picnic Days. By George B. Bartlett.

Uncle Archie’s Cane. By M.E.W.S.

How Dot heard the “Messiah.” By Hezekiah Butterworth.

The Mirage Man. By Theodora R. Jenness.

Rob’s Father. By Eleanor Putnam.

LOTHROP’S LIBRARY OF ENTERTAINING
History. Edited by Arthur Gilman, M.A. Each vol. to have
100 illustrations. These histories are designed to furnish in a
succinct but interesting form, such descriptions of the lands treated
as shall meet the wants of those busy readers who cannot devote
themselves to the study of detailed and elaborate works, but who
wish to be well informed in historical matters. 6 vols, 12mo, $9.00.

History of the American People. By The Editor.

India. By Fannie Roper Feudge.

Egypt. By Mrs. Clara Erskine Clement.

China. By Robert K. Douglas.

Spain. By Prof. James Herbert Harrison.

Switzerland. By Miss Harriet D.S. McKenzie.

Other volumes in preparation.

MARIE OLIVER STORIES. 4 vols., 12mo, cloth,
illustrated, $6.00.

Margie’s Mission.

Ruby Hamilton.

Old and New Friends.

Seba’s Discipline.

TO-DAY SERIES. 6 vols., cloth. $7.50.

To-days and Yesterdays. By Carrie Adelaide Cooke.

The Lord’s Pursebearers. By Hesba Stratton.

From June to June. By Carrie Adelaide Cooke.

A Fortunate Failure. By Caroline B. LeRow.

Milly’s Little Wanderer. By Mrs. Susie A. Bisbee.

Soldier and Servant. By Ella M. Baker.

CHRISTMAS HEARTH LIBRARY. 5 vols. $2.50
Each volume illustrated from original designs.

Who ate the Pink Sweetmeat? By Susan Coolidge, and other
Christmas Stories.

The Cow with Golden Horns. By Mary E. Wilkins, and other
stories.

Little Luckie. By Rose Hawthorne Lathrop, and other stories.

The Washington’s English Home. By Rose Kingsley, and
other stories of Biography.

The Bear Family. By Ernest Ingersoll, and stories in Natural
History.

YOUNG FOLKS’ HISTORIES. By Charlotte M.
Yonge. 6 vols., cloth, $9.00. Imitation half calf, $9.50; half
Russia, $12.00.

Rome.

Germany.

France.

Greece.

England.

Bible.

YOUNG FOLKS’ LIBRARY. Issued monthly in
strong manilla paper bindings at twenty-five cents per volume.
$3.00 per year. Each volume represents some favorite American
author. These volumes contain from 300 to 500 16mo pages, clear
type, carefully printed.

GEORGE MACDONALD’S LATER BOOKS. 4
vols., 16mo, $6.00.

Donald Grant.

Weighed and Wanting.

Imagination.

Warlock o’ Glenwarlock.

HILL REST SERIES. 3 vols., 16mo, $3.75

Hill Rest.

Keenie’s To-morrow.

Onward.

HOUSEKEEPER’S LIBRARY. Extra cloth bindings,
uniform, black and red stamps. 4 vols. $4.00.

Anna Maria’s Housekeeping. By Mrs. S.D. Power.

Cookery for Beginners. By Marion Harland.

Twenty-six Hours a Day. By Mary Blake.

Domestic problems: Work and Culture in the Household. By
Mrs. A.M. Diaz.

HONOR BRIGHT SERIES. By Magnus Merriweather.
3 vols, 16mo. $3.75.

Honor Bright.

Royal Lowrie.

Royal Lowrie’s last year at St. Olaves.

PEACE ISLAND SERIES. 6 vols., 12mo, cloth.
$4.50. Six to ten full-page illustrations in each volume.

Jo Lambert’s Ferry. By George Cary Eggleston. With other
stories of the frontier and early settlers.

Dolly’s Kettledrum. By Nora Perry. With other stories for
girls.

Nellie’s Heroes. By Harriet Beecher Stowe. With other
Heroic stories.

Lost in Pompeii. By H.H. Clark, U.S.N. With other
stories of Adventure.

Peace Island. By Eliot McCormick. With other
stories for boys.

Katy’s Birthday. By Sara O. Jewett. With other stories by
famous authors.

MIDWINTER TALES. 8 vols., 16mo, cloth, ill. $3.20.

Christmas Charity.

Black and Grey Prince.

Child Life in Labrador.

A Confederate Christmas.

Artist and Bear.

How the Boys woke Him.

Mrs. McAllister’s Company.

SPARE MINUTE SERIES. “The significance of the
name of this series is seen from the fact that ‘Thoughts that
Breathe,’ for instance, has 300 pages, and contains 273 separately
numbered and independent extracts. Thus a person can read one
or more of these at a time, and put the book down without breaking
the train of thought.” 6 vols., full imitation calf. $9.00

Thoughts that Breathe. From Dean Stanley.
Introduction by Phillips Brooks.

Cheerful Words. From George MacDonald. Introduction by
James T. Fields.

The Might of Right. From Rt. Hon. Wm. E. Gladstone. Introduction
by John D. Long.

True Manliness. From Thomas Hughes. Introduction by
James Russell Lowell.

Living Truths. From Charles Kingsley. Introduction by W.
D. Howells.

Right to the Point. From Rev. Theodore L. Cuyler, D.D.

With a sketch of his life. By Mary Storrs Haynes. With an introduction
by Rev. Newman Hall, LL.D.


POETS’ HOMES.

Pen and Pencil Pictures of American Poets and
their Homes. By R.H. STODDARD, ARTHUR
GILMAN and others. New, complete edition,
8vo, extra cloth, gilt edges, $4.00; imitation
crushed levant, gilt edges, $5.00;
full Turkey morocco,
$8.00.

This is a collection of
charming “pen and pencil
sketches of American
poets and their homes.”
The names of Holmes,
Whitman, Miller, Phelps,
Bryant, Perry, Emerson,
Hayne, O’Reilly and Smith are loved by
many who will be delighted to find them
thus associated and honored. A poet’s
home is a place of interest, for of it, as
much as of the soul, is the poem born.
The home-life, the simple elegance and
open hospitality are part of the beauty of
the flowing numbers. In this work the exact
illustrations add much to the vividness
of the description. The volume is worthy a
place in any collection.—Central Baptist.

ROCKY FORK

By Mary Hartwell Catherwood.

Cloth, $1.50.

A notably fresh and charming story of
boy and girl school-life at the West in the
early days.

Thirty-six pictures by George F. Barnes.

Rocky Fork is the name of the place where
Bluebell, the heroine of our story, lived. It
was a country place, and she went to a country
school, and had all that belongs to a
country life. She was a good, brave and
lovable girl. No one can imagine what an
interesting and adventurous time she had,
unless they read Rocky Fork. We wish
that all our little friends could get a chance
to read it, for it is a charming story.—Presbyterian,
New Orleans.


Only $3.00 a Year. WIDE AWAKE. 25 cts. a number.

The best, the largest, the most entertaining, the most beautifully
illustrated, and the widest in range, of
all magazines for young people. It is the official organ of the C.Y.F.R.U.,
and, as heretofore, will publish
the Required Readings, and all needed information for members of the Union.
The magazine proper will
be even more brilliant and valuable than before during the next year.

Ideal literature and ideal art for young people and the family, for
entertainment, for the healthful training of
the body and the liberal education of the mind, fill this magazine each
month
from cover to cover. It has won
recognition from the American and English press as the largest and best,
the
most beautiful and original, and
the most ably edited magazine of its class in the world. It gives each
month
original music by eminent
composers.

“WIDE AWAKE is the wonder of all the wonderfully beautiful children’s
magazines and books of America.
Without dispute the largest, handsomest, most artistic and best young
people’s periodical ever issued.
There is no juvenile magazine published in the country so carefully
edited.”—Boston Transcript.

“A treasury of good morals.”—N.Y. Tribune.

“At the head of juvenile periodicals stands WIDE AWAKE all the
time.”—Phil. Inquirer.

“A whole family library in itself.”—Putnam Patriot.

“Unsurpassed in skilful adaptation to young folks’ needs.”—Chicago
Standard.


LOTHROP’S

POPULAR ILLUSTRATED MAGAZINES.


THE PANSY.

Edited by Mrs. G.R. Alden (Pansy).

$1.00 a year; 10 cts. a number.

For both week-day and
Sunday reading, THE PANSY
holds the first place in the
hearts of the children, and in
the approval of earnest-minded
parents.

Among pictorial periodicals
especially designed for
Boys and Girls, it stands
royal leader, and as a Christian
Home Magazine for
young folks, it is without
question the best and most
attractive magazine in the
world. Pansy’s own bright,
quick-seeing spirit inspires
all her contributors. Very
fully illustrated.


Chautauqua Young Folks’ Journal.

75 cts. a year; 7 cts. a number.

This new periodical is intensely
interesting to both
old and young, as well as
practical. It contains the
Course of the C.Y.F.R.U.
Readings (issued also in
WIDE AWAKE) and additional
features of varied interest.
Beginning with the December
issue, the CHAUTAUQUA
YOUNG FOLKS’ JOURNAL
gives a fine illustrated historical
serial story. It is
a stirring tale of old Knickerbocker
New York, and its
accounts are as true as they
are exciting. It is written by
Elbridge S. Brooks, and is
entitled, “In Leisler’s Time.”
Send for a circular giving full
information about the C.Y.F.R.U.
Reading Course.


Our Little Men and Women.

$1.00 a year; 10 cents a number.

For the youngest readers no magazine approaches
this in number and beauty of illustrations (each volume
containing 75 full-page pictures) and in the peculiar
fitness of the accompanying text. It is especially
adapted for use as Supplementary Reading in schools.
It is always bright, always fresh and attractive.


BABYLAND.

50 cents a year; 5 cents a number.

The only Periodical of its kind in the world.

As for seven years past, this exquisite magazine
for the nursery is still unrivalled in its monthly merry-making
for the wee folks. Large pages, large pictures,
large type. Each month its pictures are more enticing,
its stories are sweeter, its jingles gayer.


Splendid premiums for new subscriptions. Agents wanted. Liberal pay. Send
stamps for specimen
copies. Circulars free. Address

D. LOTHROP & CO., Publishers, Franklin and Hawley Sts., Boston.


AMERICAN EXPLORATIONS IN THE ICE ZONES

Early American Voyages made in search of
the Northwest Passage. Explorations in the
Arctic Zone by Lieut. DeHaven, Dr. Kane, Commodore
Rodgers, Capt. Hall, Lieut. Schwatka
and Lieut. DeLong; Wrangel Land as first reported
by Capt. Long, and a brief account of the
U.S. Expedition to the Antarctic seas under
Capt. Wilkes. An account of the Greeley Party,
and the recent rescue of the survivors.
Compiled
from official and other sources by PROF. J.E.
NOURSE, U.S.N. We have in this volume the
work of a scientist and scholar, and at the same
time a book of thrilling interest. 8vo, extra cloth,
illustrated
,$3.00. With circumpolar map, $3.50.
Half calf, $6.00.


RAINY-DAY PLAYS.

The merry doings of a family of children, related by
Mrs. Frances A. Humphrey, and pictured by “Boz.”
Printed in colors. Price, 50 cts.


DOLL ROSY’S DAYS.

The daily make-believe
life of a little girl and her
doll, told in twelve verselets
by Mrs. Clara Doty
Bates, and twelve pictures
by Hassam. Printed in
colors. Price 50 cts.


JANUARY PUBLICATIONS

OF

D. LOTHROP & COMPANY.

INTERRUPTED. Pansy’s new story, will be ready
in a few days. It has all the charm of this most popular
author’s fascinating style, grown riper each
year, and possessing more of the peculiar power by
which she adapts herself to her varied audience.
More than a hundred thousand of Pansy’s books
are sold every year. Extra cloth. 12mo, $1.50.

MONEY IN POLITICS. By Hon. J.K. Upton,
late assistant secretary of the United States Treasury.
Extra cloth, gilt top. 12mo, $1.25. This
volume presents a complete history of money, or
the circulating medium, in the United States, from
the colonial days to the present time. Mr. Edward
Atkinson, in his introduction, pronounces it the
most valuable work of the kind yet published.

THE GRAY MASQUE AND OTHER POEMS. By
Mary Barker Dodge. $1.25. The reputation of
this author has been already made. Her name will
be recognized in connection with some of the choicest
bits of poetry contributed to periodical literature
in recent years, such as “Indian Summer,” “My
Baby,” “The Frozen Crew,” etc., all of which, and
many new poems of equal excellence, are offered to
the public in this unusually attractive volume.

THE ARNOLD BIRTHDAY BOOK. Edited by his
daughters. With an autograph introductory poem
by Edwin Arnold, and choice quotations from his
poems for every day. The many admirers of the
“Light of Asia” will gladly welcome this graceful
souvenir of the author, which is handsomely illustrated
and daintily finished. $1.25.

LIFE OF REV. WARREN H. CUDWORTH. By
His Sister. 380 pp. $1.50. A simple and remarkably
interesting biography of one of the most useful
and saintly of Christian men. It will be welcomed
and read with satisfaction by all who knew this earnest,
noble minister of the gospel, and to those who
never saw him, it will be full of suggestive thoughts.

THE EVOLUTION OF DODD. By William Hanley
Smith. (In press.) Extra Cloth. 12mo, $1.00.
This remarkable book is destined to create as great
a stir, in its way, as “Ginx’s Baby,” although
written in an entirely different style. It treats of
phases of young life as seen through the spectacles
of a keen-eyed man, sharp enough to let none of the
intricacies of the newer systems of education evade
him. It should be read by every parent, teacher,
and public school officer in this or any other country.
While for pure amusement in watching Dodd’s
evolution, it is one of the richest books of the season.

BACCALAUREATE SERMONS. By Rev. A.P. Peabody,
D.D. LL.D. 12mo, $1.25. The sermons
contained in this volume, delivered before the graduating
classes of Harvard University, it is safe to say
are not excelled by any productions of their kind.
They are not only rarely appropriate, as discourses
addressed to educated young men upon the threshold
of active life, but are models of logical thought,
and graceful rhetoric worthy the study of all ministers.

IN CASE OF ACCIDENT. By Dr. D.A. Sargent.
Illustrated. Boston: D. Lothrop & Co. Price 60
cents. This little handbook is worth its weight in
gold, and should be found on the most convenient
shelf of every family library. The author is connected
with the Harvard College Gymnasium, and
the contents of the volume are made up of practical
talks delivered before the ladies’ class of the gymnasium.
His aim is to give such practical information
as will aid to self-preservation in times of
danger, and to teach a few of the simplest methods
of meeting the common accidents and emergencies
of life. The illustrations are numerous and excellent.

RED LETTER STORIES. Price 60 cents. Madame
Johanna Spyri is pronounced by competent critics
the best living German writer for children. Miss
Lucy Wheelock of the Chauncy Hall School, Boston,
has gracefully translated some of her most
charming tales, under the above title. This delightful
volume, prettily bound and illustrated, is one of
the best selling books of the season.

HOW SUCCESS IS WON. (Little Biographies.
Third Series.) By Mrs. Sarah K. Bolton. Price
$1.00. This is the best of the recent books of this
popular class of biography; all its “successful men”
are Americans, and with two or three exceptions
they are living and in the full tide of business and
power. In each case, the facts have been furnished
to the author by the subject of the biography, or by
family friends; and Mrs. Bolton has chosen from
this authentic material those incidents which most
fully illustrate the successive steps, and the ruling
principles, by which success has been gained. A
portrait accompanies each biography.

LIFT UP YOUR HEARTS. 25 cents. Helpful
thoughts for overcoming the world, compiled and
arranged by Rose Porter. A vest pocket volume, in
dainty, flexible covers, printed in sepia. Bound in
cloth.

D. LOTHROP & CO., Publishers, Franklin and Hawley Sts., Boston.


Notes

1.

On the site now occupied by the “Old South Clothing House.”

2.

Mrs. Mason is a resident of Fitchburg. Her home,
on Rollstone Street, is shown in the “Sketch of Fitchburg.”
Her reputation as a writer of verse is not confined
to the State. She is the author of the words of
the familiar ballad “Do They Miss Me at Home?”
and has, for many years, contributed poetry to leading
weeklies and magazines.—Ed.

Scroll to Top